Encyclope
Encyclope
Encyclope
OF
NEEDLEWORK
BY
THERESE DE DILIMONT
THOMAS HUNTER
74,
Northumberland Street
- NEWCASTLE-ON-TYHE
"
WC>8<DMC>8<pMC>8<^
XpMC>8<$MQ>8<pM(X>^
-,HKPMC>8<pMC
M$>KpMG>8<pMC
vDM
MC>8<p
CDMc>9<pM(r
MC>8<pMC>8<l
"
<DMC>8<pMcr
(T>ecoratii^a4rt
QolTethorL'
MC>8<pMa>9<i
<5>8<pM<r
<DMc>8<pMc"
>Mq>8<pMG>8<l
)MC>8<pMC>8<<
Mc>8<pMG>fKpM<r
4<pMC>$<pMC>
)Mc>8<pMa>Kb
STIRLING
ANDFRANONE
C1AR1C
ART INSTITUTE
L1BRART
MC>8<bMC>_
>Mc>8<pMa><pMC>8<^
^MC>8<$Mq>$<pMq>^
"
^DMC>8<$MC>g<M^
>8<$MC>8<tMq>8<pM
<pMC><pMC>&q>Mq>^
MC>8<MC^<bMq><^^
MC>#<tMq><pMq>^
1<&Mq>8<pMq>8<pM<^^
'
M<p>8^M>iKpMC>8<p^
Xpmq>8<pM<pKpMq>^
MQ>HKPMq>8<PMC>^
fKpMC>g<MC><p^
>MO^KpMC>8<pMc>l^
MC>fKpMC>8<$MC>8^
"
<PMC>^DMC>6<$MC>8^MC^MC>
'
q>MC>^MCp5^MC>8<pMC>^
MC>8<bMC>8<pMC>#<pMC
>8<PMC>fKpMC>8<ftMC>^
>MC>8<bMC>KpMC>8<Ma^^
"^MC>8<ftMC>4<pMC><p^
C>8<bMc>80MC><bMC>8<^
<MC><|)MC>^Mq>Kp^
MC>{KpMC>^KpA^c56<DM
CpMC>8<pMC>fKpMC>Kp^
>8<|>MC>KpMC>^MC>^^
;MC>8<pM08<pMq>8^
C>{KpMC>KpMa>^
>K&MC>$<MC>8<DMC>^
$Mc>KpMg>8<pMa>#<^^
>M0>KpMC>8<pMC>^
^KpMC>8<bMC>^Mq>^M<^^
MC>KpMC>^MC>&<6M(^
>MC>#<bMc>^MC>#<pMC^^
C>^MC>$<pMC>8<pMC^^
<DMC>KpMC>^MC>8<pM(^^
<DMC>#<pMC>8<pM$>^
;MC>KbMC>8<ftMC>^Ma^^
CDMC>HKpMC>8<pMC>^
>MC><^MC>8<ftMC>8<^^
~<$MC>KpMC>^MC>$<p^
>MC>{KpMC>#<pMC>Kp^
>8<bMC>8<^MC>8<pMC>^^
>MC><ftM$>8<MC>^M<^^
>K&MC>#<bMC>#<pMC>$<^
>Mcp>8<fcMC>&<6Mq>8^
CbMC>8<^MC>^MC>^MC>8<p
MC>KpMC>#<pMC>8<P^
~<DMC>#<bMC>8<$MC>^^
MC>KpMC>^MC>KpM<^
^MC>8<bM>^Mq>8<pMC^^
MC>#<DMC>KpMC>^MC>8^
$Mc>KbMC>{KpMc>8<^
M<p#<bMc>8<pMC>8<&^
>KpM>8<pMC>#<pM^
MC>#<bMC>^MC>^M(^
'
<pMq>KpMc>^Mq>8<^
$MC>^MC>8<$MC>6<pMq>8<^
DMC>^DMC>$<pMq>^MC^^
0MC>8<bMC>^Mq>^MC>^
>8<DMc:>8<pMC>8<$MC>^^
Sterling
Institute Library
http://archive.org/details/encyclopediaofneOOdill
ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF
NEEDLEWORK
BY
THERESE
de
DILLMONT
ENGLISH EDITION
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
To
of Th. de
and
be had
Dili. mom,
at all booksellers,
Price,
Dornach, Alsace,
gilt
edges
English edition
Sh.
3.
French edition
Fr.
3.75
German
Mk.
3.
edition
Preface.
The
absolute
needlework
such
an one,
pictorial descriptions
name of needlework
as
has
led
me
experience,
which
me
have enabled
hope that
by
plain
ser-
all
to
diligent female
means
its
to
workers of
all
to instruct themselves in
ages,
may be
able,
every branch of
All
the
given,
patterns
representations,
intelligible
In order that
my
productions
of
such
become famous by
countries
and
epochs
as
artistic
have
domain of
needlework.
Though,
these patterns
at first
sight, the
may seem
reproduction of
many of
PREFACE
they
Many
private
of these interesting
at discretion,
for
my
many my
to
easy to
I
mav
with
disposal, to
which
opportunity, of tendering
The choice
are
collections,
from
designs
drawn from
great kindness,
them my warmest
thanks.
difficult
them by the
D.M.C
matter
cottons,
and
worked
market
of the world.
may with
me
that, in
many
instances,
really useful,
I shall
find
judges,
ample reward
in
and prove
completion.
rfftfTwrtfmrfYr+r^V-:|:
: :|: :
::
Plain Sewing.
to distinguish
themselves.
Position of the
Before
describing
as
expe-
to
ungraceful,
is
Needles.
These
a needle, try to
PLAINS E W IM;
Long
white work, long ones for dress-making, and longer ones still,
with long eyes, for darning. A stock of each, from N" 5 to 12,
is advertised. The needle should always be a little thicker than
the thread, to make an easy passage for it through the stuff.
To keep needles from rusting, strew a ittle stone alum in
the packets, and workers whose hands are apt to get damp,
should have a small box of it hand}-, to powder their fingers
with. Blackened needles can be made quite bright again by
Scissors
are a very
a pair of large
ones for cutting-out, with one point blunt and the other sharp,
the latter to be always held downwards; and a pair of smaller
ones with two sharp points. The handles should be large and
round; if at all tight, they tire and disfigure the hand.
Thimble.
Steel thimbles are the best; bone are very
liable to break, and silver ones are not deeply enough pitted, to
hold the needle. A thimble should be light, with a rounded
top and
flat
rim.
The thread.
be
to
5o c/m. long.
(*)
If the
thread
is
in skeins,
bring
it
it
may
inside next to the finger, hold the crossed threads fast, with the
(*) Our readers should be provided with a French metre, with the English
yard marked on the back for purposes of comparison.
PLAIN SEWING
thumb, draw the needle out through the loop thus formed,
and tighten the loop round both ends.
For tacking, use Goton a coudre D.M.C qualite
Materials.
superieure (black and gold stamp) Nos. 2 to 6. (*) For hand-sewing,
Fil d'Alsace D.M.C Nos. 3o to 700, (*) and Fil a dentelle D.M.C,
balls or reels, Nos. 25 to 100 (*) will be found most useful. For
machine-work: Cable 6 fils pour machines D.M.C, Nos. 3o to
3oo,(*) black and
white
and blue stamp.
These can also be
used for handwork.
or
white,
Both
and
these,
the
lace-
on
telle)
reels, are
Fig.
superfine in qua-
The medium
lity.
useful
most
but
the
and
D.M.C, and
Fil
only
is
ma-
nufactured in the
higher
numbers.
Fig.
2.
wound in balls, or on
balls are apt to
buyer may make his own choice
get tangled, but the cotton preserves its roundness better than
when it is wound on reels. Linen is generally sewn with
linen-thread, but Fil a dentelle and the Fil d'Alsace are very
good substitutes.
All these threads are to be had,
reels, the
'
and the
See
list
at the
of colours of the
sizes
PLAIN SEWING
(fig.
2).
The
fastened to
stuff,
cushion, must be held with the left hand, which should neither
rest on the table, nor on the cushion, the needle must be held
between the thumb and forefinger, of the right hand, and
its
knotting.
(fig.
the
3).
When
work cannot be
fastened to a cush-
^_^_j^~&2', I
^.ILCJ-
'
VAP
\
should be
the
between
_^"*Q
forefinger and the
and
left
thumb
hanging down, over
[
ion
ne
it
other
the
'
Fig.
3.
If
it
fingers.
need
firmlv
to
be
hplri
between the fourth and fifth fingers, which will prevent it from getting puckered or dragged.
Stitches.
Plain-Sewing comprises 4 varieties of stitches,
(2) back-stitching, (3) hemming and (4) top or
(1) running,
draw
it
over-sewing.
(1)
easiest
Running-stitch
of
all.
(fig.
4).
This
is
the
simplest and
at
PLAIN SEWING
beyond.
Stitching
quickly done
b}
Stitching
(fig.
6).
better
and
more
The production of
exactly
in,
at
drawn out
the
point where
it
Fig. 5. Back-stitch.
was
Fig. 6. Stitching.
the
a slanting
stitch in
or
the
be such as
stuff
drawing of
line across
the stuff,
render
to
Fig. 7.
Stitched hem.
the
first,
to
serve as a guide.
Stitched
hem
Make
double
FlG> 8 Hemm "^ stitc "thread
two or three threads above the edge of the first turning, and
do your stitching through all three layers of stuff; the right
side will be that on which you' form your stitches.
turning,
(3)
your
as
for
(fig. 7).
hem, draw
Hemming-stitch
must be cut in
stuff
(fig.
8).
To
make
good hem,
to
soften them,
calico,
before the
hem
layers of stuff.
to be tacked, but
PLAIN SEW
O
insert the
\ G
directed
in
a slanting position
towards you,
line.
To
drawn
just
hem
ensure the
to
mark
being
straight,
thread
may
be
is
not
it
stuff,
as only
may
Flat seam
Lay
or slanting,
2
in
exactly even,
tack
and sew
down with
it
Smooth
Fig. 9.
Flat seam.
hem
hemming-stitches.
forefinger as
the
stitches.
in,
PLAIN SEWING
To
new
with the
down
wind
in,
thread,
stitches.
(4)
stitch is
used
them
from right
it is
together
pin
to left,
first.
under the
first
thread of
lie,
by
from
left to
them
(fig.
Fig.
sew
together
first,
pinning the
holding them
finger, to
1.
Top or over-sewing
right, tacking or
and
tightly with the thumb and
edges
may
side.
STITCH.
keep
perfectly even.
and
Fig. 12.
Another kind of
sewing-stitch.
stitch,
instead of
sheets.
fig.
14,
quite straight,
only
as
in
Fig. i3.
Antique or old-
German
slanting,
fig.
i3,
is
used
seam.
in
making
PLAIN SEWING
i5).
For
such
stuffs
wrong
sides
joining
French-seam.
(fig.
of stuff together,
pieces
the
touching, and the edges perfectly even, then turn them round
just at the seam, so that the right sides come together inside,
and the
enclosed
arc
and run
them together
Fig.
14.
Fig.
Antique or old
German
i5.
French double-
seam.
materials
joining slight
seam.
other means.
Hemmed
Fig. 16.
the
Fig.
17.
Hemmed double-
seam.
seam.
upon the
lies
slightly
other,
so that
higher than
the
one next the thumb. Insert the needle, not upwards from below
but first into the upper edge, and then, slightly slanting, into
the lower one. This seam is used
for fastening
dress-making ,
in
down
linings.
Fig.
17
shows
18.
Gathering.
Gathering
(fig.
18).
PLAIN SEWING
Stroking gathers
(fig.
your
it
19).
up
tight,
and make
left
Fig. 19.
it,
under your
left
run in your
round the
fast
down
the gathers
Stroking gathers.
it
lie
thumb,
fingers.
Running
in
gathering thread
second
a
(fig.
20).
This
belowthe
first
FlG. 20.
Running
in
a second gathering-thread.
kind of stuff, and the purpose it is intended for take up five or six gathers
at a time, and draw your two threads
:
Sewing on gathers
To
distribute
the
(fig.
21).
fulness equally,
ma-
Fig. 21.
Sewing on gathers.
PLAIN SEWING
IO
Whipping
(fig.
22).
Whipping
is
ring,
With
thumb
the
and
fore-
\
^*".,. i -.. ,.-... ..-.,,
forefinger, at
tances, and
from time
form the gathers.
slightly,
Fig. 23.
Ornamental hem.
Ornamental hem
in
to time,
(fig.
shown
in fig.
23.
By
slightly
to
2 3 ).
and
down,
drawing
made
were scalloped.
Sewing" on cord (fig. 24).
For sewing
to look as
if it
on cord,
use
d'Alsace
Fig. 24.
Be
Sewing on cord,
q^
strong
D.M.C,
filg
DMm Q
thread,
either Fil
D.M.C
Fil a dentelle
No>
cord,
3o? 35 or
but to hold
you sew
it,.
Fasten
it
the
it
first
with
in,
f)
as
invariably
more
shrinks
stuff in
as
it
or
than the
washing-
hemming
turning,
Fig. 25.
(*)
and the
See
list
Sewing on flaps.
it
taking
care that
the enfl of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
at
"
PLAIN SEWING
Sewing on
flaps
25).
(fig.
These
should be back-stitched
on to the right side of the article they are to be affixed to, quite
close to the edge, then folded over in half, and hemmed down on
wrong side. Like the cord, the flap must, in the process,
be held in very firmly with the left hand. Though the backstitching could be more quickly done
by machine, hand-work is here prethe
ferable,
cannot be
as the holding in
done by machine.
Sewing on tape-loops (figs. 26
and 27).
These, in the case of the
coarser articles of household linen,
Lay
i5
to
Sewing on
tape-loops to the corner.
Fig. 26.
17
by side, turn in
and hem them down, on three sides:
the loop should be so folded as
point,
to form a three-cornered
c/m.
long,
side
in
the middle
stitches,
the
hem
and
w ith
pjw^t-v-Mty&s-j-v-f-e-etf^
stitch
_.
Sewing on tape-loops
THE MIDDLE 0F THE article.
Fig. 27.
shows how
to
sew on
middle of an article,
two ends separately, one on
one side, the other on the other.
a loop in the
the
Strings
under-linen
and loops
(fig.
28).
article,
Sew these
wrong
the
them on
the
two rows of
v *'
?0f a- ('.000:6 $\
side of
hemming down
>e90&00&0i?0#0t>
for fine
Fig. 28.
stitch-
row along
Cut your
the edge.
straight,
PLAIN SEWING
12
it,
apart.
Put
in
your needle
at the
to the right.
Fig. 29.
Button-hoi.es
slit,
threads,
bring
Then make
a bar of but-
in linen.
(fig.
slit.
if
be liable to fray,
Sewing on buttons
fig.
29.
and 32).
To
sew
linen, or webbed buttons on to underlinen buttons.
clothing, fasten in your thread with a stitch
or two, at the place where the button is to
be; bring the needle out through the middle
of the button, and make eight stitches, diverging from the centre like a star, and if
Fig. 32. Sewing on
you like, encircle them by a row of stitchwebbed buttons.
ing, as in fig. 32. This done, bring the
needle out between the stuff and the button, and twist the
Fig. 3i.
Sewing on
(figs.
3i
PLAIN SEWING
cotton six or seven times round
to the
than a
to tear
it
be
slit
fasten
it,
i3
off.
Nothing
is
more
apt
whether
bound.
make
a semicircle of but-
ton-hole
stitches
at
the
several
with
button-hole
stitch-
ing.
In
fig.
hemmed
33,
we show
WITH HEM.
and in figs.
34 and 35, are two slits
backed the one with a
narrow, the other, with a
broad piece of the material, cut on the cross.
slit,
In under-linen,
it
oft-
which
renders
slit,
binding
take
gussets.
Sewing On piping
Piping
is
(fig.
37).
a border, consisting of a
FlG
3 7-
Sewing on
piping.
PLAIN SEWING
of an article
to
>g!^j
give
it
Fixing whale-bones
Fig. 38.
with a red-hot
stiletto.
make your
rays
38).
(fig.
its
Through
these holes,
or crossing
each other as
Before
case or fold
stitch
is
(fig.
chiefly
39).
used for
casting
in
flannel,
dress-seams,
fig.
3g.
E^s^^^^^^&SK"*'
..
Mending.
The mending
of wearing-apparel
is
In
some
sound.
When
cases the
much
the
itself
like the
damage
is
more
should be chosen.
Cotonarepriser D.M.G
Materials suitable for mending".
used for most kinds of darning. It can be had in 18 different sizes, from Nos. 8 to ioo, white and unbleached, and in
all the colours of the D.M.C colour-card in Nos. 12, 25 and 5o.
It is but very slightly twisted and can be split or used
is
double,
MENDING
i6
and
(*).
Varieties of darning.
(2)
Damask
darning,
(3)
These are
four,
(i)
Linen darning,
(4)
Invisible
allow for
to
washing, without
its
the
shrinking
to leave loops at
thread
the
of
each
in the
ll 4>bU
" 1 ^ 1 ^ 1
"I
"1
.'I
j
r
,,
\i
T U ,
Kip
t
t_
Fig. 40.
Linen darning.
Fig. 41
Drawing
in
the
Drawing
woof threads.
Linen darning.
warp threads.
Run your
needle
in,
in
the
part, take
it,
take
up
alternate threads
and the
See
list
at the
numbers and
sizes
MENDING
*7
preceding one. Turn the work round and do the same for the
alternately taking up and leaving the warp threads,
where the cotton crosses the hole. The threads must lie so
woof
original web.
The
When
possible
D.M.C, one
should
that as nearly
be
chosen
from
(*)
Fig. 42.
Fig.
4'3.
By twill darning,
Satin or twill darning (fig. 43).
damaged web of any twilled or diagonal material can be
restored. It would be impossible to enumerate all the varieties
(2]
the
of twilled
and the
See
list
at
stuffs,
the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
D.M.C threads and cottons.
of colours of the
MENDING
l8
ii^;:::::::
mi :::::::
Fig. 45.
Fig. 44.
side.
Fig. 48.
Fig. 47.
Fig. 46.
side.
Damask darning on
Damask darning on
ground.
needle-made ground.
needle-made ground.
ffipH
IH|
535*53
SIP
5||
"
:Hi
mll
-_^.
BBBHpBBHB^SiSiBtfsi
fig. 49.
When
stuff,
it
is
intended
the original
is
to
is
advisable
specimen darn
first,
imitate.
a coloured
to
on
make
a
larger
so
that
MENDING
i<9
begun in the same way as all other darns are the pattern is
formed by the cross-runnings and will vary with the number
of warp threads taken up and missed, in each successive
running. The woven design which you are to copy with your
needle must therefore be carefully examined first,
Figs. 44 and 45 show the wrong and right sides of a
damask darn, in process of being made.
is
;-j
made
darker
shade,
linen.
which is executed in
and is likewise copied
from an old work on darning,
shows you the manner in which a
Fig. 49,
two colours,
dice-pattern
is
to
be reproduced.
Fig. 5o.
Darning lost
in
the ground.
(fig.
5o).
MENDING
20
A much
darn.
material
is
finer
composed should,
Coton
surfin
calico
and
D.M.C,
will be
linen.
Fine drawing
in cloth,
Use
as fine a needle as
is
the
strongest, and
Of course
it
with hair,
of fibre.
first to
in,
The
needle
it
came
When
on a bare table,
or ironing-board, cover it with a damp cloth, and iron it. The
sharpest eye will fail to detect a rent, when carefully darned
in this manner.
the darn
Patching.
part
is
is
As
past darning,
we have
it
already said,
If
when
the defective
must be cut
out,
it
it
way
much
it is
to
MENDING
21
the turnings in, and can either be top-sewn, or else, run and
felled in.
new
the
in
piece
so
that
its
52).
(fig.
Tack
The
back-stitching
done on the
renders
The hem
ners neatly.
down on
a
little
The
form
patch.
the
to
is
cor-
turned
Make
your scissors
ing.
do the
easier to
it
must be
to prevent pucker-
back-stitching
angle
right
G=>
O^o
&
C3
fisi
'-^>
l3a
ti>
should
at
each
Fig. 52.
corner.
Top-sewing in a patch
53).
be turned
cast or
in,
must
patch.
V*V^Vfc^^VVV^V^^VV ^! <VVV*<V!V>i.
.- s
in a
(fig.
first
hemmed,
to prevent their
Fig. 53.
Top-sewing
in a
patch.
layer of stuff.
Drawing
54).
Take
in
a patch
(fig.
larger
till
Fig. 34.
Drawing
in a
patch.
MENDING
22
Into this loop, slip the first of the threads, which as it were,
form a fringe to the patch, and tighten the loop round it, and
so on with each thread, alternately taking up and leaving
threads in the
To
stuff, as in
ordinary darning.
Single
is
sort of needle-work, to
a preliminary.
By sewing
over the single threads that remain, and drawing them together
ways, an infinite variety of patterns can be produced. Many pretty combinations also, can be made of openwork, cross-stitch, and other kinds of embroidery.
in different
now
in
donnet 6 fils D.M.C, Nos. 10 to 20, (*) and for the finer stuffs,
such as antique-linen and linen-gauze Cordonnet 6 fils D.M.C
Nos. 5o to i5o, (*)Fild'Alsace D.M.C, Nos. 20 to 100, and Fil a
dentelle D.M.C, Nos. 25 to 80.
Coloured patterns can also be executed in open-work, with
Coton a broder D.M.C Nos. 16 to 35, and Coton a repriser
D.M.C, Nos. 25 to 5o (*).
;
The two
called,
the
single
first
(*)
and the
step
different kinds of
open-work,
is
to
The one is
open-work.
Punto tirato, in which
the Italian
layer of threads
the other,
numbers and
sizes
24
8) is required,
either the
layer of threads,
(fig. 55).
Draw out, according to
two
the
stuff,
or
four threads, below the
coarseness
of
the
edge of the turning, and tack your hem down to the line thus
Single hem-stitch
drawn.
to the
left,
in
from right
to left,
taking
up
HEM-STITCH.
immediately
above,
into
the
ravelling.
Second hem-stitch
work from left
55, and
(fig.
56).
to right
fig.
drawing two
or
three
cross-
Fig. 56.
bringing
it
Sj3
Fig. 5y.
directed in
55, then
form
Ladder
stitch
five
as already
threads more,
turn the work round, and repeat the process, taking up the
clusters of threads
thus forming
stitches,
little
in the first
row
of
perpendicular bars.
58).
forming your
clusters of an even number of
threads and then, in making
your second row of stitches,
draw half the threads of one
cluster, and half of the next
Begin as in
2D
55,
together, thereby
slant,
first
Fig. 58.
Double hem-stitch.
making them
the other.
60).
linen needlework,
we
often
rfcn^H--.
.-
meet
Fig. 5g.
Antique hem-stitch.
Wrong
side.
Fig. 60.
Antique hem-stitch.
Right side.
and
work
left
to
left,
from
your
needle, from right to left, under
three or four threads, draw the
thread round the cluster and
carry your needle on, through
as many threads of the upper
layer of stuff, as you took up
the
right.
stitches
Passing
Fig. 61.
Antique hem-stitch.
Wrong
-J-X--'-----
side.
"-~'
^:-?~"
-'^iffll
_
of the cluster.
62).
Fig. 62.
Antique hem-stitch.
Right side.
26
the thread
Fig. 63.
Wrong
is
prepared
worked from
Slanting hem-stitch.
hem
of the
hem
little roll,
side.
62,
fig.
left, and
round the
right to
carried
is
shown
so that, as
in
on both
visible
is
it
sides of the
O4.
Slantinc hem-stitch.
Right side.
Slanting hem-stitch
(figs.
and
first
Fig. 65.
Wrong
the
side.
then
slip
under the
it
from right
to
cluster,
The
left.
loop
must
^'hen you have drawn up
lie
the
Double-rowed ornamental
Wrong
stitch
seam.
on the right
side.
Double-rowed
side.
tal
seam
(figs.
ornamen-
65,
66,
67).
counting
downwards,
Fig. 67.
side.
many
as
as
is
clustered
right
are
threads
straig ht
(fig.
67).
27
(fig.
68).
This,
and
and
the object
three-rowed open-work.
The second and third, after drawing out six threads, the third
and fourth after drawing out eight. The clusters must all consist of an even number of threads. The upper and the lower
band of open-work is to be copied from fig. 58, the centre
one, from fig. 57. Divide the threads of the perpendicular
clusters in two
insert the needle, from left to right, underneath half the second cluster, turn the needle's eye, by a
second movement, from left to right, and take up the second
part of the first cluster, drawing it under, and at the same
time, in front of the first half of the second cluster. Be careful
not to draw your thread too tightly.
;
28
THREADS
Fig. 6
It
"rT
Fig. 70.
thread, thus
left
rather slack.
se-
the
it
greater strength,
first
thread, with
the knot,
you may
if
you
like,
29
Fig. 71.
\://
it
under
first.
Clustered open-work
lii
kU
Iff V W
II
H
Fig. 72.
Double-rowed cluster-open-work.
A very good
Double-rowed cluster-open-work (fig. 72).
effect can be obtained by making the above stitch in such a
manner, as to form groups of three clusters each, between hemstitched
bands of the
stuff.
After portioning
Turkish cluster open-work (fig. 73).
and sewing up the clusters on one side, draw out twelve or
fourteen threads, and make your connecting-stitch and hem, all
off,
in one, as follows
pass
it
3o
^Hh-!--T-V-'~
-Jr.
^^:^-\-:-v;\
Fig. 74.
stitch.
(fig. 74).
Draw out
according to the quality of the
stuff. Insert your needle and thread between two clusters, and
pass it, as if you were darning, backwards and forwards
over them, until they are encased half way down with
stitches. In so doing, work with the eye of the needle forward, and the point towards your thimble. To pass to the
Open-work
from eight
-with
darning stitch
to twelve threads,
next cluster, take one stitch back, under the one just darned,
and bring your thread underneath the threads of the stuff, to
Open-work
in
three colours
(fig.
j5).
This
pattern
may
colours
all
be different,
Colours
or.
you may
See
list
prefer, take
at the
352.
Fig. 76.
Open-work
Fig. 77.
Open-work insertion.
Open-work insertion
(*)
you
same colour.
Rouge-Geranium 349, 35 1,
and the
if
3l
(figs.
(*)
insertion.
76 and
77).
of colours of the
sizes
32
Fig.
fig.
76
requires
77, of thirty.
Fig. 78.
Oi'en-work insertion.
Fig. 7Q- Oi
Open-work insertion
(fig.
78).
sixteen
made over
make
33
Then make
on the
At
right, then
illustration.
Fig. 80.
Open-work insertion
Open-work insertion
(fig.
80).
three
threads.
34
manner over
the
third
and fourth
clusters.
Fig. 8i.
Materials
Open-work insertion
Colours: Rouge-Turc
3j
20, or
Blcu-Indigo
in
folk colours.
2,
i5 to 3o.(*)
and the
See
list
at the
numbers and
sizes
35
The
Open-work insertions
Fig. 83.
(figs.
82,
Open-work
83, 84).
each of
insertion.
^y^^m^
Fig. 84.
For
sife
Open-work
insertion.
these
together.
In
fig.
83, the
clusters are
worked
in
36
Gris-Tilleul
84 also
is
to be
squares in unbleached
Indigo tres clair, 334,
Brun-Cuir
clair
432.
worked
tric
Each
in three
colours;
the
light
cotton,
the
figure contains
eighteen clusters,
Fig. 86.
Three-rowed open-work.
so-called
clusters.
(*)
and the
See
list
The
at the
(fig.
fig.
85).
The edges
of colours of the
sizes
3?
the clusters,
as
it
or four
and
was drawn
darning,
in
so
in,
Three-rowed open-work
(fig.
86).
and from
Draw out
five
threads
to sixteen for
the narrow
wide one. Each Cluster should consist of four threads.
The narrow bands between, are to be herring-boned on
either side. The dotted line shows the course of the thread,
on the wrong side. Then unite each separate cluster in the
middle, with a back-stitch, as shown in the illustration, and
finally, join every group of four clusters together, with three
stitches, and make a spider in the middle of the open-work,
at the point where the threads intersect each other.
for
stripe,
fourteen
the
Fig. 87.
rings.
Bind the
edges on both sides, with straight, two-sided, stitches. Take,
for this, Coton a broder D.M.G, No. 3o, (embroidery cotton),
using it double. Draw out, from twenty-four to thirty threads.
Wind your thread six or seven times round the middle of each
cluster of nine threads, and then make darning-stitches, above
and below, to a length of 3 m/m. When you have completed
two clusters, join them together, by four interlocked stitches
wind your thread three times round the jingle thread, and sew
it over with close stitches.
Draw out
Open-work insertion with spiders (fig. 88).
half-spiders.
the
two
edges
with
twenty-four threads. Ornament
(fig.
87).
'
38
You
to the
made
as
above described.
f.'iST'.'U L-.'ljfrl.'-Jil
t^^MMim^
Fig. 88.
Fig. 89.
Open-work
spiders.
insertion.
in fig. 90,
side) over
which
left
the
.as
from right
and under
lies slanting,
hand,
slip
first stitch
The
illustration explains
how
stitch
(fig.
91).
For
this
which
is
39
over two, three, four and five threads, respectively. For the
middle figures, you must reckon four threads for the clusters,
round which the working thread is tightly twisted, eight for
the darned clusters, ornamented with picots (see
i65), and
two colours.
Make a loose spider over the threads, as a background for
the rosette. Work the picots in a different colour from the
cluster, and the rosettes, likewise, in two colours. The connecting loops between the figures should be made as you go along,
the thread being always carried back into the loop just made.
fig.
5tK
!. fcti* i
HM ~
Fig. qo.
t **S
fig. 8q.
Cutting out threads at the corners (figs. 92, 93, 94, 95).
If you want to carry a latticed-hem or a simple open-work
pattern, round a corner, you must cut and loosen the threads,
on both sides, about one c/m. from the edge of the hem, as
seen in fig. 92. The loose threads can be pushed into the
turning, and the edge button-holed, as in fig. 93.
If however, on the other hand, the stitching be continued
without interruption, as indicated in the upper part of fig. 94,
the loose threads must be brought to the wrong side, and
4o
few
down
94, fastened
fig.
with
stitches.
mm
.TJ-i^-LS?-
-- i-
i_ i_
'*
~-!l.'-|- -rJ_-l
i_
i_ l_ i_
L, i_ i_
LTL
1_
i
<_
i_ _ i_ i_ i_ i_l
I_ c_
I- L, l__
i_ i_
1_ i_
i-TZJ
I-
Fig. g3.
Fi<
CORNERS.
wwmm
Fig. 94.
Fig. 95.
open-work, for
41
then the empty spaces that remain, where threads have been
drawn out both ways, will be perfectly square.
The
same
must be drawn out each way; most patterns
require the same number of threads to be left as are drawn out.
In fig. 96, three threads have been drawn out and three left.
number
(fig.
96).
of threads
Fig. 97.
p
Fig. 96.
(fig.
in
97).
We
meet with
often
Fig.
Fig. 99.
a few millimetres
that there
may
(fig.
98).
In very fine
42
linen textures, the threads can simply be cut out, but in the
in
io3,
fig.
104,
when
ends in steps as
a pattern
in
98, or 99.
Overcasting- the
edges, is even better
number
raw edges
than
(fig.
99).
Cording
button-holing
them.
the raw
Count the
thread to mark the pattern, and then only, cut the threads
through, at least two threads within the line.
work
it is
better to
Ground
FlG. 100.
101
down
and
102).
Finish the
105 (figs.
row of
first
completely,
to
begin with. In the second row, overto half its length, then carry your thread
over two empty spaces, see the letter a, come back to the bar,
overcasting the thread which you threw across first, and passing
the needle under the bars of the stuff. In the second rows
that intersect the
marked by
empty space.
first,
letter
b,
In fig. 102, finish the bars, overcast both ways first, and
then fill in the ground with interlaced threads, worked row
by row, throwing the thread from one square to the other as
you go, and doubling it, as you return. For the bars, see, the
chapters on net embroidery, and Irish lace.
(fig.
43
ffinHB
BBBBI-
JgBKSff**
m
Lattice-ground for square
fig. i05, showing the course
of the stitches.
Fig. 10
in
i.
Fig. io3.
fig.
io5.
44
fig.
in
damask
of the square
stitch,
io5.
thread
opposite
the
to
the
The
first.
stitches are
damask
described in
figs.
Lattice-ground and
damask
stitches
for
square,
fig.
52,
53,
54. The
ground
(fig.
darning
centre
stitch.
From
the
made on
three foundation-threads,
Fig. 104.
a fourth made on
on account of the
two,
square, fig. iod.
passage to the next bar.
Quarter of the square in single and cut open-work,
and damask-stitch (fig. io5). Original size 48 c/m. square.
and
(*)
and the
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
Fig. io5.
in single
45
D.M.C No.
i5 or 20,
and Coton
25.(*)
For antique linen Fil a dentelle D.M.C No. 25 or 3o, or Cordonnet 6 fills
No. 5o, 60, or 70, and Coton a repriser D.M.C No. 5o or, in place of the
Coton a broder surnn D.M.C No. 100. (*)
:
size.
The
centre
piece
and the
(fig.
;
104)
is
D.M.C
latter,
two lozenge-
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
46
shaped open-work
figures, separated
figure.
variety of designs in
figs.
Drawing
shows
tion
the
of the
for
fig.
little
must
be
bars
before
finished,
the
pat-
actual
tern
filled in.
is
Darning in
the threads
old
needle-work
we
often
the
107).
(Explanation of
fig.
(fig.
In
108)
Xirat, ul,'.
find
pattern reserved,
that
is, left
blank
and outlined by
grounding.
the
As
o^feiJ^^E
difficult,
is
it
especially in exeJ
minute,
cuting
and
delicate
ures, to
the
threads par-
tially,
Fig. 107.
Darning
in
(Explanation of
the threads
fig.
fig-
withdraw
without
juring the
in-
linen
109).
foundation, they
are
the pattern.
To
explain this
more
in,
to
form
new
47
BB
Fig. ioS.
Broad insertion
Fig. 109.
D.M.C No.
in.
in.
Materials
D.M.C
in
Fil a pointer
finer linens: Fil a dentelle D.M.C Nos. 25 to 3o, or Cordonnet 6 fils D.M.C
Nos. 25 to 40 for the bars and Coton a repriser D.M.C No. 5o for darning or
drawing in the pattern.
For
48
in
indicated
is
drawn
in (tig. 108).
This insertion, suitable according to the
foundation it is worked on, for the decoration either of curtains,
table-covers,
in fig.
bed-linen or underclothing,
06. If intended
made
is
shown
made
we recommend
any
of white linen,
as
article
out
in
pattern,
strong
to
bring
it
relief.
(fig.
109).
tion can
be
This inser-
introduced into
1 1 1
In
fig.
109, the
10.
in process of execution.
pattern
is
as in the original.
49
Fig. iii.
Materials
Fil a pointer
Fig.
Materials: Cordonnet 6
fils
100 or
i5 to
to
5o
single!
carefully
laid
the middle of one bar to the middle of the bar at right angles
to
it,
the
(figs.
61 and 62).
Greek cut open-work pattern (fig. 12). After the foregoing explanations, no difficulty will be found in copying the
1
Net
Many
stitches.
damask
stitches consist
Net embroidery.
All these kinds of stitches can be
worked on the coarse Greek net, as it is called, as well as on
the finest quality of real Brussels net.
Stripes of net, finished off with button-hole edging, and
ornamented with one or other of the following patterns, make
very pretty washing laces and the like
net laid upon Irish
point and converted by needlework into a lace ground, makes
an excellent substitute for a hand-made ground, which demands
much labour and time.
Materials suitable for net embroidery.
The choice of
material must be determined by the quality of the net and the
effect to be produced. For a coarse make of net and a very
marked pattern, the lowest numbers of D.M.C cottons, or the
narrowest braids, such as Soutache D.M.C Nos. i, 2, 3 should
be used
if the net
be fine and the pattern a delicate one,
then the higher numbers of the following are preferable Goton
a tricoter D.M.C Nos. 8 to 20, Coton a repriser D.M.C Nos. 25
to 70, Coton a broder D.M.C Nos. 16 to 5o, Fil a dentelle
D.M.C Nos. 25 to 5o, Coton a broder surfin D.M.C Nos. 100,
20, i5o. The latter must be adjusted to the required size
;
NET AND DAMASK STITCHES
52
before
being
removed, as
used,
is
thickness.
(fig.
ii3).
it
carefully
Fig.
the stitches
Have
upon
on the net with running stitches. As
3.
it,
in
your
and copy
darning,
must run
in each succeeding
shown
in
the illustration.
Net pattern
(fig.
114).
is
traced
Fig. 114.
Net pattern.
is
it
encircles each
mesh. In the third row, the thread passes under the same bar
53
The
fourth
Net pattern
In the
stitches.
left to
(fig.
first,
right, over
and under
mesh
in
the second
triple
right to
mesh,
row the
lie
from
left.
Net pattern
Begin
116).
this is followed
114;
fig.
Fig.
5.
by
row
Net pattern.
Fig. 116.
Net pattern.
mesh
across
it.
second, similar
row
backwards
completes the crosses. This can be
further varied by the introducof
stitches
tion of a
row
after the
double row, as
5,
of triple stitches,
in fig.
Net pattern
(fig.
117).
Begin
17.
at
Net pattern.
the top,
carrying the
54
first
Net pattern
fig.
118).
(fig.
This
pattern,
where
in the
by
which
resembles
triple stitches.
Above,
laid, the
thread
should be single.
by the introduction
Take white, for instance, for the first row
and different shades of the same colour for the second, third,
fourth and fifth rows such as, Bleu-Lapis 345, 344, 343, 333,
Very pretty
of several colours.
342,
(*)
or Rouge-Cardinal
absolutely
fast.
MJ^J&JJ v^CsftL^^^w
?:
MlNi
bjeM^ms ^^f^*v5*feAft
Fig. 118.
Net pattern.
Net pattern
(fig.
was described
Fig. 119.
119).
Net pattern.
as
in
fig.
116,
net bars.
(*)
and the
See
list
at the
of colours of the
NET AND DAMASK STITCHES
Net pattern
(tig.
120).
55
and forwards,
the next,
Fig. 120.
stitches.
as in darning,
make
four stitches
Net pattern.
Fig. 121.
Net pattern.
either white
of the kind.
121).
stitches
then
returning
to
the
first
mesh
stitches
first.
Net pattern
(fig.
122),
Fig. 122.
Net pattern.
56
foundation
be turned the
finished,
is
Net pattern
(fig.
23).
This
and one of
cross-stitch, as in
fig.
fig.
row
114,
thread
(Or
fin
overcasting.
D.M.C pour
Fig.
123.
it
Net pattern.
Net pattern
(fig.
Fig. 124.
124J.
Three
needlework of
in
first
Net pattern.
row
lies
cros-
made
In the
first
and the
last
the stitch
of
manner
may
into simple
extremely.
broderie),
la
left
is
facing
the loops, and the next stitch comes out under the loop of
the preceding one.
5?
Net pattern
to
right,
(fig.
126).
The
Fig. 12b.
Fig.
127.
bar.
first
stitches
Fig. 126.
Fig. 128.
insertion.
left
Net pattern.
Net
divided
Net pattern.
Net
insertion.
from the first by one row of stitches, the inner loops must be
turned towards each other; in the third, the outer ones. Any of
the
stitches,
pattern to enliven
it.
Net insertions
figs.
These two,
as well as
them worked
in darning
The
scallops
in
fig.
127
are
formed of darning
stitches,
58
over 4,
which
3, 2
and
mesh, respectively. In the intervening space,
iS, may
meshes wide, the stitch shown in fig.
i
is five
be introduced.
In repeating the pattern, the stitches forming the scallops,
must be made to run in the opposite direction. Instead of the
thread, simply drawn through the middle, little stars like
those described in fig. 34, have a very pretty efl'ect.
1
In
fig.
the thread
128,
the
mesh
last
pyramid
is
after
the
completed,
and
Net pattern
This
(fig.
129).
checked pattern is
also
worked
in
darning
stitch. Garry the thread, as
in fig. 125, through every
second row of meshes. When
the
Fig. 129.
repriser
Net pattern.
D.M.C,
will
best.
32).
specially
suitable,
for
3o, 1 3
inser-
and the
Net
insertion.
59
three should be
D.M.C
(*)
Fig.
(braid)
33.
drawn
in,
produces an excellent
Net pattern.
Net pattern
(fig.
Fig. 134.
33).
These
delicate
effect.
Net pattern.
little
figures
can
The
closer
you
more
clear
and
be drawn in to the
Net pattern
(fig.
134).
and the
See
list
filling
These flowerets
at the
()0
Net pattern
(fig.
35).
These
stitch
order
599
MM
may
figures
the
that
distinct
best
in
where bright
cases
Net insertion
(fig.
36).
arate b'>
I5S P
i#VW
pattern.
or
nevertheless,
j
35.
Net pattern.
in
in
The
continuous
design
when
slight,
is
it is
worked
is
ex-
(fig.
37).
cotton,
D.M.C,
Fig.
36.
are to be had in
Net
all
insertion.
surfins
or
Soutache
Lacets
D.M.C. Both
list
of colours of
the
D.M.C
The
little
Fig. 137.
2 in
6l
braids.
Bleu-Indigo
33.x
and Rouge-Turc 32 1.
*.
62
be taken not to
let it
this, slip
braid
flat
must
first
and
(tig.
last stitch,
38).
The
To
prevent
pattern of this
stalks,
Net
darning'.
We
conclude
with some
directions
for
Fig. i3q.
Net darning.
Fig. 140.
Laying the
first
thread
Net darning.
139).
Tack
to
thread.
of
(fig.
140).
63
Secondly, beginning
The cross-threads
stitch, made from right
layer.
to
left,
the
needle
are
and
(fig.
first
141).
is
then
carried
layer of threads
Thirdly,
threads
second
first
start, far
to be overcast at the
so that there
may
same time,
be no loose
threads
with a
stitch,
taken upwards from
below, the cut edges being
strengthened in the same way.
Then, to form the little cross in
tion
is
to be encircled
the fabric,
the thread
must be
Fig. 141.
Net
darning.
conducted by means of a second stitch, under the single horizontal thread, outwards, to the next diagonal thread.
In places where the net is worn, it can be strengthened in the
same manner, the stitches being made the way of the stuff.
Damask
stitches.
As a rule the pattern is simply outstem and cord stitch, and the inside spaces are left
plain. In spite of the time this simple tracing takes to do, the
effect is rather poor and scanty. If however, the inside of the
leaves and flowers, be filled in with damask stitch, the result
is very handsome.
Not only can the following stitches, which are suitable for any
linen coarse or fine, be used for this kind of embroidery, but
most of the net and lace patterns too, and these combined
with buttonholing and flat stitch produce charming effects.
lined with
64
light spaces
First pattern
Carry
many
in
(fig.
142).
needle
the
of
illustrations.
in
threads
from
and bring
right
to
again
right,
I
H|
n^liitrri'-B:
ones,
slanting,
three threads,
under
perpendicular
three
then
out,
it
left,
from
over
left
to
un.na.i
across,
Fig. 142.
from right
to left,
the
wrong
a regular succession
On
forms
of steps.
This
Third pattern
WS^^mPl
Fig. 143.
(*)
and the
Second pattern.
Though
stitch is
at
first
(fig.
144).
sight, this
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M C threads and cottons.
worked
in
is
it
65
two rows,
by
side
in the
;
in
width of the
the
second,
is
all
stuff,
coming
On
first stitches.
side the
sed
in
wrong
are cros-
stitches
they
the
thin
stuffs,
quite
appearance of the
alter the
right side.
Fourth
145).
In the
thread
is
pattern (fig.
first row, the
carried
slanting
Coming back,
the stitches
meet
Fig. 144.
must be
Third pattei
way, so
one hole.
in
^^ ^^r^pir:^^lT^rll^
h
mm
iMmm
Fig.
145.
Fourth pattern.
Fig. 146.
Fifth pattern
(fig.
Fifth pattern.
on the
left,
to
form your
stitches.
66
same proportion.
in the
Fig.
48.
Seventh pattern.
(tig.
Two kinds of cotton have
148).
used for this pattern, one of them soft and flat, like
Seventh pattern
to be
Coton
a repriser
D.M.C
(*)
H@MHMi
iffliraa^raimn-crs-nii^'-inn-
mi- D.M.C
ll
ml
p|
l!
(knitting cotton)
5,
five
;,;
ti
!iWfil
and
and from
lW6^l
(*)
See
and the
list
Eighth pattern.
at the
stitches cover
from right
left to right.
Fig. 149.
lie
left
^vW41f:iiify?' i:liiil?3QSHs
Ill*$y
UWm
flat
2&g in height,
jB^ltfiWr
for
(*)
The
p
(*)
***
to
In
which must be
j
r
two threads distant from the
first,
the stitches must lie in
1
the
contrary direction.
In the
of colours of the
67
So
first
threads of the
first
Sf^^^pfSgi^^^H
wM
ft
stitch.
with
Ninth pattern
This
of
consists
stitches,
flat
threads
8
(fig.
of
i5i).
straight
bands
covering
three
way,
with
wide between
each
threads
mented
with a
small
spaces
see
chapter on
Tapestry and Linen embroidery).
stroke
stitch
Damask
and 105
(fig.
here represented
The
on
orna- Is^T
pattern in fffjjffjg
,
t||||jl|n
103
stitches,
a large scale,
Fig.
52.
FIGS.
soft,
coarse cotton.
stitches,
distinct,
on
by
68
however
the shortest
the rest
should cover
stitch
and
threads
the
longest
easily learnt
is
illustration.
This
is
12,
from the
a very suitable
any
running
when
Fig. i53.
large
diagonal
star
made
pattern,
form a
which can be worked
can be
it
to
,,m
Twelfth
gi^;::::-
IMP
In
C
pattern cfig. 55).
where this and the
cases
following
stitches
are
to
be
it
is
strongly
best
twisted
to use a
very
thread, such
as Fil d'Alsace
a
dentelle
(*)
and the
thread
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
(fig.
i56).
Carry
69
left
f-x^W- -2R
<r 'M
~h
cm
*>r.
?h
Jf.
JJe:
Twelfth pattern
Fig.
Fourteenth pattern
trary to
those in
fig.
(fig.
147,
157).
Fig.
56.
Thirteenth pattern.
Fig.
58.
Fifteenth pattern.
Here,
the stitches,
The
con-
first stitch
covers 2 threads, the second 6, the third 10, the fourth 14, the
fifth 18. The longest stitches of two checks always meet in the
bame
hole.
70
to
between the first rows. Where the stitches of the two rows
meet, the working thread of the second row must be drawn
through, under that of the first.
Seventeenth pattern.
Between
Sixteenth pattern
(fig.
i5g).
Seventeenth pattern
(fig.
160).
This
consists of stripes,
Eighteenth pattern
stitches,
(fig.
161).
Small
right
squares
and
is
of 7
and so
crossed by the
left,
1 1
162).
(fig.
stitches high,
The
and
1 1
is
by
on
formed by
steps
row
which
from the last
of steps,
a square of stitches,
carried
covers 4 threads.
Eight threads intervene between each
are covered at the bend,
stitches.
yV
Fig. 161.
Fig. 10:.
Eighteenth pattern.
Twentieth pattern.
Twentieth pattern
(fig.
Nineteenth pattern.
Fig. 162.
Fig.
i63).
104..
Twenty-first pattern.
The 4 squares
edged
set
all
opposite
round by
rows of overcasting.
Twenty-first pattern
(fig.
64).
72
crossed on the
wrong
side.
"'."'.'
'.'.'
''
'.';; >">
'[!'"'
'
'\
>:^
mmmmim
>
m*
># h'k
4m
Fig.
65.
Fig. 167.
->
whm^
S'S&'t ?'*
Twenty-second pattern.
Fig. 166.
Twenty-third pattern.
Twenty-fourth pattern.
Fig. 168.
Twenty-fifth pattern.
Twenty-second pattern
(fig.
i65).
In
drawn
together, as
stuff,
where,
73
On
this foundation
loosely-twisted
a
with strong,
cotton,
Coton
D.M.G or Coton a
D.M.C No. 25, 3o, 35,
make long stitches, as
broder
tricoter
or 40,
Fig. 170.
FlG
"
l6 9-
Twenty-sixth pattern.
Twenty-seventh pattern.
74
Twenty-fourth pattern
(fig.
167).
Make
length,
succession
Twenty-fifth pattern
(fig.
168).
23 stitches,
fig.
all
sur-
centre.
Diagonal trellised
Twenty-sixth pattern (fig. 169).
made as indicated in fig. i65, and overcast, form the
ground. Twelve threads are to be left between the stripes, upon
which, work six-cornered, lozenge-shaped groups of stitches,
stripes,
We
conclude our
Twenty- seventh pattern (fig. 170).
chapter with a circular design, which combines a variety of
stitches, and introduces our workers to two new patterns, as
well as to an advantageous
several kinds of stitches
way
by semicircles of button-hole
of
stitching.
White Embroidery.
We
have
traced,
but as
it
is
often
necessary
to
repeat,
enlarge,
Materials.
and very
better,
dery.
We
loose, soft
little
recommend
twisted,
so,
or
will
make
is
for white
embroidery
in general,
Coton
WHITE EMBROIDERY
76
Coton
Outlining:
mate
effect
part of the
is
outlining of a pattern
want of precision
This
outlining.
is
in the ulti-
a coarser cotton
by a few
never with a knot, a rule to be observed also
in embroidering, except in very rare cases. Finish off your
thread by drawing it through the tracing stitches, or through
than
the embroidery
running
itself.
Fasten
in
the thread
stitches,
some part
is
already finished.
Fill
in the
Blanket, or
button-hole stitch.
Fig. 171.
182,
181,
83,
and 191.
Blanket, or button-hole stitch
(fig.
Work from left to right;
171).
run in a foundation line, hold down the
working thread below the run line
with the right thumb insert the needle
above and bring it out below the run
line but above the working thread
Fig. 172.
tighten the loop thus formed, without
Straight stem stitch.
drawing up the stuff, and continue in
this manner, setting your stitches closely and regularly, side
by side.
184, i85, 187, 189, 190
(*)
sizes
See
and the
at the
list
8.
English bound,
gilt
numbers and
edges.
Price
3 sh.
WHITE EMBROIDERY
77
The
covers.
Work
without a run
to
slanting
in
left
under
and 5
direction,
or 2 horizontal
or
threads,
^SSSSSSSi^SSSSii
perpendicular ones
so that each stitch reaches half-way
6
letters
for linen
embroidery.
Back - stitching
Back-stitching, that
(fig.
is
174).
small, even
Fig. 174.
SACK-STITCHING.
done
is
a straight
for filling
flowers.
ing,
terials
the
needle as
draw
first
it
the
75.
Crossed back-stitch.
Right
side.
f
w
Si
it
a little
outline
it
insert
if
pass
sloping
cond
To work,
right.
stitch
Fig.
it
Fig. 176.
Crossed back-stitch.
Wrong
side.
stitch.
After
making
is
to be.
back-stitch,
it
WHITE EMBROIDERY
78
shows the
Fig. 176
side,
in
wrong
which
when
used for
worked
on
centres, can be
stitch,
this
filling in
is
it
fig.
177).
Fig. 177.
conjunc-
in
flat stitch.
Twisted knot
stitch,
(fig.
178).
brought it out,
round the needle,
turn the needle round from left to
twist
it
right,
first
twice
following the
direction
in-
through
the fabric at the place which is
marked by a dot, and draw it out
the place
at
J
Fig. 179.
?m-n^^ tea
^HLML
is
tnTP* ^ \\\
Post stitch
j7TuTjlV4\ grr^-
\\J^
(fig.
179).
^^^
stitch
to be.
Post stitch.
eTrrr*
it
patterns,
Some-
much used
composed of small
it
often
,..^
rr
-
The
illustration
represents
five
Fig. 180.
finished,
it
out
at
Button-hole bars
(fig.
180). When
pattern
is
orna-
WHITE EMBROIDERY
79
you come
till
to the place
to
in the figure
Fig. 181.
Then
cover the
If
(figs.
have to
will
be
set
little
them
come
point,
be
allowed
play
on the outer, to
exactly
to
which
the
should
very sharply
de-
FlG
^2. Larc
~
jtton-hol
p
.:"
fined.
It 1
WHITE EMBROIDERY
8o
Eyelet holes
very carefully
(figs.
first
186,187, 188).
by running
holes
them, then
cut out the enclosed stuff with a sharp pair of finely pointed
scissors,
Fig. 184.
then on the other, using two threads, and then overcast them
in the same w ay. The double crossing of the working threads
between the eyelet holes makes them much stronger, than if
each hole were finished off separately, and the thread passed
underneath from one to
T
the other.
The lower
shaded
halves
eyelet holes,
of
(see
Fig. 186.
187
may
used
for
w orking
r
(fig.
189).
Raised satin
WHITE EMBROIDERY
8l
fill
the
in
Fig. 187.
Fig. 188.
Six
ways
of
making
dots
(fig.
190).
Dots,
when
they
made, are exceedingly effective in white embroidery, particularly if they are worked in a variety of stitches.
Dot A is worked in raised satin stitch
B, in raised satin
stitch, framed in back stitch ; C, in raised satin stitch, framed
in twisted knot stitch
D is composed of several post stitches
of different lengths, set in a frame of stem stitches
E is worare
well
(*)
and the
See
list
at the
numbers and
sizes
WHITE EMBROIDERY
Si
Venetian embroidery
very high
relief, called
191).
(fig.
Scallops,
worked
in
on
b
Fig.
180. Six
in figs.
leaves
in
145 to 170.
C
Fig. 190. Six
The
full
holed,
must be
Goton
(*)
and the
a repriser
See
list
at the
D.M.C No.
25,
(*)
of colours of the
sizes
WHITE EMBROIDERY
Fig.
Fir-.
191.
uj2.
Venetian embroidery.
Renaissance embroidery.
83
WHITE EMBROIDERY
84
to
be.
term
applied,
more
especially
in
France,
to
cut
the
embroidery
WHITE EMBROIDERY
85
Materials
'
and the
Madeira work.
Fig. 196.
Madeira work.
Madeira work
dery,
Fig. 195.
(figs.
which consists
See
list
at the
chiefly
of colours of the
sizes
WHITE EMBROIDERY
86
edge, in
holes,
In working eyelet
196, is entirely button-holed.
material must always be turned in, up to the
fig.
the
worked
may
in,
B"
^w.
wB y& Vf .^
^8iP^
^^^
Fig. 197.
Materials
^i
4&.Qr<f!b
toh%m
^8
Madeira-work.
(fig.
198).
Letters,
mono-
WHITE EMBROIDERY
Ordinary embroidery frame
can
only
be used
for
(fig.
199).
embroidering
8?
Tambour frames
pocket-handkerchiefs,
Fig.
frame,
stretch
it
199.
as
to
be done in
stuff
into
the
tightly
being set in
perfectly evenly. Roll or fold up the rest of the stuff over the
it
out carefully
with pins
first,
to
ensure
its
WHITE EMBROIDERY
Fig. 200.
letters
to H.
WHITE EMBROIDERY
Fig. 201.
letters J to
Q.
WHITE EMBROIDERY
<)0
Fig. 202.
letters
to Y.
WHITE EMBROIDERY
Fig. 2o3.
91
letters
to L.
WHITE EMBROIDERY
92
Fig. 204.
letters
to X.
WHITE EMBROIDERY
Fig. 2o5.
93
letters.
(figs.
200 to 2o5).
On account
of the difficulty of devising a good monogram for marking underlinen, we subjoin two alphabets, by the aid of which our
The
to
letters are of a
fied
For any
such
reader's attention
chapter.
The
own
taste.
to
three
first
plates
for this
branch of embroidery.
Monogram composed
Here,
of letters
A worked in flat
stem stitch, worked
letter
is
and
(fig.
206).
and
set in
WHITE EMBROIDERY
94
in
Fig. 206.
Fig. 207.
Materials
Colours
MONOGRAMS.
Coton a broder D.M.C
MONOGRAMS.
Materials: Coton a broder D.M.C
Colours
Fig. 208.
Colours
(*)
See
and the
Fil
a dentelle
D.M.C
No- i5o.
Gris-Cendre 3i8 and Noir
grand Teint 3 10.
at the
list
'
Fig. 209.
monograms.
.
No 120.
White and Rouge-
Cardinal 3o5.
Materials
of colours of the
sizes
WHITE EMBROIDERY
95
Monogram composed
of letters
and S (fig. 207).
The flat satin stitch in both letters is worked in white the
setting, is in red, in short stem stitch, or if preferred, in
knotted back stitch.
;
Monogram composed
These are worked
way C
is
of letters
in black
and
and C
grey,
for
by very small
be replaced
of letters
and E
(fig.
209).
are
Fig. 210.
Materials
for in-
satin stitching
flat
stitched
D.M.C
the
eyelet holes.
Monogram composed
The
may
208).
(fig.
mourning
Border
in
Gobelin stitch.
is
and the
See
list
at the
end
of the
of colours of the
cottons.
WHITE EMBROIDERY
g6
Indigo
in
3 12 for the
stem-stitch.
pattern, top
grounding, Rouge-Turc 32
and bottom,
is
1,
the
edges
of
the
is
im-
also in red.
it
r
1
Fig. 2ii.
to N.
WHITE EMBROIDERY
portant to
remember
that in
all
cases
97
sharp contrast
is
desirable.
the grounding,
Fig. 212.
Alphabet left
to Z.
WHITE EMBROIDERY
98
stitch,
in
Go-
illustrated
in
fig.
blank,
and outlined
by a grounding in Gobelin
stitch, which are better suit-
that
is
to say,
ed to embroideries of the
kind than those generally
used.
Our
Fig. 214.
all
the
letters
to
No
in
direction.
In order to economize
room,
and
are represent-
Fig. 21
5.
given
in
fig. 2ii
and 212.
easily
distinguishable
WHITE EMBROIDERY
Fig. 216.
Second
in
Gobelin
part.
and the
See
list
at the
lOO
WHITE
BR
O DERV
I
of stitches. First
part.
WHITE EMBROIDERY
same way.
We
should
like to
101
attention to
and 178);
chain
very fine
in
stitch
German knot
(fig-
old
(fig.
873), or even
pique
embroidery
stitch
in
in
or bead
877).
Border, outlined
grounding,
workby
ed in Gobelin and
Fig. 218.
Materials
334 with Vert-Mousse 469 and 471, or Violet-Mauve 375 and 376 with
Jaune-Rouille 364 and 365. (*)
(*)
and the
See
list
at the
numbers and
sizes
WHITE EMBROIDERY
102
trans-
stuffs,
and
as possible to
the grounding.
The
pattern,
the
join
it,
and B of the
in fig. 217,
first
part to the
first
part,
-\-
at
in the ori-
and
fit
as seen
is
of the
repeated,
the beginning
of the
drawing.
Flower garland in
and
218).
Most of the
found
(figs. 217
beginning of
duced. The rose-buds may be worked in two shades of VertPistache and of Rouge-Grenat, in the stitches described in
figs. 173, 177, 189 A; the forget-me-nots, in two or even
three shades of Bleu-Indigo, in raised satin stitch and knotted
stitch
the
Brun-Acajou.
The border that completes this charming pattern, consists
of four rows of button holing, worked in four colours. The
first row in our illustration is worked in pale pink, followed
by three shades of green, the palest of which is used for the
second row of stitches.
When
it is
advisable to begin by
WHITE EMBROIDERY
Fig. 220.
io3
(fig.
219).
Owing
WHITE EMBROIDERY
104
We
Stripe of gold embroidery in gold thread, purl, and flattened gold wire.
Flat stitch
The
flat
stitch
As
any
will
is
do equally well
as
a foundation,
for the
stitches
Flat stitch
ventional
with the
D.M.G
embroidery. Decorative
flowers,
embroidery
all
are
the
most
cottons.
designs, and
suitable
for
flat
constitch
it
leaves,
in
stitch.
The
stitches should
all
io6
to be
necessitating
-i
tration.
They
are
worked
in
by choosing the
Fig. 221
the
light in
is
right shade
supposed
depth
according to
to be placed.
The
the
stitches
Fig. 222.
Oriental stitch.
Fig. 223.
Oriental stitch.
We
These kind of
designs.
Draw
stitches are
8.
first; in
English bound,
bold
working with
gilt
edges.
Price: 3 sh.
IO7
economise thread, and prevent the emtoo heavy, you can begin your second
becoming
broidery from
stitch close to where the first ended.
But if the thread be one that is liable to twist, take it back
underneath the stuff and begin your next stitch in a line
with the first, so that all the stitches of the first layer, which
soft, silky material, to
Fig. 224.
Oriental stitch.
form the grounding, are carried from the top to the bottom
The same directions apply to figs. 223, 224* and 226.
When you have laid your vertical
threads,
horizontally
stretch
across,
The
six
vertical
and
threads jj||
fasten
isolated stitches,
threads
apart.
stitches
indicated in
fig.
222.
sxiwiiiiixioL
L'lIiU'UlL'tjijd^i
little
closer together,
ioS
D.M.C
D.M.C
or Fil a pointer
for
Plaited stitch
When
225).
(fig.
kind
of plait is formed in the following
way. Pass the thread three times,
alternately under and over three founthe vertical stitches are
dation
laid,
To do this very
you must take the thread
threads.
accurately,
back, underneath, to
its
starting-point
Mosaic stitch
embroideries
employed
we
(fig.
226).
In old
appliqued on to
the foundation. It is executed in the
same manner as the four preceding
stitches, but can only be done in thick
other costly stuffs,
twist,
such as Cordonnet 6
or Ganse turque
fils
D.M.C,
D.M.C.
Each
Fig. 227.
in
Persian stitch.
Colours
Border
stitch
ioq
(fig.
This stitch, of
227).
resembles the one represented in fig. 175.
Instead of bringing the needle out, however, as indicated in
fig.
176, take it back as 3^011 see in the illustration, to the
space between the outlines of the drawing, and behind the
thread that forms the next stitch. Before filling in the pattern,
Persian
origin,
outline
it
centres
in yellow,
throughout,
is
Materials
According
to
worked
the stuff
D.M.C or Coton
Colours
For the
flowers:
Jaune-Rouille 3o8.
Fil
in
a repriser
Rouge-Geranium 35
For the
foliage
flat stitch.
D.M.C, Cordonnet 6
D.M.C. (*)
a dentelle
nls
and 352.
1
For the knot stitch:
Vert-de-gris 474 and 475. (*)
and the
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
10
are
worked
alternately, in
Rouge-Geranium 35
an
in
it
effect.
Whether
shadows
copy of
at
Bouquet
Materials
in
:
(tig.
229).
kind,
this
to
so as to
put
you want
Fig. 229.
Colours
If
is
flat stitch
by no means easy
embroidery of
tional
is
to
in
the
make
itself,
or a
lights
and
a faithful
coloured
5o.
and the
See
list
at the
of colours of the
sizes
itself,
the black
keeping them
I I I
all
as a guide
for
shadows. The colours for the leaves and petals, which should
always be worked from the outside, should be chosen with
a view to their blending well together. The stamens and
the centres of the flowers should be left to the last, but the
veins and ribs of the leaves, should always be put in before
the grounding.
For embroideries of this kind, suitable materials must be
selected
the more delicate and minute the design, and the
more varied the colouring, the softer and finer should be the
quality of the material employed. Specially to be recommended,
as adapted to every form of stitch and as being each of them
capable of being subdivided,
are Filoselle, Marseille, open
Chinese silk and Coton a
;
D.M.C.
repriser
(*)
Flowers embroidered in
Chinese manner (fig.
Chinese embroiders* displays undoubted originality and wonderful skill
and judgment in the choice of
material and colour. It excels
the
23o).
All
and
from Eu-
-il
Fig. 23o.
Flowers embroidered
ropean work
making
in
this,
that
in
the Chinese
MANNER.
instead
ol
using
we
flat
stitch
and
without intermediate tones, or they sometimes work the whole pattern in knot stitch. The little knots,
formed by this stitch are generally set in gold thread.
Often too, instead of combining a number of colours, as
we do, the Chinese fill in the whole leaf with long stitches and
upon this foundation, draw the veins in a different stitch and
colour. Even the flowers, they embroider in the same way, in
them, side by
See
the
list
at the
side,
of colours of the
sizes
12
I.M
KRoi DLK Y
Chinese encroaching
flat stitch
(fig.
23
i).
Another easy
Fig. 2?
Materials
i.
colour card.
(*)
Cordonnet 6
fils
D.M.C Nos. 20
to 5o or
For
For
Colours
The
D.M.C
Chine
d'or:
(*)
different
as
(*)
and the
See
list
at the
u3
worked
in the
hand
(*)
indicated
it
the
in
D.M.C
colour
D.M.C
the
for
transverse
Fig. 232.
produced, will
bear more resemblance to
applique work than to em-
the
Raised embroidery.
effect
The
broidery.
centres
Preparatory work.
of
knot
which are
on the
or on an embroidered
stitches,
either
stuff
directly
set
ground.
Embroidery
Turkish style
in
(figs.
the
234
and 235).
This again is a
style of embroidery different
from any we are accustomed
',
and the
.->ee
list
at the
Work
to.
The
completed.
solid raised
parts are
of colours of the
sizes
ii4
first padded with common coarse cotton and then worked over
with gold, silver, or silk thread.
Contrary to what is noticeable in the real Turkish embroider)'', the preparatory work here is very carefully done, with
several threads of Coton a repriser D.M.C used as one. A
rope of five threads is laid down, and carried from right to
left and from left to right, accross the width of the pattern.
After laying
bring the
it
it
fig.
234,
needle out a
little
stuff,
Ml
The
^'
"v
"""(^
it
out
at
the
m-%^-
^y^N.-
draw
^Js
//
may
lie
perfectly
parallel,
Fig. 234.
Embroidery
in
Preparatory work.
Fig. 235.
Embroidery
Work
in
D.M.C.)
Very pretty effects can
be obtained, by a combination of three shades of
Rouge-Cardinal 347, 346
and 304, with Chine d'or
gold and dark blue or with
Chine d'or, gold and light
completed..
blue.
(*)
5;
1 1
Gold embroidery.
Up to the present time, dating from
the end of the eighteenth century, gold embroidery has been
almost exclusively confined to those who made it a profession
amateurs have seldom attempted what, it was commonly supposed, required an apprenticeship of nine years to attain any
proficiency in.
We
Fig- 236.
flat
The
first
and needful
re-
a spindle,
curved knife,
Ill)
Embroidery frame
(fig.
236).
The
frame, represented
is
almost
frame,
in folds,
Fig. 237.
The
spindle.
Then
or 4 c/m. apart.
put the frame together and stretch the material laterally to its
fullest extent, by passing a piece of
twine, in and out. through the cord
at the edge and over the stretchers.
Draw up
Fig. 238.
dation
is
Upon
this firm
stuff
which you
der,
bone
it
down, taking
sible,
Fig. 239.
ed,
more
to
care
perfectly even
to keep
with the thread
foundation and,
it
of
if
the
pos-
tightly stretch-
prevent
it
from
to take
it
to
The spindle
(fig.
237).
The
1I 7
thread of Coton a broder D.M.G No. 16, or pale yellow Cordonnet D.M.C No. 25, and terminate this covering with a
The pressors
(figs.
in cartridge
paper,
it
side,
embroidery
with
spread
paste,
let
get thoroughly
it
make
to
adhere closely
|
to
the
pattern
pasted
small
<
<
be
will
down
sides, as
observe
be-
you
will
in
fig.
point
is
secured
Fig. 241.
by stitches. The
embroidery should not be begun untill the paste
ehy, and the pattern adheres firmly to the stuff.
is
perfectly
pasted upon
it.
n8
manner described
in
which
be
should
kept
tremely
and
ex-
sharp
held,
cutting,
the
in
with
point out-
rounded
towards
part
you,
shown
as
in
drawing.
the
Tray
to
contain
the
materials (fig.
Cut out
241).
as
many
your embroidery
of
all
but
you
or
gold thread
kinds,
likewise
beads
and
spangles of all
sortsand sizes
as
well
as
and
dead gold and
bright
silver purl, or
bullion, as
is
it
also called.
Fig. 243.
may
be kept separate.
[Q
is
(fig.
243).
Embroidery
you
have only to thread the little pieces of purl, cut into the
required lengths beforehand, like beads on your needle, and
fasten them down upon the foundation like the beads in beadwork. Smooth and crimped gold purl, or silver and gold purl
used together, look exceedingly well, particularly where the
pattern requires effects of light and shade to be reproduced.
Embroidery in diamond
stitch
is
charming novelty
stitch
in gold
m/m.
VJ
long,
are
244).
The
diamond
embroi-
more than
threaded
is
(fig.
on
the
glittering knots,
right
are
and
left,
made
in
and look
silver
purl.
The
shorter the
pieces are,
Fig. 244.
Diamond stitch.
120
Fig. 243.
Fig. 246.
Second pa
121
22
most ordinary.
For a washing material
use,
Or
fin
D.M.C pour
No.
la
broderie,
3o or 40
20,
which,
as
perfectly,
(*),
washes
it
well adap-
is
embroidery
of
wearing
apparel,
and household linen.
Plain gold thread and
lor the
ted
with
thread
Hold
round
twisted
are
it,
to-
gether.
Thus
the
in
trees,
246,
fig.
and
worked in
foliage
flowers, are
the butterflies
gold
in
Two
should
side
threads of gold
be
laid
by side
down
and
se-
worked
in
various stitches.
other,
Fil d'Alsace
D.M.C No.
it,
alone.
(*)
See
list
at the
(*)
of the
same
colour.
Where
the
design requires
200,
set at regular
intervals
specimen
oi
Chinese embroidery,
fig.
246,
of colours of the
FLAT STITCH AND GOLD EMBROIDERY
123
resembles the first, as far as materials and execution are concerned, but the design is different. The grotesque animals,
flowers and shells it represents, can be worked separately, or
Stripe
worked
in various stitches
worked
(fig.
247).
All
the
are
far,
in the
used as
that the
we
a foundation, instead of
stiff
often
(fig.
248).
thick
whip cords
soft
Lay down
as
many
many
them
cases
up
to 8 or 10
m/m.
in
I2 4
'
actual embroidery,
all
to the preparatory
work.
Onlv four
of the
many
and
FiG. 24<j.
fig.
24b,
is
necessary,
into pieces,
that fastens
wire
laid
small
at
enough
lengths
regular
of purl are
intervals,
just to leave
room
close
for the
Fig. 25o.
Distribute
the
the
stitches
as
in
125
worked
Scale
stitch,
foundation
(fig.
25o).
Begin
You
'rig.
Fig. 25
1.
Materials.
'
See
and the
Cordonnet 6
For sewing
5o or 70, Fil a
rils
D.M.C Nos.
to 5 or
at the
list
For padding
No. 10.
D.M.C
D.M.C No.
Fil a pointer
Soie de coton
126
from
enriched with
Insertion in cross stitch, alike on both sides, the pattern left blank.
the threads
finished.
when
taken away.
in
Tapestry can be done either in a frame, or in the hand
latter case, the ends of the piece of canvas should be
weighted with stones or lead, to prevent its puckering.
;
the
128
The
should
left to
stitches,
all
252).
(fig.
Before
fabric,
two
the
number
starting
from
time
middle
each
the
trace
stitch,
two
other
the
vertical,
The
vas.
point
ot
intersection will be
This
ground-plan
will be found most
useful, and should
the
centre.
sort of
not
be
until,
the
pulled out
at least,
work be
half
finish-
moreover,
you
have corners
Fig. 252. Marking out the embroidery ground.
to work, or a pattern to reverse, in the angle of a piece of embroidery, trace a
diagonal line besides, from the corner to the centre.
ed.
If
therefore be
recommended
for articles
constant
use,
8.
English bound,
gilt
edges.
Price
3 sh.
I29
iybd3iiiiESi
Fig. 253.
Fig. 254.
Cross stitch.
Half cross
Fig. 255.
Gobelin stitch.
stitch.
Bag
Fig. 256.
Fig. 258.
Fig. 257.
Tent
Reps stitch.
stitch.
Half cross
stitch,
(fig.
,254).
If
the cotton
"
and the
make
is
too coarse,
stitch,
carry the
the half-stitches
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
i3o
across
.- 1- 1- 1-
1-'- 1- 1- 1-
I I F^H RHI^f
'I
-pi
Fig. 259.
Wide Gobelin
stitch.
Fig. 260.
Fig. 261.
Double stitch.
Fig. 262.
Fig. 263.
Fig. 264.
Rice stitch.
Plait stitch.
Reps
stitch
(fig.
257).
Contrary
to
Gobelin
Tent stitch
(fig.
258).
This
stitch is
this
stitch,
simply the
lines,
first
half
way. The
illustration
threads.
Tent
stitch
is
more
delicate lines
and the
Wide Gobelin
vertical
a time.
stitch
(fig.
261).
Begin with
make
262).
Fill in the
whole ground
first,
large
these,
make
with
upon
tween, where they form another cross. The large cross stitches
should be worked in rather coarse cotton, the rice stitches in
Double
stitch, set
two ways
(fig.
263).
This
consists oi
purpose.
132
Plait stitch
this stitch, to
(fig.
264).
It
is
to
work
Stem
stitch
265).
(fig.
Here,
worked
in
^^^R
f2T? .
Fig. 265.
Fig. 266.
Fig. 267.
Stem stitch.
Leaf stitch.
Fish-bone stitch.
Fig. 268.
Fig. 269.
Fig. 270.
Cashmere stitch.
Florentine stitch.
Fish-bone stitch
and the preceding
(*)
See
and the
list
(fig.
stitch
267).
is,
The
that
difference
the working
at
between
thread
numbers and
this
after
sizes
33
left,
Cashmere
stitch
269).
(fig.
To
in
Florentine stitch
(fig.
270).
Florentine
stitch is
271).
The
first
row
worked
first
over
Knotted
(fig. 272).
Carry the working thread over
width and six in height, bring the needle back,
four threads lower down, in front of the double threads, and
insert it behind the preceding stitch, and over the middle
threads, and then carry it down to the line of the stitches. In
the subsequent rows
the stitches extend over four threads
and encroach on two of the previous row, so that the stitches
of the second row lie between those of the first.
stitch
two threads
in
Smyrna
Star, or
stitch
(fig.
273).
Make
a plain cross
cross stitch,
threads,
it
accordingly.
Rococo stitch
thread, lay
case
may
it
be,
number
of stitches
double thread
first stitch, put it in by the side of it, and bring it out below,
under half the horizontal threads covered by the first stitch.
Then make a stitch to the right, similar to the one just made
to the left.
When you have finished one stitch, carry the needle under
one thread, in an oblique line, to the next stitch, see fig. 273.
The whole pattern is worked in diagonal lines.
mi
i_(-;l I |_ t ,-:
I- ,_,
U-.'
8m
r_ritnir_$L.
Fig. 273.
Fig. 272.
Fig. 271.
Knotted
Mosaic stitch.
stitch.
Fig. 274.
Fig. 275.
Fig. 276.
Rococo stitch.
Rococo stitch.
Stitches on the richt
Rococo stitch.
wrong
side.
Completed.
side.
Greek
stitch
(fig.
278).
This,
differs
the
manner
in
which
it is
from right
to left,
first stitch,
under the
it
first.
first stitch.
much used
right to
The
left, to
next stitch
135
a distance of
is
made
like
This
stitch is
ment
we have observed
that the
made
to
MBBmBM
Fig. 278.
Fig. 277.
Greek
Parisian stitch.
stitch.
Fig. 279.
Scotch stitch.
iiiffi
Fig. 280.
Fig. 281.
Fig. 282.
Moorish stitch.
Oriental stitch.
Shell stitch.
Scotch
stitches,
stitch,
(fig.
made over
279).
Squares,
composed of slanting
and then again over one thread, and separated from each
other by rows of Gobelin stitches, constitute what is ordinarily
known by the name of Scotch stitch.
Moorish
stitch
(fig.
280).
For this
36
Here,
Oriental stitch
(fig.
281).
the other.
stitches
Shell stitoh
282).
(fig.
Carry
six horizontal threads, then from right to left, under one vertical thread and downwards over six horizontal ones. When you
have made four vertical stitches in this way, bring the needle
out behind the third double thread, counted lengthways, and
between the third and fourth, counted across, and fasten the
four long stitches together with a back-stitch, to the middle
thread of the canvas. Draw a thread of a different colour twice
Jacquard
Milanese stitch
In the
is
made
(fig.
285).
first
Plush
stitch,
stitch
(fig.
286).
by means of which
This
a very
87
which
gives
tB&,l=l=PL=iF&=-i-l=-^&SBi
^kkk-kh-k
/--k-skkbbrl
;
rM-i-
.-
&&-!
ti- -i=i=i=bi
III
Fig. 283.
Jacquard stitch.
Fig. 285.
Milanese stitch.
Fig. 286.
Plush stitch.
figs.
making rugs or
one
in the
book.
last
chapter but
i38
many
in
stitch
this
colours
blend
the
together
the contrasts
soften
of
colour.
Chain
stitch
cannot,
other stitches
like
worked
to
can
the
all
and
as
in
is
be
nor
stitches
fro,
of
first,
generally possible
and
The
separately,
a different needle
stitch is
worked
as
follows;
after
fastening in
your
This simple
Pattern for borders or grounding (fig. 288).
but most effective design, copied from one of the most beautiful
of Oriental carpets, can be executed in, either cross stitch,
plush stitch, or chain stitch. To make a wider border still, the
diagonal lines that divide the figures shaped like an S, have
only to be prolonged, and the figures repeated.
"
i3q
...
..:
,;pppcaaaapp
::jPPPPE3PPPp:.: r :xxl;:x.';j:;:.:".x
oppppppppp
xx~xx r xx _-~ xxizxxt^xxzsxxeexx
xx xxzaxxuxxxi:
^~Ix"'"xx" xx~j;xx_ xx xx_ xx^~xxlexx_
l<titiiiai(>iciifia(ts|
-':
\xx***asBt"
XX* tXXXXXXXXX"
HiiiiHlI
eXXXXXXi xx****xxxxxx
xxxxxx* XX**XXXXXX***Xi^7|
*xxxx**xx* SCX**XX*XXXX **[i.EBGi
DHeHQEEE'
.:moe.
Q ] sonar
,-
.......
,::,':' ']-|:0
:.
Issexeei
f*XXXXS*XX* ixx*x>,
XX<*XXXXXX-4.:X.:Ir
xxxxxx*
?XX*.#XXXXXX-*i*#GGEGGr
xxxxxx*
. =
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx*
ililiGEEGEL_.
:!'. L
SOBS
.** .
*xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx*
iPBEPPBHPPEEPLiB' ~
**XXXXX ~^IiX IJ_. ^XXXX"
7! l^XXXX*
i EEPPEEPPEEPPli X
...*XXXX
ten
XX**XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX*
..XX*XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX*<
* i XXXXXXeXX** * XXXXXX* '.
*.xxxxxx*xx*xxxxxx**
sxxxxxx*xx*xx*xxxx*-
DBSO
nil
*xxxxxx**xxxxx>:xx**j
*XXXXXXoXX*XXXXXX**^..-.-...
^xxxxxxxxxx***
xxxxxxxxxxxxi^
gXXXXXXXXXXXXXX*XX* ~: Xj
..
jl
iPPPPPPQPDP
PBPPPPPGPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPppppppppppppppppppgppppppppppppppppppppppp
(
BapppppppppppppBapppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp
upppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppappppp
Fig. 288. Pattern for borders or groundings.
Materials
3 to
5,
Fil a pointer
D.M.C Nos.
10 to
to
12,
3o, or
Our
(figs.
more than
quarters.
on the
on the
left,
left,
The narrow
'
See
and the
is
at
list
to be repeated
numbers and
sizes
140
after the broad band, which is represented in fig. 291, has been
added to the grounding. A very good effect is obtained, if in the
broad border, fig. 291, you vary the background of the different
subjects.
aq
DO
::;:::
<xaxxxxn
:xxx xd
3
:.:
axxc
GX
;::
GXX>"
I
aaax
qxxxd
axx
Li
axx
a;
'
.xx
p.
J-V
^^
an
::
_axxa
XQXXXXC
i
'
XXXX XO
x-X" xaaa
1
3
Fig. 2^9.
Materials
BBR
vnyyyxn
ax^xxxx-
. .
Coton a
Nos. 5 to
tricoter
1
tils
D.M.C
Explanation of the signs prefixed to the colours :Noir grand Teint 3io, a Jaune
d'Ocre 676, s Violet-Mauve 3 1 5, Rouge-Geranium 349,
Rouge- Aurore 36o,
K Bleu-Indigo 3 12, h Bleu pale 668,
Rouge-Cornouille 449, a Vert-de-gris 474,
E Vert-de-gris 475, a Grounding. (*)
110
Linen embroidery. The stitches used in linen embroidery are very similar to those used in canvas work. The ordinary cross stitch, as represented in fig. 253, is the one most
commonly used, but it is not so effective as the two-sided
which in the beautiful old needlework of the i5th,
6th and 17th centuries, have always excited our wonder and
admiration.
stitches,
1
(*)
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
and the
b
:
"
141
_::::
bbbbxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
xxxxax?
^x^BXxaaaaaaGXQaaGaGGx x x3xxbbbbbbbbbbbX:lE>
:-_nxxannnnxxxnnnnaxxx z: :;biZexxx
^xx^bxxxgggxxxxxeggxxx.;::
xxb--!bxxxx
_._;,'.,'.
:
.:."'..:..
^
:
-:..;
j_
".zzxjb"
:xblhI>>
xxxBBXxxxxaxaBXxxXxxi
--
:;xb--bxx:
_ jxxdxbi
<xxxbbbxxxxb
::r:
-::xxxxxxxxxxxb
'
\
......
.
',".
'-'.
.
,-
tx
x
"XXXXXXXXXXXXXXBBXXXXXXXBZEBXX"
3G
HX>
XXXBZBXXXXV
BXXXX
v
r.\
3gxg.
;:xxxxxxxxx
XXXXXXXXXX
3D :d
\'xr
mxxxxxxxxs
xxxxxxDQGaaaaQGaaG^ffli
sgxgg
::xxxxxxb bxxxxxb.: nxxxxxxxxGaGGGaGaaaaGGSffli
3g-gg g
bxxxxxb^zbxxxxxbxzbxxxxxxxxgaxx-.xlg gg gg
::xxxxxxb(XGG^bbebhbbbbbbb*i
gg gg
::xxxxxxxbx:bxb^[bxxxxxxxxngxbxxxxxxxxxxxbwh
gg
gg
::xxxxxxxxb^ -h- ~k.
" g gg
i
:;xxxxxxxxxb
xxggzbxxxxxxxxxxxxxbi
~. gg
::xxxx
xaazBXxxxxxxxxxxxxBaa
GG
XXXXGnZBXXXXXXXXXXXXXBBBi
MXXXX.
g
bxxxxxxxxx
xxxBaaai
BB
"XXXXXXXX:
GE
\XXXXXXXXXXBKKBr
BXK
XXXXXXGGXBXXXXXXXXXXXXXBBBKI
BXXX>
bxxb
axxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxaa^axxxxxxxxxxxxxBaaar^
axxxa '
bxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxgg
\xxxxxxxbbxx
bxxxxb
;;xxxxxxxxxxxxxxggzbxxxxxxxxxxxxxb::::"Q s
...:-.:.-
"
.'."
.-
:'
-
3G".
ggx :xbxxxgg:
dxgv:i gxg
gxxg ; b gxxg
i.
-.
iGXXXGBGXXXG
ax iGXXXXBXXXXG:
am nxxxxBxxxxn
IX>
::
jXXBXXC
"
::
gxg b gxg
gxxg. b gxxg
jXXXGBGXXXC
jXXXXBXXXXG
DXXXXBXXXXG
"CXXXBXXXG
GXXBXXG
GXB
-:
'
:_
'.".'
"-
::xxxxxxxxaGaaaGG~BxxxxxxxxxxxxxB::::::B ~ r
:;xxxxxxxggggqggxbxxxxxxxxxxxxxb::::b::b"
bxxxxxxxb bxxxxxxgg:7 xt : \~ b
:xxxxbb::bb::::b
mxxxxx :x::::xxxxxGG bbbbbbxxxxxxxxxxxxxbkkkbb::::.':h i
_.xxxx
ac b: ,xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxb::kkbxbkkki_
bxxxxx::
bxxxxxx::
-::
<
bxxxxxxxxxxxxxgg~bxxxxxxxxxxxxbxxxxxxxxbbbbxxbbbki
bxxxxxxxxxxxxgg r bxxxxxxxxxxxxxbbxxxxxbxxbbbxxxbbbl _
bxxxxxxxxxxxxgg
xxxxxxxxbbbxxxbbxxxbbxxxxbbbql
.bxxxxxxxxxxxxgg xbxxxxxxx
:bbxbsbxxxxbxxxxxbbz
GXG B GX
bxxxxxxxxxxxxgg bxxbxxx
xxxxxxxxbxj
GXXG.B GXX
bxxxxxxxxxxxxgg ~bxxbbxxxxxxxxxbbbbbbbbxxxxxxxxxb 1
i.GXXXGBGXXX
iBXXXXXXXXXXXXGaXBXXBBBXXXXXBXXBKBBBBEBXXXXXXXXB ?;
_GXXXXBXXXX
bxxxxxxxxxxxxgg bxxbbbbxxxbbxxxbbbbbbbxxxxxxxb "?r
bxxxxxxxxxxxxgg xbxxbbbbbxbbbxxxxbbbbebxxxxxxb x
ExxxxxxxxxxxxaazBXXBBEBBBBBBXXxxxBEEBBXxxxxB-. "x-?
^D
bxxxxxxxxxxxxga^bxxbbeebbbbbxxxxbeebbbxxxxb b
bxxxxxxxxxxxxxgg~ bxxxbebbebebxxxbbbbeebxxxb b
:bg"
bxxxxxxxxxxxxxxgg^bxxxxbbeeebbxxbbbbbbbbxxba
;
;:xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxaa~BxxxxxBBE:::::axxxxxxxBBBXB
k
.:
^xxxxxKXXDG r BxxxxBj:::"::::BxxxxxxxxB::B- b
bxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxgc bxxxxbebebbbbxxxxxxxxxb
b
bxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxgc -bxxxxbbbbbbbbbxxxxxxxxxb
**;
b .bxxbxxxxxxxxxxxxxgdxbxxxxxxxxxxxxbebxxxxxxxxb.:b
bxxxbbxxxxxxxxxxxgg r bxxxxxxxxxxxxxxbbbxxxxxxxb
bxxxxb^bxxxxxxxxxgg^bxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxbbbxxxxxxb b
bxxxxb bxxxxxxxgg bxxxxxxxxbxxxxxxxxxbbbbbbbbb
xxxb ^bxxxxxgg^bxxxxxxxxxbbxxxxxxxxxbb
bbbbbb . ^bxxxxdd bxxxxxbxxxxbbbxxxxxbxxb bbbbbbbb
b , ^ bxx> xgg bxxxxxbabxxxbbkbxxxbbxxb
**b
b
b>:- -xxgg bxx>xxb::::::bxxb::b;:bxb::bxxb b
b fl
bxxxxgg^b
bbbbbxxxbbbbbbbbbxxb b b
bxxxxdg
xxxBaa::BxxxxB::aa::::::::BXXB b bb
BBBBBBBBBXXXXXGG BXXXXBaj:::BXXXXXXBaa;:".::::BXXB B B"B
b B-BXXXxxxxGaj.BXXxxB::BBXxxxxx/xH:::::i::::BXXB~B ::::
:
:
>
-.
b:-:xxxxxxgg BxxxxBa"BxxxxxxxxxB::::::::BxxB b
*b b -BxxxxxxxGG\BxxxxBBaBXXXXxxxxB::;:::::::BxxB b
b b bxxxxxxxgg BxxxxBa::BxxxxxxxB"a::::::::BXXB
B_B BXXXXXXXGG'BXXXXBBaBXXXXXXBBBBBBBtCBXXB B
; -M: lBxxxxxxgg bxxxxb::::bxxxxxxxxxxxxxb::bxb-b
-GG.B::::
b
b
bxxxxxggIbxxxxb.'ibbxxxxbxxxxxxxxxxbbb b
B:
b
vBxxxxxaa H/ //i::::ixxxKixxxxxxxxxxn-B
bxxxxxgg BxxxyB::::BxxB::::::BXXXxxxxxxxB T Bv
bbbbbbbbbxxxxxgg b ^ ^xxbbizbxbbbbbbbxxxxxxxxxb b
bxxxxb::::bb::::b bbkbxxxxxxxb
b
xxxgg. bxxxxb::::b::bb-" -b:::;bxxxxxb- -b
xgg bxxxxb:;;:::::b
b::::bxxxxxb
b
xxxgg bxxxxb^:;::b
b::::bxxxxxb
b
laaaxxxxxi
IKBXXXXXI
::
b::::::b _.
b::::::;:b::::b
;:::::
UWAV.-.-.V.-.'A
b::::::::::i
::::::::
&::
b:::::".:b
b::::::::::b
b::::i
b::::::
::::::::;:::bbbbbb::::::'
bbbbbbbb:::::::::::"";..'
-c
bb::::::::::::::
B::::::::KaKrsr^
b::::::::::^^*
b::::::b::::::**b
b::::::h::::::^>b
b::::::b::::::*.*b
b:::::.::b::::::Vb
b::::::::::b:::i:c|b
*">"" vv
m'i^ks^m
BBBBBBB
SB
c<xxxxxxaGGGaaaxxxxxxx x
XXXXXXXGGGGGaaXXXXXXX-XX::
XXXXXXXGGGGGGaXXXXXXX:
v ^XXXXXXXGGGGGGnXXXXXXX
:
/ gggggggxxxxxxx
<XXGGGGGGGXXXXXXX
XXXXXGGGGGGGXXXXXXX
vy/yy./
'
Fig. 200.
XXXXXXXGGG
XXXXXXXXQC
xxxx^p
.:
XXX
XXX /
/'
Materials
Fil a pointer D.M.C Nos. 10
to 12, Cordonnet 6 fils D.M.C Nos. 3 to
:
Coton a
tricoter
to
3o,
10,
or Coton a repriser
D.xVl.C
Nos. G
D.M.C No.
12.
IO
42
embroidery.
Most embroidery
more especially the Italian, is done on very
Such fine work however, requires more time and
now manufactured,
and
round, can be easily counted. The cross stitches that are worked
on Cuba, Ceylon or Batavia linen, are large and coarse, those
on linen-canvas, Russian linen, twisted tammy, and Rhodes
linen, small and fine.
of which,
the threads
being
thick
xxxxxxb ::
axxxr
xx'xxbxxx
xxxxxxxb
bxxbxxxb bxb BXXXBX
xx xbxxx
xx"xbxxx xxxbb
b
bxxxxxxb
bxxxxxx
bxb bb bxxx xxm~ '::
BXX XXXB
xx xaxxxxxx
bxxb 3
bxx xxb
::
BXX XXB
xx xbxx* xxx
BBXXB
<XXXBXXXX*
BXX XXXB 333 BXXX XXB
. bs3Xxb
BXXXXXXI
::
:xxxxb ::
xxx xbxxxx
<XXBXXXX !
XXXBXXBBXXBXXX
BXXBBXXB BXXBBXXB
X XBXX ->XXX
<
XXX XXI
XBXXXXXX
BXXBXXXBXXXBXXB
BXXXXXXXXXXXB
<XXBXXX XXXI .BXX X>
XXX
XXXXXXX1
IXX XXXB
BXXX X XXXB 3
3
XXXXXXI
BXXXXXXB 3a
XXBXXX
BXX
3 BXXXXXXB
XXB
XXXXXXXI
BXXXB<XB
BXXBXXXB- .
XB3XXX
i. -xbbbxxx xxxbbbbbi
: :::: BXX XXB
B<XBBXXB ''
ibbxxxxi
b <:xb <xb
b :::>: -'B
BX
i ::::
B- BXXXXXXB
IB
BXXXXXXB
XBXXXBB <33 <3 <XX <B
33 BXXX X <B
XXX
BXX XXXB _ 33 BXB
v XX
XBXXXX333XX333BBB < : " 3
BXXB X
BXX XXB
BXX XXBB
<xbbxxs
_XXX XXB
BXXBBXX
bxx xxxl
x^txx xbx> .
- bxxxxxx_
_XXXX <vB
bxxbbbxx
SEtSS<~*-xmy. <::: ::;.:::::::::::::;::
:
aVB&ck x xbxbbxxxxx:::
bxxxbxx:
XXBX-CXB
B <XXBXBX
XXB3XXB .; <XXXXXB
H3S353BEXBBBXXX XXXBBBBBBXXXXXXB- BXXBBXX'
XXXXXXXBBXXX XXB
bxx xxxbb
BXX3XXxbxxxb <>:a
SOXXXX XXXB3XXX
3- .BXXX: <xxxxxxb :: bxx
xxa a x
XXXXXXB BXX XXB
XX XXBXXX
: <
XXXXXX<B BXX XXXB 33
XX-XBXXX
xxb "33 bxxx xxb bxx
B<
b
bxxxxxxb bbxx
XXXB*XXX XXXBB BXXX<XXS B
bxxbxxxb ::::bx
xxxbxxxxxx<
B
bxxbbxxb
xxxbxx*xxxb ::
xbbxxb r
b
BXXXBXXB
xxxxbxxxx
i IXX3XXXB
fII
IXXXXXXB 3
BB X
TXXXTXBXXXX*
3
BXXXXXXI 7
r
BXB 33 BXXX XXB :'
BXX XXXB 33 BXBXX
~XX ^BXXXX* *
BXXBXX
:7XZXBXX*XXXe*BXXB 3
BXX XXB
;_E
"-"BXX
XXB
3
BXXX
BXXBBX
BXX XXXB
XXB
IXXXZXBXXXXXX*
B3XXB
'XXXI B
BXXBBB
g:xx^xbxxx XXXB3BXXB
B
BXXXXXXB
XXXXXXXBXBXXXB ss bxxxb -:.-:b
JxxBx.xxB bb bxxxbxb
~XXXBXXX
* XXBXXX
XXXXXXBXXXXXXI
1XX3BXXI IXXXBXXB
B
BXXXXXXBJS
BXX XXXBBXS
_XB3XXX
XXXXXXXBBXXX XXB
IXX3XXXBXXX3XXIH
33**ZXB33XXX XXXB3BBBB^BXX XXB
BXXXXXXXXXXXB 3
BXX XXB" BXX
~n*~XBX3BXXXXXBBXXXXB~BXX _XXXI S3
BXXX X XXXB 33 BXXX XXB_^BX..
..
"
>
::::
::
-.-
:::
>:
"
fl
::
Fig. 291.
fig. 290.
Materials: Fil a pointer D.M.C Nos. 10 to 3o, Coton a tricoter D.M.C Nos.
6 to 12, Cordonnet 6 fils D.M.C Nos. 3 to 10, or Coton a repriser D.M.C No. 12. (*)
Explanation of the signs prefixed to the colours
Noir grand Teint 3 10,
s Rouge-Grenat 358, * Bleu-Indigo 3n, H Vert meiallique 465, a Jaune-vieil-Or
679, a Gris-Noisette 424, g Rouge-Cornouille 450. (*)
:
Linen fabrics are either white, unbleached or cream-coloured. All three are used for embroider}^ but the coloured cottons
show up
and the
See
list
at the
of colours of the
sizes
TAPESTRY AND
LINEN"
EMBROIDERY
143
As most linen
Materials suitable for linen embroidery
embroidery is executed on articles that are subjected to frequent washing, the D.M.C cottons, which are to be had in
every shade and colour, are the best for the purpose. For
coarse stuffs, coarse cotton should be used, such as knitting
cotton, Coton a tricoter D.M.C Nos. 6, 8, 10, 12 and 14, (*)
which will be found a very good substitute for wool ; or sixcord crochet cotton (Cordonnet 6 flls D.M.C) Nos. 3, 4, 5, 10
and 5, (*) which gives quite as full and brilliant a stitch, as
silk-twist. Finer cottons should be used jb
for the finer stuffs, such as embroidery cotton (CotonabroderD.M.C) Nos. 6to 200, (*)
and lace thread Til a dentelle D.M.C Nos. Ippl^^&ip.'jt
3o to i5o.(*) In many cases, even darning PP-Efc^^^^Ep
cotton (Coton a repriser D.M.C) can be
used, as like Algerian silk, it can be 1
split
stuff.
FlG
the
work is finished.
Two-3ided cross stitch,
stitches
(figs.
293, 294,
worked,
295). Straight
in
lines
four
rows
of
of cross stitch,
*
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads aid cottons.
144
to the right,
stitch, take
it
last
left,
and begin the return journey, from right to left, crossing and
thus completing the first rcw of stitches. In the auxiliary
stitch with which you begin the backward journey, the thread
lies
double
on
both
sides.
Fig.
down
to
to the
next row.
Two-sided,
irJriiidxlxErrdrdxrL!^^
marking
Fig. 2q3.
stitch
(figs.
sided
cross stitch
cannot be applied
ms
-msk
feffirifiKFEa
to letters,
or pat-
terns
broken
lines,
Fig. 294.
in
which both
consist
^-tfpj
1
chiefly
of
isolated
stitches.
Figs. 296
and 297
stitches in
embroidery of this
kind.
The
Fig. 2q5.
detail
row
working
A,
Fig.
enter the
first
stuff,
and second
14b
A
Fig. 2q6.
BCD
iSIMiSSatElteEBlSWIl
PF=f.|^.l=7F=TF=TI=fl=Tl=iit
E
Fig. 207.
entrance of the thread, the position of the needle for half the
the right side, and the second side of the
cross stitch on
146
how
A
Fig. 298.
E
Fig. 299.
(figs.
Two-
stitches
should
all
as
worked
in
shows how
final
147
stitch over
working.
3o5,
rareh
noticed, hitherto, in books on needlework.
for
this
The
right side
stitches
stitch,
first stitch.
shows cross
with a double
underneath,
and
thread
divided by vertical stitches
wrong
the
side,
regular
by
Coarse
cotton should be used for
this stitch
it
produces a
richer effect and not only
vertical stitches.
j5j=pffij5pES
&^fcrJ^^H'
Fig. 3o2.
fig. 3oi.
Two-sided Italian
stitch.
as
letter
stitches.
stitches.
indicates,
^^==^3,;
f^g^^^^^^
carry
stitch,
left
to
it
over the
first
long
finished,
proceed to the
JpsfflP
Fig. 3o3.
'48
fifth
and
sixth,
repeat the
which
as
B shows,
cross the
four, then
first
first stitch.
The threads
that
form
the
stitches
on the wrong
A
;
04.
side,
B
I
3o5.
WRONG
^g
SIDE.
opposed
should always be
to
stitches finished.
left,
This
3o5.
fig.
Fig. 3o6.
A row of
other to the
shown
as
variation
in
in
which
is
plain
cross
regarded as a fault in
stitch,
is
indis-
and produces
a charming effect on the wrong
pensable
here,
side.
Plaited
(fig.
Soy).
Algerian
The
on
or at the
bottom of the
throughout.
is,
that
it
an
uneven
stitch
distinguishing
may
stitch, so
touch,
number
of
be worked
H9
309).
This
have to be
filled
in
stitches,
In
itself, the
three threads a part, alike
at a time, as
shown
Fig. 3o8.
FlG.^OQ.
fcffiS
tffi
ffifefeEffitffi^
^SffifflittSH
Fig. 3io.
Fig. 3
3io and
3 11).
Square
stitch,
pass, alternately,
to
make
step
by
step,
how
Fig. 3 10 explains
5o
fg. 3
how
way
the threads,
back.
The
blank the
left
great difficulty
first
how
is
to place
before
well
Fig.
2.
First detail.
obliged
be
|gg or
Two-sided insertion.
direct
^Trl that
slIeeei
out,
setting
most
to a stand-still,
make
to
on the wrong
stitches
ascertain
to
course back, so
side.
unnecessary
you have
If
to
and
figs. 326, 327,328, 329, 33
though
as
same
proceed
in
the
way
333,
you were covering the straight threads
patterns
of a fabric.
Two-sided insertion
314,
5, 3 16,
317, 3
3.
Two-sided insertion.
Second detail.
The
Fig. 314.
work
by
a piece of lace or
of different
some
insertion represented in
Two-sided insertion.
Third detail.
We
conclude
with a description
8).
3i3,
joining stripes of
for
3 12,
tigs.
Fig
explains the
317,
is
first stitch
Fig. 3 16.
5.
Two-sided insertion.
Fourth
quite diffe-
fig.
detail.
Two-sided insertion.
Fifth detail.
and the course of the second, from left to right, under 3 verthe 3rd stitch to the left, over
tical and 3 horizontal threads
6 vertical threads, and the beginning of the 4th stitch.
Fig. 3 3 shows the 4th stitch completed, and the direc;
l5l
of stitches,
and
fig.
3 18,
which though
combine very well with any two-
sided embroidery.
Fig. 317.
Fig. 3 i S.
14.
Two-sided insertion.
Row
of stitches finished.
fig. 3 17.
(figs. 3
19 and
which
museum
to a visit
we
paid to the
at
Munich,
knotted on to
of a
52
The
may
<
design
in
two, as
in
.,,.
i:.-L.
20
10
Fig. 3 1 9.
40
60
50
Gothic border
in
70
cross stitch.
Materials: Coton a
tricoter
D.M.C Nos.
6 to
16 to 35, or
be as follows
the dark-coloured
lightest, yellow.
(*)
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
and the
fig.
i53
stalks of the
their middle,
in
insertion,
MO?
>::::<
x**?x
>c^
^p^P^1
JxxxSx
5C
40
Fig. 320.
Materials
Gothic border
Coton a
tricoter
in
60
70
cross stitch.
D.M.C Nos.
16 to 35.
Borders in stroke
patterns
'
and the
will
These three
opportunity of perfecting
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
i5 4
20*
!li
XX
10-
?5
TfcCC SsX,*
t$
Fig. 32i.
Materials
We
again
recommend our
readers, to begin
by ascertaining
all
way back
unne-
accord-
and the
See
list
at the
of colours of the
sizes
40
30
Fig. 322.
Materials
Coton
16 to
50
55
Albanian subject.
(figs.
(*)
These pretty
decoration of ladies'
and
in
(fig. 328).
This is copied from a
though from a resemblance in the difthe rose, thistle and shamrock, if might have
be of English origin. The original work was
been supposed to
^ee at the end of the concluding chapter, the tabie of numbers and sizes
he list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
56
executed
down
most
in a
to the colour of
43-2,
"*
c7^K~c7)k
4c
Border
Fig. 323.
.Materials
5 to 200. (*)
or Bleu-Indigo 3
c'
stroke stitch.
in
Colours: Rouge-Turc 32
ex
2. (*)
-ra
.111,
>T
t~>j
'
_a
si
rf
_nn
xjiT7
Fig. 324.
:
\s\y\s
'\esky
-\y-\y\s.
=
.
\y\s
\y\y
<
c^F
40
Border
-.^.
\r _
zzii
rw
c/lV
\s\s
'\y\y^y\y\y:\ys^
y\y-
at.
ni
V^
J'
6a
stroke stitch.
in
3 19,
5c
Colours: Vert-Pistache
\s
JuLL
-?o
Materials
Jr
<
c/K=
c/S=
zc
5o. (*)
or Vert-Mousse 470.
{*)
kjK/
x>
v^00^^^\^yv/^J ^,'^./'>../\.<rv>^yv/
^y\y\y\y\y\y\y\y^ysy\y\y\y\y\y\y\y\y\y\y\y^
r\ss*rssSy\j^s\sSuy\s\y^y\s\y\y\*\y\y\y\s\s\s
./\
>v v\ yv >"n n *"\ s\ y\ yv
*
^\ v/ s\s\ sy y\y\. -\y s\s\ \s s\s\ \y s^ss
y\ -^^y\y y^ ss\s % ^y\y
<s y\ ss\y y\
\y Ss ss \y \y ss
V/ S*\
>
vv
/VNA/w
20
10
30
4c
Materials
or
50
-c
stroke stitch.
to 60. (*)
(*)
and the
See
list
at the
(*)
of colours of the
57
I)
>IV."'
\XV
>-
>
*><3-0*
M.I
I...LJJJ.JJ
v/>
,4
U.j,.U.I,M
cs^o
nL
^ C>iV ^7-?Ujr
^-L.'
/))
K/llfWI IN'/iT
5GP\
^S3xR^ *
;
>
>
>
_rrx,
Fig. 326.
Corners
-<
Fig. 327.
in line
stitch.
j-jsT-*
Materials
Coton a broder D.M.C
Nos. 35 to 200 orFil a dcntelle D.M.C
:
>>-
Nos. 25 to 70.
?-;
I~
.?3
(*)
"fcid
(*)
V:jill
-XL jvi.
:
'!
iC
f _2l?f J
S/: liT /x
:
I..1
SiJiwfcJ
[M; *3?Ov
.
n/v
/\\ Asc-
n^>-
/ss
> v'
'
v.'
./
>
^>".
.
'
m
10
20
30
40
SO
60
70
stroke stitch.
Colours: Jaune-Rouille
(*)
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
and the
58
_.
>
0m
'^\
^^msm^^m
K
f$iS^ 4fe!Sh lias*
Sa
f^^^J^^I^,
*o
3^
Fig. 32Q.
Materials: Coton a
Grounding
tricoter
D.M.C Nos.
Nos.
Colours
in
diagonal lines.
6 to 16, or Coton a broder
D.M.C
6 to 100.
stalks, like those on the lower sides, turned either the same
way, or upwards. Skilled workers will readily contrive the
middles for themselves, by combining the different subjects
and putting them together in various positions, either diagonally
or at right angles to each other, with the help of the Penelope
mirror.
(*)
its
(fig.
33o).
5g
means
of decoration.
The
cross stitches, in
which the
w orked,
T
are
stitches, in
s~\
<
''
V/l
S\
xxpoz
4, A f /
A/,
\/
/.
Fig. 33o.
Materials
Colours
(*)
and the
See
list
at the
(*)
:
of colours of the
sizes
i6o
form of
stalks,
two
light leaves,
Fig. 33
Materials
i.
Border
Greek
stitch.
to 25, or
2 to 5o.
341,
In the original, the cross bars that unite the leaves, are in
yellow, whilst the
and
cover
'fig.
332.
This
found
will be
^ c
j
dered
because the
pattern will alwavs forma
>s.
point
in
either of the
the
/-\ J*^-
f-\
U^ n/1...
.'
>
/l
L23
M?^*/^:^
"i
"
,^/^,y^
/^.^l^Yk>
little
Workshould
for
Stitch
^
ric
.,
oo2. Grounding.
mode mATekials:
squares, the
Stroke
Q>\wV&:ft\9g\
<^K^: *?ti>1
',)
!
two colours
We recommended
ing
^l. v
ferent
such as
beneath
the
figure, will best reproduce
the tone of the original.
making
%.< c>
LSLjt^
indicated
In
Kg
--\
A ^JV
itself.
ft
^ ^J^^. o>
articles,
centre
cushion-
old
beautiful
l6l
6,
or
Colours
to
'*]
be adopted, that is, beginning, by bringing the needle out in the middle, making ~
stitches, and at the eighth, carrying the needle back under
first, to the spot whence you started.
then be alike on both sides.
the
The
stitches will
refined
undeveloped
somewhat
taste,
we have
violent colours,
which
indi-
more
two border
of the
The
setting of upright
figures, as well as
and the
See at the
list
stroke
stitches
3^.6.
of colours of the
sizes
162
Fig. 333.
Wallachian border.
For Rhodes
D.M.C pour
6 to 16,
Colours
i
Cordonnet6 fils D.M.C No. i5, and Or fin
For other stuffs Goton a tricoter D.M.C Nos.
or Coton a repriser D.M.C No. 12, 25 or 5o and Or fin D.M.C. (*)
la
linen No.
(*)
and the
See
list
at the
3ig and
(*)
numbers and
sizes
63
are
four,
into
figures
in yellow, colour
worked
680.
the
worked in
colour 826, green 319, and
half-squares are
colour 326
gold thread
indicated in the illusis
tration
by the darkest
shade, green 319, by the
:
medium
The
the
in
stitches
top
incline up-
one,
left
very
the
introduction
one
of
or two rows of
worked in gold
stitches,
thread,
on
moreover, should
be worked in gold thread.
design
Fig. 334.
Materials
Coton a
Border
tricoter
16 to 35 or
Colours
in
D.M.C
D.M.C Nos.
8o
;o
Fig. 335.
Border
in
'_^8ggg&
Fig. 336.
Border
in
Greek stt
IO
150
20
160
170
rSo
fX *
Hie
* Jf^^^^llsk
^^
^ssae33a^ss*assa3aaaia^>i^
HO
I20
TPOSED OF ERANCHES.
130
140
150
160
I'
190
66
figure of a
mandarin,
in a
334, was
collar and cuffs of
^KJIi^K^JK"
5(C
(^(j?)
Ml 5K
j,k
this dress.
fig.
We
it
The
in several
The
lli7&.
Fig. 33 7
blue>
break
of anima s 7
n
the
flowers
and
and branches which
FIG. 340.
the
running
pattern,
and are
Chinese speciality,
We
recommend
to
broad
by transposition,
to centres, or
With very
trouble
stripes.
little
by
they
purpose
in
hand.
made
may
be found to be an improvement
if
The
central subject
167
3i-CP
-**=P- ^LuD.
3rLcp 3=~J33
.-3uLdb''
3~!J"P
5UjP 3C3fe>3Elijb
^D tJ~ V ^
'
v4^0v^cn_iw^LidE^
w v h^fei k
"
v '<^
Co
x
T3
RT
<D} CrpV
-.
D^v ~
^ CD
rh *-^
/TV
'IN
J^
^Vs
'
w> v
-.^fei
\y -A, x/ i_
^T'v'^u
>
/> iCS
IT*
fS pZ
vaV/>
v~;
CT
Jjj)
-'1\
tu j- ClTjC CPijC
/\
&(T~jZ
QTjZ
'uJ
'
.^
40
20
30
Fig. 338.
Outer border of
uj
Cp~X
*~
:r
\~s
iv^,
j^ 'JjtjL
5c
t|T,i "!o.
X/
c>
u O
\./
-v y\
vr_ 7Tjo\ \/
^^
V^> i\ S^s^ / '^ -'ix
1
CD
"
'
kSxY-
.if
"-R
60
70
fig. 340.
that
fig. 338, are strewn lightly over the foundainterspersed between the branches. In fig. 340, nevertheless, which represents the whole table-cover, the edge is
formed of the small subjects contained in the wide border and
tion,
i68
not of the
fig.
little
stars.
33y, are in
W&M&M&W&M&
S^'^* ^*^
3
w sUto
C-v.O kin 7K
"c
7r uAu V.
56 S5KW
*$*
#!T^ #^#y& **^
W^
UCV^
50
Fig. 33q.
Middle of
60
fig. 340.
of stroke stitches, one red and one blue, alternately. This line
169
Mimmk^MMm^MMmg^
mmmmmmmwmn
Fig. 340. Table-cover in Gobelin and stroke stitch.
Materials.
According
a broder D.M.C Nos. 16
pointer
D.M.C Nos.
Colours
to the stuft
to
35,
10 to
and the
See
list
at
(*)
of colours of the
cottons.
numbers and
sizes
stroke
with Coton a tricoter D.M.C No. 12, for the
stitches.
Gobelin
for the
stitches and Coton a repriser No. ib
select,
Insertion.
Knitting.
Knitting
is
one of the
earliest
be difficult
to invent
new
stitches
or patterns and,
It
would
we
shall
use,
the
great request.
five
Through
in
knitting,
being connected
together in unbroken continuity, a very elastic fabric is produced, which is specially suitable for making warm, and
closey-fitting wearing-apparel.
KNITTING
Materials.
tricoter
Threads
D.M.C,
I72
With
properly
called
here,
knitting-cotton,
so
forth,
besides,
as
for
show up
is
lace
of thread and
kinds
finer
what
caps,
should be used.
and cottons
to the
numbers of the
knitting- needles.
11
Numbers
Coton a tricoter
Coton p r crochet
Cordonnet 6 rils
Fil a pointer
Fil d'Alsace
Fil a dentelle.
needles
of the
Ll
Nos.
No?.
Nos.
Nos.
68
810
1012
10
1416
1012
34
45
45
25
1820
1216
1015
10
15
2030
510
'1
25
16
18
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
2530
1820
2530
3035
4050
Nos.
'
Nos.
2025
1618
2025
30
30
2530
3035
(fig.
35
540
341.)
30
40
4050
5070
4050
4050
5070
5070
Lay the
and twist it
round it, then carry it over the forefinger, which should be
kept close to the work, the work being held between the third
finger and the thumb. The left hand remains more or less
thread over the
{*)
See
and the
at the
list
fifth
sizes
of colours of the
8.
English bound,
gilt
edges.
Price: 3 sh.
KNITTING
inactive,
73
To
movement
or
of the arms,
V3 c/m. from
which ren-
Casting on.
Casting,
or,
the hands
in
knitting.
setting on,
as
is
it
sometimes
There
are four
also
done
in
fig.
12
KNITTING
174
the thumb, and pass
which
Fig. 342.
it
lies
Fig. 343.
at the
on.
over the
KNITTING
75
and make the same stitches, as above. The threethread makes a broad chain at the bottom of the loops.
in fig. 342,
fold
(fig.
343).
latter.
The
first stitch is
made
as
drawing
we have
it is
already-
described, only that you have to keep the loop on your thumb,
put the needle into it a second time, lay hold of the thread behind,
cast on a second stitch, and then only, withdraw your thumb.
In this manner two loops are made at once, close together.
Fig. 344.
Knitting on stitches
(fig. 345).
Begin with a plain
then take the thread and the needle in the left
hand, a second needle in the right, and catch it into the stitch
on the left needle, lay the thread under the right needle and
(2)
crossed stitch
draw
it
Then
transfer
through
it
in a loop,
left
;
needle.
catch the
to
KNITTING
176
but
it
it
will
Begin by casting
(3) Casting on with slip loops (fig. 346).
on one loop in the ordinary way, next, lay the thread, as in
German knitting, over the left hand, twisting it once onlv
round the forefinger, then put the needle in, upwards from
Fig. 346.
below, under the thread that lies on the outside of the forelinger ; draw out the finger from the loop, put the loop on the
needle to the right, take the thread on the forefinger again,
and so on.
KNITTING
77
with double
slip loops.
this
inserting the needle under the front and back threads alternately.
Fig. 348.
(4]
es in
for
in
open patterns,
where
succession.
the ordinary
KNITTING
over the needle, put the needle into the
to
left,
and
slip
it
on
to the right
first stitch,
needle,
from right
second
Fig. 34<j.
Fig. ?5o.
Fig. 35
Plun
stitch.
Back or seam-stitch.
This method of casting on may be varied thus in the following manner having cast on the stitches as in fig. 348, throw
the thread over the needle and knit two stitches together.
:
KNITTING
the thread from right to
left
Plain knitting
even surface
wrong
side
is
is
left
from what
it
looks
It
a perfectly
quite
differently
rows of
it
79
through
needle.
employed wherever
required.
Fig. 352.
it
smooth,
on the
presents
plaiting.
Fig. 354.
Back, or seam-stitch
knit the
is
wrong
(fig.
stitch.
35o).
way
the thread,
Knot
into the
You may
This
is
intentionally
called purling
and
loop on the
left
needle,
left
it
needle. This
through
stitch is
KNITTING
l8o
used
in knitting patterns,
smooth
Put the
Plain stitch taken from behind (fig. 35 1).
left, under the back part of the stitch
leave the thread behind the needle, then pass it from right to
left over the needle and draw it through the stitch.
needle in from right to
(fig.
it
352).
Put
upwards from
is
open-work patterns.
Overs
(fig.
To make
353).
in plain knitting,
and
for increasing.
the next row, knit this loop like any other stitch.
of stitches.
the same,
cases, therefore,
have
used
make
to
in
as
many
In
you
Knot
stitch
knitting and
(fig.
354).
This forms a
i ,
and leave
made with
Make 4 or
it
on the
the right
5
similar
KNITTING
l8l
Out of the
stitches.
Over, or increase.
Explained
in
353.
fig.
right needle.
Throwing
the thread
is
Purled, intake.
done
to
make
Purling
two
This
together.
stitches
is
in the
case of a piece of
wrong
side,
when
work composed
the intake
is
of stripes,
to
on the
on the
right side.
Knitting
is
to lie to the
off
two
is
left.
Purled decrease
stitches together,
Pulling over.
Slipping
a stitch
it,
from the
knitting
the
left
needle to
two or three
Casting
manner
To
from unravelling
they are finished off in the following manner. Knit off two
plain, pull the first over the second and drop it, so that
only one remains on the needle. Knit the next stitch, and pull
the one behind over it, and so on. This chain of stitches, must
neither be too tight, nor too loose, but just as elastic as the
rest of the work.
off.
prevent the
stitches
we cannot
too highly
recommend
the
D.M.G
knit-
KNITTING
Ib2
ting cottons, as
They
wool.
more durable,
in
all
manufactured
Stocking*
(1) the top,
(1).
work
fig.
The
stitch
are
knitting".
(2)
the knee,
top
may
of
(3)
in
stocking consists of
the leg,
(4)
the heel,
five
(5)
parts:
the foot.
same kind or
with
double-toothed edge,
356.
(2)
and
(3).
The
it
is
down
fancy knitted.
the top.
(5). The foot is knitted plain, with intakes from the heel
onwards, to get rid of the superfluous stitches. Then knit a
plain piece, without a seam-stitch, till you begin to decrease
for the toe, which can be worked in several different ways.
To ensure the right proportions between the several parts
of a stocking, the following directions should be attended to.
An ornamental top must never be taken into account, in mea-
When
is
finished,
you make the seam, at the beginning of the first needle of the
round, of one, or two purled stitches, or sometimes, a narrow
pattern of purled stitches. This marks the middle of the
stocking. For ordinary-sized stockings, knit plain from the topband,
till
For stockings that are to cover the knee, knit half as much
again, that is one and a half times the width of the stocking.
This brings you to the calf of the leg. Pull the third stitch
after the seam, over the second, and knit together the two last
but one before the seam. There should be 12 rounds between
each of the first 3 or 4 intakes, and after that 8, until this part
(*)
and the
See
list
at the
of colours of the
sizes
KNITTING
l83
one and a half times the width of the knee in length, and a
quarter narrower.
For the ankle, knit a plain piece, half the width of the knee
in length, without intakes.
For the heel, count the stitches on the four needles, exclusive of the seam, and put two stitches more than the quarter
of the whole number on to the needles, to the right and left
of the seam.
For a heel to fit well, it should be as long as it is wide. In
order that they should wear better, the heel and the toe are
often knitted with double thread. Coton a feutrer D.M.C (*) is
made expressly for that purpose, and should be wound round
the thread of which the whole stocking is made. For the
instep, the part between the heel and toe, you must go on
decreasing from the heel, until you have 2 stitches less on
is
Coton
a tricoter
Numbers
to
Number
D.M.C
25
32
3o
34
36
35
36
38
42
46
40
42
40
DO
each needle, than you had
which proceed
DO
at the ankle.
which should be
to
of stitches to
be used
Number
of stitches to
as
Then
wide
as
which should be
regularity.
The number
of stitches cast
on,
at
the
wool or cotton
mately.
given
Scalloped edge
(*)
and the
See
list
(figs.
This
is
at the
the
the simplest
numbers and
sizes
KNITTING
84
for a stocking,
and
called,
is
stitches,
knit
(3
rounds plain,
10
to
il
i
mmm
ii
Fig. '^?5.
Fig. 356.
many
of the cast on
stitches,
it
side needle
and knit
off
both needles
together.
knit the
corresponding
off together,
stitches
otherwise
form
Common
357).
This
heel
is
(fig.
the
and
can
be
knitted
Common
heel.
four,
KNITTING
85
By means
right needle.
In
stitches,
all
a plait
made
heel.
the intakes
must begin on the right side and the last one must be made
on the wrong, so that once the heel is finished and the work
turned, you can go on knitting plain.
When you have finished the stitches of the two heel needles
up to the outside seams, take up the stitches on the sides of
the heel with a spare needle and knit them on to the left heel
needle, then knit the stitches reserved for the instep, take up
the stitches on the right side of the heel again and knit them
on
excepting
all
first
needle plain,
the
4 last;
knit the first and second
of these together and
the two last plain. Knit
two
the
first
stitches of
and
fourth
knit the
pull
the
Heel in steps
358).
After
(fig.
dividing
make from
14 seams. Then
the stitches,
12
to
knit
as
of the
many
first
side
turn
stitches
needle as
at the
Fig. 5b6.
Heel
in steps.
the work,
and begin the needle with the seam you made first. Knit oft
as manv stitches from the second needle as from the first.
[TTING
e
the
When
make
both sides,
as
part of the
slip
first
the
first
of the
s:
stitch of
last
.it
part.
When
creased
up
all
the slipped
the
first
up
stitches of
and begin
part,
ordinary
the
There
work
not
is
way.
more
pattern of
in this
fits
closely
sequently
and
Knit
es
off the
of the
after
the
stitch-
needle
first
seam; then
more
stitch-
and
r.i::
2nd round
_:
"
:- S. -j n
knit together
first
round
plain.
the 9th
KNITTIN
187
and 10th of the first auxiliary needle; and the 10th and ::;
and 2nd and 1st of the second.
plain.
3rd round
knit together the 1st and 2nd and the 7th
4th round
and Sth of the first needle.
plain.
5th round
knit together the 1st and 2nd and the 3th
round
6th
and the 6th and 7th
and 6th of the first auxiliary needle
and the last but one and the las:, of the second.
10th. nth, i3th, 14th,
16th, 17th.
19th,
20th
7th,
rounds all plain.
knit together the ist and 2nd, and the 3rd
th round
and 4th of the first auxiliary needle, and the 4th and 3rd.
and the last stitch but one and the last, of the second.
After the two last intakes, purl together the
oth round
4th and 3rd stitches before the end of the ist and 3rd needle.
and the 3rd and 4th at the beginning of the 2nd and 4th
neec
1
2th.
5th,
9th round.
Decrease,
the
same
as in the
knit
st
round
;
purled stitches meet. After the plain round over the intakes,
add four plain rounds, divide the stitches that remain for the
sole,
Now
With
knitting
la
and the
otf
stitches,
and
first of
after each
3 plain
and 2nd
make purled
round with an
intake
intake.
For the other kind of plain heel also ffig. 36o), auxiliary
Supposing that you have 20 stitches on
needle, you must cast on :
stitc les on to each auxiliary
teedle; knit together the 4th and 3rd stitches at the end o:
st and 3rd needles, and the 3rd and 4th of the 2nd and
3rd needles, so that you may have 4 plain stitches bet
KNITTING
88
both
each
each
each
intakes.
Go on
Then
until
The
and toe of a
Italians and
economise
material
Greeks
time and
and facilitate the renewal
of those parts that wear out, by knitting the upper part of the
foot in two pieces. After knitting the heel in one or other of
the above ways, work the foot as straight knitting with the
two upper needles only, until you have the necessary length.
Then knit the underneath part separately, in the same way.
You must keep a chain along all the edges and a narrow seam,
of one or two stitches. In the sole, which you make after finishing the upper part, your intakes must come directly after and
before the seam. When you have got the same number of
rounds in each piece, join them together and begin the toe.
Italian stocking-
36i).
heel,
sole
The
(fig.
Sew up
the
slits left
fit
open on either
side,
when one
KNITTING
I8 9
may
the case
Toe
be.
362).
(fig.
To begin
as before,
Begin by
each of the
first
4 rounds with
Toe
fore
363).
(fig.
beginning
Here,
be-
decrease,
to
by
been divided
knit
10,
plain,
10th
two
whole
knit
as
are
between
plain
stitches
2 intakes. In
with
one
as
there
intakes,
stitch
knit
less
i3
KNITTING
190
the needles, turn
and
finish off
Toe
(fig.
them
in to the
wrong
of the stocking,
side
with a chain.
364).
the
two
first
stitches
of each needle, by the slip and pull over process, knit one
plain round after each round with an intake. In the following
rounds, make the intake in the 2nd round with the 3rd and
4th stitches, in the 3rd, with the 5th and 6th stitches, in the 4th,
with the 7th and 8th stitches,
when
that
so
the
finished
Toe
365).
(fig.
We
will
make
"'iii'u/ l<(J"lii .*i''(ii\j\iiiV
,
vi,
1st
,
as the others.
l'iVhiiAi
round
purl the first
on each needle toge-
2 stitches
ther.
Fig. 364.
Toe.
make
plain stitch
Toe.
crease in this
Mending
manner
knitting.
Knitted
articles
are
repaired
by
KNITTING
the
reconstructing
the
stitches are
web with
not
actually
needle
and thread.
9I
When
left,
pass
downwards
to
the
up two
over one
take
right,
thread, take
Jill
111
Fig. 366.
Fig. 367.
The
other way,
your needle,
to
fig.
carry
it
"
and the
numbers and
sizes
KNITTING
192
and so on. In the next row, hold your work, the finished part
uppermost, carry the needle downwards over one horizontal
thread, bring it out beetween two threads that lie separately
and take it downwards again over two horizontal threads, pick
up two threads, working from right to left, pass upwards over
two threads and over one to the right, take up two to the left,
and so on.
Repairing plain knitting (fig. 368). When a broken
piece of stocking web requires to be replaced by new, draw
the new and the old pieces together with a needle and thread,
using the same thread the stocking is made of.
Fig. 368.
Fig. 36g.
first
slip
it
off the
through the
first
to
(fig.
to the next,
369).
To
and so on.
repair ribbed
KNITTING
from below, through the
first
9$
join the
it.
knitting.
new
(fig.
370).
Where
loops
off at
them
the back
The dams We
FOR DARNING
by a
Stitch or tWO.
the loops
-
sound part
two threads from the edge of the hole.
TO
it
in the
llfl
raH
Fig. 3ji.
Fig. 372.
horizontally.
Position of the horizontal threads.
horizontally.
How
KNITTING
194
When
this foundation,
on the
left,
fig.
is
in on
sound part
nearest to the
371.
Then descending,
Fig. 373.
Fig. 374.
How
and 374).
replace.
Fasten in, from the right side, a rather finer thread than the
one the original web is made of, and make a few stitches over
the existing ones, in the row you are about to complete.
Enter the needle upwards from below, through the first
KNITTING
disengaged loop, pass
back
it
195
it
into
threads,
slanting
drawing
out
it
upwards
again
from below,
through the next
loop, and so on.
new
The
must be
loop
just equal
Make
size.
in the
same manner
at
as
the beginning,
Materials
Coton a
tricoter
D.M.C Nos.
6 to 3o.
end of
the
at
row, within
the edge of the
hole. Work back
in a similar way,
with this diffe-
the
rence
only,
you
that
your
turn
work round.
Pique pattern
The
3y5).
(fig.
following patterns
are
suitable
making
panes,
vests
for
counterpetticoats,
and other
ar-
tides of Clothing.
Select
*
and the
Suitable
FlG
PlQUt PATTERN
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
KNITTING
ig6
number
of Coton a tricoter
stitches divisible
and
7th
row
knit 5 plain
by
purl
more and
Pique pattern
3y6).
(fig.
by 14.
and 2nd row
and
5 plain,
so on.
Cast
on
number
of stitches
divisible
1
knit
st
1,
purl
1.
knit
1,
knit
1,
* purl
1
row
purl
*
;
knit
1,
purl
1,
knit 7, purl
(fig.
1,
knit
1,
purl
1,
knit
1,
repeat from *.
Pique pattern
1,
repeat from *.
purl
7, knit 1,
1st
row.
377). Cast
on a number of stitches
divisible by 4.
The
rows
purl
and 10th
row knit
2
2,
2.
9th
the
first
knit
over
purled, purl
rows
as
ith
and 12th
the same
the
first
rows.
and 14th
1 3th
the same
row
Materials
The same
as for
the
fig.
same
as
371.
the
9th
and
10th row.
(fig.
378).
This pattern
is
to be
light,
for a piece of
finer
KNITTING
97
and dark brown dyes sink into the cotton more and cause it
to swell, whereas the lighter dyes do not affect its thickness.
Hence it comes, that for the stripes, here described, we
were obliged to take No. 8 of the red cotton and No. 6 of the
green, in order that the same number of stitches should make
the same length of stripe.
Cast on 28 stitches
slip 1, knit 2, over, knit 1, knit
from behind,
1st needle
purl 1 from behind, knit 1 from behind, purl 2, knit 5, purl 2,
knit 1 from behind, purl 1 from behind, knit 1 from behind,
purl 1 from behind, knit 1 from behind, purl 1 from behind,
knit 1 from behind, purl 1 from behind, knit 1, over, knit 3,
chain stitch.
Materials: Coton a
Colours
Rouge-Turc
for counterpanes.
tricotcr
32
D.M.G No.
6, 8,
10 or 12.
(*)
2nd needle
wrong side: slip i, purl 2, purl 2 together,
from behind, knit 1 from behind, purl 1 from behind,
knit
from behind, purl 1 from behind, knit 1 from behind,
purl
from behind, knit 2, purl 5, knit 2, purl 1 from behind,
knit
from behind, knit 2 together, purl 2, 1 chain stitch.
purl
3rd needle
right
and the
side:
slip 1,
1,
knit
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
98
1,
KNITTING
knit
purl
knit
purl
knit
1,
together, purl 2,
5th needle
purl
knit
knit
chain stitch.
purl
4th needle
purl
from
from
from
from
on the
behind, purl
behind, knit
1
on
6th needle
together, purl
2,
behind, purl
behind, knit
purl
1,
from
from
from
from
1,
behind,
behind,
behind,
behind,
chain stitch.
wrong
the
side:
behind, knit
chain stitch.
behind, purl
behind, knit
over, knit 2,
behind, purl
5, knit 2,
purl
2 together,
purl
2,
slip
1,
purl
2,
purl 2
1
from
from
from
from
chain stitch.
7th needle like the 5th, 8th needle like the 4th, 9th needle
like the 3rd,
10th needle like the 2nd, 11th needle like the 1st.
Five plain stitches form a zigzag in the middle of the stripe.
Join the stripes with crochet stitches
of which several
;
Knitted square
(fig.
379).
Cast on
2 stitches
on
to each
knit
knit
4th row knit
5th row knit
6th row knit
7th row knit
8th row knit
purl 4, knit 2
9th row knit
2nd row
3rd row
1,
over, knit
1,
over, knit 2 *.
1,
purl
over, knit
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
*.
purl 3, knit 2 *.
1,
over, knit 4,
KNITTING
i
oth
row
knit
199
1,
1,
over, knit
1,
purl
1,
over, knit
6, purl 2, knit 2 *.
nth row
knit
1,
8, purl 1, knit 2 #.
Fig. 379.
Materials
1
first
2th
row
Coton a
tricoter
knit
purl
i,
Knitted square.
D.M.C No.
8 or Fil a pointer
3th
1,
14th
1,
row
over, knit
knit
1,
1,
D.M.C No.
20.
2,
over, knit
purl
first),
knit
is,
1,
1,
over, knit
1,
over,
row
over, knit
1 ,
knit
1,
1 ,
2,
knit
1,
purl
2,
200
KNITTING
knit
row
5th
knit
row
17th
5,
purl 2, knit 2 *.
knit
row
19th
purl
1,
1,
5,
purl 2, knit
2
knit
2 *.
knit
row
st
knit
22nd row
knit 6, cross 2,
knit
purl 3,
1,
knit 7,
purl
1,
knit 8, over,
1,
1,
knit
purl
1,
knit 5, cross 2,
2,
1,
1,
1,
knit
purl
1,
2,
over,
knit 2 *.
knit
23rd row
over, knit
24th
1,
knit
row
cross 2,
knit 2 *.
25th row
over,
knit
26th row
knit
2,
1,
1,
1,
knit 3,
purl 4,
knit
1,
1,
knit 2 *.
knit 3,
1,
over, purl
over,
knit
purl
knit
3,
purl 3,
1,
1,
cross 2,
knit 8,
knit 5,
purl 2, knit
5,
purl
purl
5,
5,
knit 3,
purl 4,
knit 5,
purl 3,
knit
cross 2, knit
5,
1,
purl
3,
purl 4,
cross 2, knit
1,
knit 2 *.
27th round
over,
knit
1,
knit
1,
purl
over, purl 5,
1,
knit 7,
knit 2 *.
KNITTING
201
row
slip
knit
1,
next stitch, as
if
slip the
from the
stitch
1,
to purl
it,
left
with
from
1,
finish
2 plain.
2nd row
chain, knit
ped
and
*,
begin
with
stitch
1,
to-
single
remains,
from
stitch
the
left
When
that
is
Fig. 38o.
alternately.
row
it
fig.
38o.
Now,
it is
only
them
back-
alternately
This kind of
worked
stitch
is
Fig. 38i.
which,
for scarves, counterpanes, etc., are generally joined together
with stripes of plain knitting. For counterpanes, the lower
in stripes,
numbers
of
D.M.C
202
KNITTING
that is, by knitting the second stitch on the
needle to begin with, and then the first stitch.
If you cross two or more stitches in a few successive rows
shown
in fig. 382.
row
1st
4, cast
on
es
on
to
purl
3 stitch-
an auxi-
and
hanging
liary needle,
leave
it
on theinsideofthe
knit 3 and
work
then
knit
the
on
stitches
the
Then
20, or
follow 5
rows, in which
you purl all the purled stitches and knit all the plain ones.
After which 5 rows you repeat from the beginning.
Turkish stitch
(fig.
383).
ist
row
2nd row
slip
knit the
ist,
Turkish stitch.
having
med by
on the
over,
been
lat-
for-
the
2nd and
needle; 1
intake
1
over,
and so on.
KNITTING
2o3
When
Run
each
at
is
the best.
down singly
stitch. The beads
the beads
will
fall
work
of the
so that in knit-
remember
Fig. 384.
To work
fig.
which represents
stitch
fig.
385).
A va-
of
pretty
riety
such
things,
as
made
can be
in this pat-
two
thread.
it
of
sizes
To
(*)
and the
list
kinds of cotton.
it
to be knitted
See
two
give Materials Fil a pointer D.M.C No. 20 or 3o, and Cordonnet G fils D.M.C No. 60 or 80, e"cru. (*)
ought
Fig. 385.
at the
numbers and
sizes
204
KNITTING
8.
Take
the
st
3rd row
4th row
purl
with
row
over,
row
like
purl.
5, i
overs, purl 5.
5th
so on.
6th
7th
with
row
the 3rd
ther,
row
then
from the
toge-
repeat
1st
row.
row the 2
come be-
Fig. 386.
row,
that
(fig.
plain.
intake,
3rd row with fine thread over,
plain.
4th row
intake, knit
over,
5th row knit
6th row plain.
intake.
over,
7th row knit
2nd row
1 ,
2,
were
knitted together.
knit 2.
386).
KNITTING
205
plain.
with the coarse thread:
ith row plain.
12th row with the fine thread: over, knit
3th row plain.
row
8th
purl.
2 together.
row
purl.
stitches that
di-
vides by 9.
row
st
Cast
overs, knit
overs, knit
3, 2
row
2nd
knit
slip the
3,
drop
next,
2 overs,
turn
1.
the
knit 4,
work,
the
drop the
2 overs,
the
slip
next
stitch.
3rd
row
over, slip
D.M.C
Nos. 10 to 3o.
2, knit
pull
knit
it
4th row
row
6th row
5th
knit
plain.
knit
plain,
over,
Knitting pattern
(fig.
388).
This
pattern
1st
row.
may
be worked
with any one of the D.M.C cottons recommended for fig. 387,
but in the case of anything that is not wearing apparel, Fil a
pointer D.M.C will be found more suitable. Cast on a number
of stitches that divides
bv
18.
Id
KNITTING
206
i
row
st
over, knit
knit
1,
over,
together,
over,
slip 1,
knit
1,
5th
ther,
row
knit
2,
knit
pull slipped
1,
knit 3, over,
slip 1,
1.
to be knitted plain
is
over,
slip 1,
5,
knit
1,
pull
slipped
row
7th
knit
together,
over,
1,
over, slip
knit
1,
pull slipped
stitch
1,
over,
1,
knit
knit 2 together,
over, knit 2.
9th
row
knit
1,
1,
knit
1,
5,
knit
1
1,
1,
1,
3th
row
knit 7,
1,
knit
Cast on
number
of stitches
KNITTING
1st
row
overs,
207
slip 1, knit 1,
2nd row
over,
slip 1, knit 1,
3rd row
2 overs,
slip
two
first
rows on
1,
knit
1,
over, knit
1,
knit
2 together.
row
4th
stitches,
that
knit
on the
it on to
over, slip
the
is,
stitch
needle
left
make
es finished,
and
2 Overs
3,
knit
i,
slip
Fig. 38o.
Materials
Cordonnet
Knitting pattern.
D.M.C
needles.
Cast on a
1
st
over, knit
3rd row knit
1.
4th
over.
row
slip
2,
1,
over, slip
knit
1,
1 ,
knit
1 ,
over,
knit 2,
208
KNITTING
row
5th
knit 2 together,
over, knit 2.
row
6th
knit
1,
together,
knit
knit
over,
1.
row
7th
knit 2 together,
over, knit 2.
row
8th
knit
knit
2,
over.
together,
Repeat from
beginning.
the
Fig. 390. Knitting pattern.
Materials
5 to
The
shown
patterns
in
figs.
3<)i
and
392,
are
more
parti-
culary
for
useful
comforters,
hoods
shawls,
and the
like.
which
needles,
may
The
be either of
bone
or
steel
in
size
st
row
over,
No.i6,ofD.M.C
Coton a tricoter.
divides by 3.
slip
stitch
knit plain.
KNITTING
like
row
209
3rd
the
first
Knitting: pattern
by
that divides
1st
row
knit the 2
(fig.
392).
3.
over,
first to-
draw the
gether,
off plain,
it
then
knit
the
stitch
that
was
pulled over
2nd
row
first
stitch
same
drawn
4th
knit plain.
like
3rd row
the
it.
and
the third
here
the
is
that
was
through
first
row.
Knitting pat-
stitches
that
divides by 14.
istrow
knit
1,
over,
over, knit
purl 3, knit 3
together, purl 3,
2,
knit 2.
2nd row
knit
5, purl 7, knit 2.
3rd row
over,
knit 3, over,
knit 2,
purl
knit 3 together,
purl
2,
knit 2.
2IO
KNITTING
4th row
5th row
purl
knit
over,
7, purl 5, knit 2.
knit 3 together,
knit 2.
6th
7th
is,
ti&m
C4i
WWftAVAVAVVW4i'
2SS
--rs
Hi
&&jsSH2S^@a
Fig. 394.
Materials
Cordonnet 6
tils
Knitted lace.
D.M.C Nos.
Nos. 25 to 70.
Fig. 3g5.
Materials: Goton a
Knitted lace.
tricoter
to 3o,
Knitted lace
(fig.
394).
D.M.C
(*)
Knitted
a pointer
D.M.C Nos.
10
to 3o. (*)
lace
looks best,
made
selection of
we
(*)
See
and the
list
at the
of colours of the
sizes
KNITTING
Cast on 8 stitches.
chain, knit
i
ist needle
overs, knit
2nd needle knit
2, over,
knit 2,
purl
3,
1,
chain.
3rd needle
Knitted lace
1
st
needle knit
Cast on
3g5).
together,
2nd needle
knit 2,
purl
knit
1,
4th needle
1,
5th needle
together,
knit
knit
needle
2,
together,
knit 2, purl
chain,
knit
1,
chain.
1.
2 overs,
6th
chain.
1.
chain, knit
knit 2 together, 2
2 overs,
10 stitches.
knit
3rd needle
chain.
needle.
first
(fig.
1,
knit 2 together,
2.
4th needle
1,
211
knit 2 together,
chain.
purl
1.
2,
8.
overs,
chain.
Knitted lace
1
st
needle
(fig.
Cast on
396).
chain, purl
i3 stitches.
1,
chain.
needle
2nd needle
behind,
3rd
knit 8,
chain,
knit 8,
over,
from
purl 2 together,
over,
knit 2,
knit
chain.
chain, purl
1,
over,
chain.
4th needle
knit 2, knit
5th needle
chain,
knit 8,
from behind,
chain,
chain.
chain.
KNITTING
212
6th needle
7th needle
from behind,
chain.
behind,
9th needle
10th needle
8 chain, knit
first
10, knit
together,
from behind,
chain.
Knitted lace.
3o to 70, Cordonnet 6
to 80, or Fil a dentelle D.M.C Nos. 25 to 60.
Fig. 397.
fils
D.M.C Nos. 20
(*)
Knitted lace.
Fil d'Alsace
to 70,
Knitted lace
st
purl
needle.
Fig. 3q6.
over,
D.M.C Nos.
Fil d'AIsace
Materials
together,
chain.
Materials
from
chain.
needle
(fig.
1
397).
Cast on
chain, knit
11
stitches.
1,
over,
slip 1, knit 1, pull slipped stitch over, over, slip 1, knit 1, pull
(*)
and the
See
list
at the
of colours of the
KNITTING
slipped stitch over, over, slip
knit
i,
knit
i,
2l3
i,
chain.
The 2nd,
purled.
3rd needle
over, slip
1,
chain, knit
knit
1,
1,
knit
3,
1,
pull slipped stitch over, over, slip 1, knit 1, pull slipped stitch
over,
chain.
5th needle
chain, knit
5, over,
slip 1, knit 1, pull slipped stitch over, over, slip 1, knit 1, pull
7th
needle
1,
chain.
chain, knit
7, over,
slip 1, knit 1, pull slipped stitch over, over, slip 1, knit 1, pull
gth needle
over, slip
1,
chain.
chain, slip
knit
knit
1,
1,
1,
over, slip
together,
knit
1
ith needle
1,
1,
knit
chain, slip
1,
pull
knit
chain.
over,
1 ,
1,
knit 2
chain.
3th needle
chain, slip
knit
1 ,
over, knit 3 together, over, knit 2 together, over, knit 2 together, over, knit 2,
1
5th needle
knit
1,
chain.
chain, slip
1 ,
knit
1 ,
knit 2 together,
over,
knit
1,
chain.
first
needle.
398).
(fig.
Repeat
2nd round
The
nth,
the directions,
two on each;
close the
1.
3th,
all
5th, 17th,
19th, 21st,
from behind
from behind
from behind
*.
*.
*.
KNITTING
214
over,
knit 2 together, over, knit
2th round over, knit
14th round over, knit
6th round over, knit
8th round over, knit
20th round over, knit
22nd round over, knit
24th round over, knit
i
oth round
slip
1,
over,
26th round
1, slip
knit
1,
1,
knit
d' Alsace
27th round
28th round
purl
(*)
1 ,
from behind,
from behind,
from behind,
from behind,
from behind,
from behind,
3,
over,
knit
over, knit 5 *
over, knit 7 *.
over, knit 9 *.
over, knit 1 1 *.
over, knit i3 #.
over, knit i5 *.
5, knit
together,
Fig. 3g8.
Materials: Fil
1,
purl
knit
*.
D.M.C
in balls,
knit u, purl
over, knit
5,
i,
knit 6 *.
over,
*.
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
and the
KNITTING
2l5
29th round
3oth round
12,
1,
5 *.
1,
knit 3,
knit 3 *.
3ist round
32nd round
*.
3,
1,
knit
1,
3.
1,
1,
slip 1,
1,
slip 1,
1,
knit
1,
knit
1,
stitch over *.
1,
38th round
1,
over, slip
1,
knit
1,
pull slipped
1.
3,
knit 3,
1,
1,
knit
1, slip 1,
3yth round
#.
2.
1,
stitches over,
over,
stitches over,
1,
pull slipped
1,
knit plain.
40th round
over, knit 4, knit together, over, knit
over,
knit
pull slipped stitch over, knit 4, over, knit
42nd round knit
over,
pull slipped stitch
knit
39th, 41st and 43rd round
slip
1,
5,
1.
1,
1,
over, knit
1,
over, slip
1,
slip 1,
knit
1,
1,
1,
over, slip
knit
1,
1,
1,
1,
44th round
knit
2,
1,
over, over, knit 3, over, slip 2, knit 1, pull slipped stitches over,
over, knit 3, over, slip 2, knit 1, pull slipped stitches over,
over, knit 3 *.
Knitted edging
1
st
needle,
make
Cast on 43 stitches.
399).
a chain of 2 stitches, over, knit
''fig.
from
2ib
KNITTING
knit
i,
knit
1,
over, slip
1,
knit
1,
1,
1,
over, slip
purl
knit
1,
i,
together, over,
1,
knit 2
i,
1,
knit
1,
1, slip 1,
knit
knit
knit
1,
1
from
pull
1,
1,
2nd needle
knit
purl
1,
1,
chain.
chain, knit
2,
purl
1,
purl
knit
3,
from behind,
purl 2, knit
1,
purl 2, knit
1,
purl 3, purl
behind, knit 1,
1,
from
from behind, purl
purl
from behind,
14,
i
purl
purl 4.
3rd
needle
slip
over, knit
over, knit
from behind,
from behind,
1,
Materials
Knitted edging.
from
Fil d'Alsace
or Fil a dentelle
Cordonnet b
nls
knit 2 together,
slip 1, knit
1,
purl
1, slip
knit
1,
1, pull slipped stitch over, over, knit 1, over,
behind, purl 1, knit 1 from behind, over, knit 2 to-
from
gether, knit
i,
knit
1,
chain.
4th needle
slip 1, knit 2, purl 1, purl 1 from behind,
knit 1, purl 1 from behind, purl 4, knit 1, purl 1, knit 1, purl
(*)
See
and the
list
at the
of colours of the
sizes
KNITTING
knit
i,
purl 4, purl
1,
217
purl
1,
from be-
knit
slip 1,
1,
knit
knit
1,
1,
1,
knit
knit
slip 2, knit 1,
knit
1,
pull slipped
together, knit
from behind,
3, over,
1, slip 2,
knit
over,
purl
2, over,
1,
1,
1,
chain.
6th needle
knit
purl
1,
hind, purl 4.
7th needle
slip
over, knit
over,
1,
over, knit
1,
1,
over, slip
over,
knit
5, over, knit
1,
purl
purl
1
1,
knit
1,
1,
chain.
8th needle
knit
1,
1,
9th needle
1
1,
1,
knit
1,
slip 2
over,
knit
over,
3,
slip 2, knit 1, pull slipped stitches over, over, knit 3, over, slip
2,
knit
1,
1,
knit
1,
knit
knit
1,
together, purl
over, knit
1, slip 1,
knit
10th needle
1,
slip 1,
purl
purl
knit
1,
knit
1,
slip 1,
1,
knit 2
1,
1,
1,
1,
knit
1,
chain.
knit
2,
purl
1,
purl
from behind,
2l8
KNITTING
knit
purl
i,
th needle
1 1
stitch over,
1,
together,
knit
1,
knit
together, over,
knit 2
knit
purl
pull
1,
slip 1,
1,
over, knit
1,
over,
slipped stitch
knit
pull
1,
1,
knit
1,
purl
1,
knit
knit
purl
knit
1, slip
together,
knit 2
together, over,
2 together,
over, purl
from behind,
over,
2,
over, knit 2
from be-
slip 2 stitches
purl
1,
knit
1,
chain.
needle
from behind,
slip 1, knit 1, purl 1, purl
from behind, purl 4, knit 1, purl 1, knit 1, purl
from
from behind, knit 1, purl
1, knit 1, purl 4, purl
from behind, purl 4.
behind, purl 19, purl
1
knit
2th
1,
purl
3th needle
slip 2 stitches
over, knit
1,
1,
over, slip
1,
knit
1,
1,
over, slip
knit
1,
1,
pull slipped
stitch over, over, slip 1, knit 1, pull slipped stitch over, over,
1,
purl
1,
1,
pull
knit
pull
slip 1, knit
knit
knit 3, over,
1,
slip
knit
from behind,
knit
1,
pull slipped
2 together, knit 1,
1,
chain.
from behind,
slip 1, knit 2, purl 1, purl
from behind, purl 6, knit 1, purl 6, purl 1 from
behind, knit 1, purl
from behind, purl 18, purl 1 from be14th needle
knit
1,
purl
hind, purl 4.
1 5th needle
slip 2 stitches
slip 2, knit 1, pull slipped stitches over, over, knit 3, over, slip 2,
knit
1,
knit
1,
1 ,
knit
KNITTING
219
17th needle
16th needle
together, knit
knit
knit
slipped
pull
1,
knit
1,
1,
knit
knit
1,
over, knit
1,
knit
from
knit 2 tog-
1,
pull
over,
together, purl
1,
1,
from behind,
1,
purl
chain.
slip 2 stitches
1,
slip
1,
knit
1,
1,
2 together, knit 1,
1,
pull
1,
chain.
18th needle
knit
purl
1,
19th needle
slip 2 stitches
over, knit
1,
knit
1,
over, slip
1,
knit
together, over,
1,
knit
knit
1,
knit 2 together,
over,
1,
slip
over, purl
stitch
1,
1,
over,
purl
purl
1,
knit
20th needle
2 1 st needle
1,
slip 2, knit 1,
slip 1,
knit
purl
knit
1,
1,
1
pull slipped
knit
1,
1,
slip
1
1,
knit
1,
from behind,
2 together, knit 1,
chain.
1,
pull
from
knit
1,
over, knit
1,
1,
purl
1, slip
knit 2 together,
knit
1,
pull
slipped
over, knit
1,
3,
slip 2,
over, knit
over,
from behind,
knit
1,
1,
pull slipped
1,
knit
from
...
knit
i,
_.ther.
purl
behir._
knit
.ain.
from beh:
from behind, purl 6, knit i. purl 6, purl
from
purl
from behind, purl 14. purl
from be-
eedle
slip i, kr.
purl
..
purl
I,
ll
from
-11
be"-..
slip 1, knit
aether, over.
ut
nit 1, r
ether,
1
over,
knit
2,
over,
knit
2 together,
fire:
:ver. over,
-
._:
from behind
needle slip
nit
-:nit
1.
:url
3m
Repeat from
behind, purl
the
sdle.
1,
purl
knit
purl
1,
chain.
from behind.
from behind, knit
purl
1
1,
1,
pull slip
from
zether, knit
~rl
1.
rom behind,
purl 4.
5^i^ *4HG3t3f25SU
jtjfjiy'-*
jl,-
_A
<gBC*dPsa5&
Jr
sssg^
fe^L^v
a&^fiisgai
ps p^p ii^slll
Crochet lace.
BIB
Crochet Work.
a favorable reception.
we
numbers
of the
i^
D.M.C
CROCHET WORK
222
Fig. 400.
^6*
Fig.
40
Sfi
iT'OA
S-*-
i.
Numbers
of the
crochet needles.
No.
Fil k pointer
Cordonnet 6
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
1214
1416
1620
18-25
2440
2540
50
2030
4060
36-50
3050
810
10
15
1012
2030
2 2
34
'/J
18
No.
1 l'/j
fils
13
11
Fil d'Alsace
30
Fil k dentelle
25
No.
7090 100150
6090 100160
6090 100150
may
be.
Crochet stitches.
because
all
crochet
In
work
consists of loops
only one,
is
made by means
of
drawn
es
(1)
chain stitch,
(2)
sing^
8.
English bound,
gilt
edges.
Price
3 sb.
CROCHET WORK
223
(5)
stitch, (8)
When the rows are all worked one way, the thread must
be fastened on afresh each time, which is done by putting the
needle into the first chain stitch of the preceding row, drawing
the thread through it so as to form a loop, and making one
or more chain stitches according to the height required.
At the end of each row, cut the thread and draw the end
in this manner all crochet work is
through the last loop
crochet
workers make a few extra chain
finished off. Some
stitches with the ends of the thread at the beginning and end of
each row, or fasten them off with a few stitches on the wrong
;
side.
They can
also,
when
work.
stitch
letting
it
rest
on the second
CROCHET WORK
224
held by the
enough
The end
thumb and forefinger. The
sage through
it
to leave
an easy pas-
of the thread
must be
made
is
called an 'over'.
(2)
404).
fig.
MMmmmmmmn
Fig. 405.
draw
Plain stitch.
Fig. 406.
Rose stitch.
it in
a loop, turn the thread round
through both loops on the needle. By
draw
rows of
it
making
the
This consists
Rose stitch (fig. 406).
worked backwards and forwards.
stitches,
side,
will
of rows
show.
of
plain
CROCHET WORK
Russian stitch
worked
is
This
(fig.
225
407).
like
the
Chain
stitch.
Worked
:fUCH:y^
only.
quite
makes
together,
close
it
lie
which
particularly suitable
requires
FlG 4 9
large-sized
"
SlaNTING stitch
'
the material be a
if
Crossed
ding stitch
stitoh.
when both
is
up together, instead
of the
row
CROCHET WORK
226
(fig.
stitch
lines,
the
vertical
stitches
of the
Counterpane stitoh
411). Counterpanes
made
in
less
(fig.
can be
close
stitch
To produce
and
soft
Fig. 411.
Counterpane stitch.
Knotted stitch
(fig.
mi
Fig. 412.
SLjfL fi
A Slm
posed of plain
stitches,
is
412).
com-
which,
dede-
scribed hitherto.
Knotted stitch.
Make
an
over,
put
the
and the first over, make another over, and draw the thread
through the last two loops.
Loop stitch (fig. 41 3). Worked as follows: when you
have put the needle into the loop of a stitch below, carry the
thread, downwards from above, round a stripe of cardboard
or a flat wooden ruler, then finish the stitch in the usual way.
These long loops, each about 2 c/m. in length, can also be
CROCHET WORK
227
made over
it is more
Each row of long stitches
stitches. The side, where the
long loops lie, becomes the
right side. If you wish this
difficult to
work, but
thumb
as
you
make them
is
to
and secure
plain stitch
it
with a
in this case,
you
for
washing
articles
commend Coton
more
especially,
we
stitch
re-
D.M.G.
Plain stitches for a chain (fig. 414).
Begin with two chain stitches, put the
needle in between the two threads of the
first
a repriser
Trebles.
Trebles are
little columns, or bars made
of loops or stitches. They can
be worked, like all other crochet, either to and fro, or all one
way. There are different kinds
(4)
of trebles
CROCHET WORK
also 'long stitch*,
called
Trebles
.
416
(figs.
Begin,
as
for
and
the
by turning the
thread round the needle, and
putting it in under one edge
half treble,
it through
two of the loops, take it up
again, and draw it through
the two remaining loops.
In
bles
in a loop,
:t:t:h
the
it
into a stitch of
.
CROCHET WORK
and bring
229
it
in
suc-
cession.
for a qua-
form the
way by bringing
the needle
To make
a time.
at
a series of
length,
making
treble
triple
pectively,
treble,
and
2 trebles
Columns
like
\'s
_ I
KB QUADRUPLE TREBLES OR
'EXTRA LONG STITCH*.
treble,
trebles long.
these, of diffe-
you
will hare to
1
S^aYid&Ai^
tmmM
scalloped edgings.
Connected trebles
fig.
Trebles, connected
420).
together, can be worked to
and
fro,
plain stitches.
chain, then
make
of
a
a treble of
many
loops
as
you
made
A
-M
*r. .1 1 .
-A
ftp
nearest
it
at a time.
L|
"
. :
rr:5iri tTrZlrs
~Z .12
..
which
.or
Make
footing
-
ion.
a foundation of chain.
-
t:
: r.
proceed
r.
follows
:.::.-. t
as
ain.mi-
row beneath,
of the
make
treble
in
in
and
bles
_:
:-.=
with
finish
~z -i.t
.'-.:
\r.t
:...
- l. -
ZIZT
:i
"
"
:i:-t.
:
- -
treble,
= :
.:
:'
:;-
: t
r.
1 1
'.
-i
.:.--.-
t.r
"
Ir-;!-
it;
.-:
and so
:
:: -
e :
_:
rr tE ::
:_-.
r.
Knot
(5)
stitch z
I :
~i:t
res: :- i zzirse
ks
: :
::.:""
=1!
i:::r.
:r^
nzsezut-:.;
:..-
:_::
:'
.'::
:?-:
_::
:::z~
pT^L^^^^V^
tti t
I- :er :'- =
::
^
the two loops of the stitches of
the bottom row, turn the thread
round the needle, but a~
from you towards the back:
bring
it
:
ztiZ.i
: r. f
one of the
the
n
:
first
needle through
all
'
the bar
once.
Bullion stitch
-
5;
i 1~
figs
"::.:::
HL.z.
'-.
..'.'..
lZ-.Z-.z7
ZZtT
than vou would use for anv
T.Z
Rf^~-
f^tE^SSE^,
:_"
loose
"ik::.:
stitches,
Bp^l^^S^:
:r.i.\-
then
'
it,
make
a single over,
through
all
and draw
it
with the
last
the other
-_::._.
in th
oe
CROCHET WORK
232
D.M.C,
lion
any
(*)
stitch
of the
D.M.C
threads and
cottons.
(7)
Cluster stitch
Generally used
tion
(fig.
rows
between
426).
as an inserof
plain
crochet.
stitch
Cluster stitch.
make an
over,
through
in a
bring
.k.
*>>
tff.
cJ* el
it
make
back,
third
third time
over,
and pass
under the same
make
stitch; bring
a fourth
over
Fig. 427.
Then,
Double
after
again, placing
making
it
it.
in the
may
upon
Cluster stitch
last
stitch.
plain stitch.
(8)
as
Double
Coton
stitch
a tricoter
(fig.
427).
D.M.C Nos.
6 to
12,
Cordonnet 6
fils
D.M.C
3 to 10, or Fil a pointer D.M.C Nos. 10 to 3o (*)
is better for this stitch than a loose fleecy thread which is apt
to render it indistinct. Take up a loop right and left of a
stitch of the preceding row, so that counting the loop of the
last stitch, you have 3 loops on the needle, make an over and
draw it through the 3 loops. Then take up a loop again by
the side of the one you made on the left, and which now lies
Nos.
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
sizes
CROCHET WORK
on the right. Take
and draw it through
233
all
make an over
the loops.
row is a double
connected with a loop
in the fourth
treble,
first
row.
Miss the
under the
treble,
stitches,
is
hidden
make
3 plain
so on.
Having
row
of plain
must be
In the 8th
Fig. 429.
in
Begin, as
Raised stitch with crossed trebles (fig. 429;.
428, by 3 rows of plain stitches. The 4th row begins
fig.
CROCHET WORK
Then turn
follows
*6
tre-
of
iing
row, leaving the
3op of each
on the
e
the
so that
i.e.
you
altogether
-
on
it
loops up-
then you
round the
needle and
draw
rough the
tl
loops miss the
:r.
and
stitches
znz
:::~
Zr.tr.
of
;-v.
re-
=<.
r.'.i
:t
plain
;-
z'r.t
r.i
:;~:
::
: \-
.7
fig
izizz'zts.
_:
rr.irt
Turn tit
:
s:
.t:
work iftei
~:rt :r. :r.z
: -
:-:
z~
:::
.-:
4th stitch of the ist row, * 6 trebles, drop the last stitch
of the 6th treble, put the needle into the stitch between
the last plain stitch and the 45t treble, take the dropped loop
draw
it
= :
as
in
426, with 1
quadruple over
L'i :~ tr. _ r.i.r
fig.
stitches, 1 cluster
The
ret- rrtv:: ?
-.-
:r
plain; in the
rrtrirti.
V^.
:~t
~ikt.
r:~;
::: the
<*"
MW=BW5
~*-*\fX<X
*m fr 7fX*jJjm
vrArCvflB
se-
yUAH
,v
fasten the
repeal
more,
stitch
_::
i^jm
next r:
cond you
ri
md
plain tfiiihn
dus-
L^^^Bb
*l^r^^_lP_"l^*
JflJ*
T^
f _ J>JW^ pp$
nHnnFwVd
ne second of the 3
stitch,
one
stitch, in
raised
advance
and
jicklv
done.
On
foundation of chain
or other
CROCHET WORK
23G
make
stitches,
chain,
on the 4th
trebles
stitch,
row and
from *.
2nd row
* * 7 trebles on the chain stitch of the
which connects 7 bars, plain stitch on the 4th of the
of the first row and repeat from * *.
repeat
last
row
7 trebles
Picots.
The edges of most crochet work are ornamented
with picots, or small points of different shapes, called severally
close picots, chain picots and lace picots.
stitch
case
make
first
it
from the right side, under both edges of the last stitch,
take up the dropped stitch, bring it to the right side, * 3
chain then returning 1 plain stitch on each chain, draw the
needle out, put it in from the right side into the second stitch
of the row beneath, take up the loop, bring it back to the
right side, and repeat from *.
in
Large rounded
picots.
5 chain, miss 3, 1 treble on the
on the 1st chain stitch.
When you want to attach these picots at once to an existing piece of work, drop the last loop and bring it back again
with the needle from the wrong side to the right and miss 2
2nd and
treble
Pointed picots.
Cast
plain stitch,
half
treble.
on the
When
make
preceding row
edge,
instead of 2 chain.
CROCHET WORK
237
Picots
stitch
loops, 5 chain,
Chain picots.
and
and
5 chain
on the
on the
1
first
treble
Drooping picots
it
first
(figs.
drawn up
and draw
on which the
(fig.
434).
trebles are.
make
For
of these 5 stitches.
on the
stitch
plain stitch
ones
single
chain
the large
first stitch.
424 and
425).
into a ring,
5 chain,
and joined
to the
5 chain,
through the
stitch.
Lace
picots
(figs.
Fig. 435
ed of chain stitches, as
follows
2 chain, put
the needle into the first,
:
back
to
chain
the
front,
into the
at
draw the
chain,
first
Fig. 435.
Empty lace
picots,
worked
in
crochet.
make
from
*.
make the
more even and
In order to
picots
regular,
to
se
it
is
advisable
needle
or
Fig. 436.
mesh.
by plain
done
this is
row of
stitches to the
as
follows
16
CROCHET WORK
238
and
slip
it
on
aefiKiCuimlKl'
- r
.-
-^r}tiWti^$$i&'i!
itiumuu
HI
ui
KM
mm
tuuim
111
III
CU UI
III
iu
UUl
...
..
UI
ui
...
IUU
'
UIUIU'
..."
uuu uuu UUU
UUIUM
...-..
hi
UUl
U(
III
HI
ui
UllllL
llllllll
"
ui
'UUUkt
IUU
IUI
ui
'iu -wv
.v.-ui.'. ".'.:.:.'.
111
..UI uiuiii
m
Ui
luuuuc nuu
uiuuiuuu ...mil
III
UI
Ill
Wfua
Ut
tllutl
IUU
UI
UI
urn
UKl
.;...
mtuu
'us
III
IUU
in
uut :.::::.
......
ui
lltt-.Ul
luilll
Mil
uuiw
HID U uiuat
uu. iiuiuumi
UUl ..
ui
ih
ui
mm w
uuu
ui
tin
mm
mu
mm
ui.;...
UU
utup
.'umunuuu
Hiiiuu
.tun
III
ui
in crochet
and embroi-
mm
UUU
mm
ui
UlllllUllUU
'
uuuuiui
UlUU**'
Ml
ui
.iiiui.
in.
IU
IM
lu
iouu]
:......
:,.:.:.uiiuu
HnHlmiw muuiiiiuViit
Mtiuumui
.in.iii.iitiniittnii
Fig. 437.
Fig. 438.
a tapestry pattern.
PATTERN.
when
The way
means
in
in crochet is
by
little
in the
grounding,
marked
treble
and
When,
therefore,
a solid square
Thus
CROCHET WORK
23 9
one way only, cutting off the thread at the end of each row, or
by plain stitches, worked in rows to and fro.
When only three colours are used, pass two threads under
when more than two, leave those which are not
the stitches
in use, at the back of the work and only bring them to the front
as they are wanted. The thread, you lay aside, takes at the
back the place of the one in use. Of course, the threads not in
use can only can be disposed of in this way when the work has
a wrong side, otherwise they must be passed underneath the
stitches. The colours should alternate in the order the pattern
prescribes; moreover, the last stitch before you take another
colour cannot be finished with the same thread, you must pass
the new thread through the last loop and draw it up with that.
Crochet with Soutache or Lacet (braid) (figs. 439 and
;
440).
(braid).
and under
trebles
440, it is brought,
observed, from the
to
the
right
in
it
be
will
wrong
after
fig.
side
every
trebles,
Fig. 440.
Crochet Square
^fig.
441).
-i
chain, to
1
.i,
superflns
Colours
The
D.M.C Nos.
Soutache or Lacet
on the 1st D
single
,
n
D
Rouge-Grenat
2 to 5.
:>26,
The
Rouge-Cardinal 347, or
.
..
.
-.7,
(*)
or Bleu-Indigo 3i2. ,*,
and the
See
list
at the
of colours of the
CROCHET WORK
240
next 3 chain,
first
plain
are worked.
Slip the next stitch, that is, put the needle in between the
horizontal bars of the 1st plain stitch of the previous row, and
draw the thread out without making a stitch.
Then make
make
3 plain
that
The beginning
and end of each row, are worked as described above.
of the last row.
When
Make a foundation
for
figure
1
row
as in-
the previous
turn the
work
plain, 3 plain
the second
row
plain
on
of the
repeat 5 times
the row
Finish
from *.
turn the
with 1 single
last
work
Fig. 442.
3 plain
any
size.
Crochet hexagon.
=2
plain, 3 plain
CROCHE;T
WORK
241
(fig.
443).
increasing reguthat
larly,
making
es
is,
stich-
on the
last
Proceed
in
thismanneruntil
you have 6 or 8
dark stitches, in
all and then begin to decrease in
row
every
by
These
stars
lamps,
Fig. 423.
making
of purses,
etc.
Tunisian crochet.
Tunisian crochet
knitting because, you have to cast on
is
all
the
first
row
of
stitches, as in knitting.
Materials
Every kind of cotton, as well as wool and silk,
can be used for Tunisian crochet the stitches look equally
well in all these materials, but for things that require frequent
washing or cleaning, a good washing material should be selected, such as Coton a tricoter D.M.C and Cordonnet 6 fils
:
D.M.C
(*)
(*),
See
and the
ways.
at the
list
all
numbers and
sizes
CROCHET WORK
242
As we have already
done
it
said,
draw
stitch,
loop through
last
make
of the
the
row,
made
loop
row
that
draw
it
Fig. 445.
445).
Worked
thus
(fig.
the
st
ding figure.
Worked
like
ding, taking
Fig. 446.
the prece-
up
first
the
stitch,
CROCHET WORK
243
Open Tunisian
crochet.
The
first
stitch.
row
plain stitches,
you
the preceding
row
is
This
worked
is
alternately join 2
together, and
as in
fig.
and
3,
replace
them by
as
many
chain stitches.
Fig. 447.
Decreasing
in
Tunisian crochet.
You miss
right
a stitch alternately
first
used.
Very pretty
laces, fringes,
like
can
be made in this kind of crochet work. It is often used in combination with ordinary crochet and plain and scalloped braids
and gimps, or as a heading for fringes made of tufts and pendant balls. There are a great many stitches which can be
worked
in hairpin-crochet.
We
shall
how
CROCHET WORK
244
Materials.
For
washing
laces,
Cordonnet 6
fils
D.M.C
the best
Stitches.
Begin by
a chain stitch,
crochet
the
left
Fig. 448.
Fig. 440.
Fig. 45o.
crochet.
should always be in front. Then put the thread over the right
prong and the needle into the loop on the left prong, take up
the thread, draw it through the loop, put the thread over the
needle and draw it through the loop that is on the needle,
twist the loop round the left prong, turn the needle round to
the right (the thread will now be wound round the right
prong) put the needle into the loop on the left prong, throw
;
CROCHET WORK
245
ways.
Then
Begin
by making
stripes
left
When
over the
you come
to the
left.
end
To
Fig. 45 1.
Hairpin insertion.
--When,
each loop,
^^^i^^^^^^t -
'MjSM
\-
tM$$mMwi
means
of a coloured
thread
which
ot
the hairpin
crochet
r
ilJliliillitilM
Ks^S *WSm
is
made.
Work
on the
right, 2 chain,
plain Materials
For the hairpin work: Fil a pointer
D.M.C Nos. 20 to 3o, or Cordonnet 6 fils D.M.C
stitch joining 2 loops
I
plain
joining
loops on the
left
then
or Brun-Marron 406.
(*)
and come back to the right, and so on, until you have
taken up all the loops. This forms the zig-zag in the middle.
2 chain
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
sizes
CROCHET WORK
246
i
st
row
2nd row
3 trebles,
picot,
half-treble,
p. 237),
like the
one
made with
in fig.
45
chain
The
plain.
5 chain.
(for
plain,
half-treble,
made
is
1.
is
Fig.
453
3 or
rulers,
is
with tassels.
wound in succession,
You may use for this,
so as to
form
either a single
The heading
of the fringe
The
is
plain,
tassels are
and heavy
made
fringe
is
tassels are
as follows
made
of,
take
pass
it
through the loop, leaving just the length required for the
tassel, at one end, thread a needle with the same thread and
twist it round the skein, the right distance from the top to
form the head of the tassel and then cut the ends even, at the
bottom. As the loops are of different lengths, the tassels will
CROCHET WORK
247
hang in steps and the fuller and heavier they are, the handsomer the fringe will be.
Fig. 454 represents another pattern of fringe, the first part
of which is made with the same fork as the preceding one.
Instead however of winding the thread round the several
prongs in succession, you pass it alternately round the two first
and the fourth, thus making loops of two lengths only. Tassels
with tassels.
Materials
D.M.C Nos. 6 to 16. (*)
Colours: Ecru and Jaune-Rouille 363, 368, or Gris-Tilleul 33 1 and
Rouge-Cornouille 449 and 450, or three other shades. (*)
:
Coton
a tricoter
is
intended
for,
depend from these loops and may be varied in the second row
by balls made to issue from the middle, or by long meshes,
which are made over the whole width of the fork and affixed
to the loops.
made
table
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
sizes
CROCHET WORK
248
The
loops in
from every
tion
is
fig.
455 are
all
way
given of the
in
six,
The
the cotton.
edge
orna-
is
mented
little
with
picots.
fringe,
in
The
fig.
456, consists of
three long and
threeshortloops
alternately,
which
Fig. 435.
causes,
made
depend
them, to
to
from
form
two
pa-
rallel lines.
you
If
join
heading
ther, three
and
you
will
three,
have
with two lines of balls,
ONE ABOVE THE OTHER.
Materials
Nos.
For
3 to 10,
For the
The
the crochet-work
balls
Cordonnet 6
fils
made with
make
to
i
rhain
^
t0 COVeT
D.M-C stltcries
the space that IS
3o.
picots are
toge-
^e
filled.
make
This is an
Fringe made with Lacet or braid (fig. 457).
easy fringe to make and a very effective trimming for tablecloths, curtains etc., which are embroidered on coarse stuffs.
Begin with a foundation chain,
CROCHET WORK
stitch in the
249
In the next row, you use the twist and the braid together,
1
chain stitch, put the needle
with the twist
into the first stitch of the foundation chain, take up the braid,
as follows
draw
it
To
stitch.
make
over
wooden
ruler.
may add
you
be made
To
the
stitches,
pattern,
re-
you
many
as
On
please.
make
the
in
braid
the
may
it
other rows as
the fringed side
draw out
4
one very long loop and fasten into
plain, 3 chain,
Fig-
4 5 7-
it
from 10
cm.
/
(braid).
and
T
n K
Materials
Lacet ^
D.M.C
No. 4 or
draw the loop tightly round it to
Soutache D.M.C No. 27* in red.
secure the tassel 3 plain on the Cordonnet 6 fiis d.m.c Nos. 3 to 10.
aPinterD.M.CNos.ioto3o,ecru.(*)
Chain Stitches. Repeat from *.
to
12
long,
o>
.,
,,
Lace made
rounds:
1
plain
In this
trebles*,
1
first
far
for
chain,
half-treble,
12
half-treble, ichain,
chain,
each Other.
I
011
single
single.
Then
10 Chain,
4
round between
trebles,
>
For the
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
::
-:
~i .
:
Utarwr-s*
:
k-_1:t
-\
1Z-
3
-
'
'
"
"
"
:
_
" t
oise
ptoir
...
::
sad row
:~i
_.~
: _
:::
CROCHET WORK
52
trebles,
chain,
them
chain
join
keep the
them
2nd
made
made.
Leaf with
ring
numbers
8th chain,
5 petals
petal
st
1
(fig.
463).
work
This
that
one of
is
we know. The
treble, 2 trebles
of the 3
1st
on the 7
loops of the last treble on the needle and
last
to the
8 chain,
make
a ring
2 plain
half-treble
Fig. 463.
Materials
chain,
Fil d'Alsace
treble
chain,
treble
25 to 80
on the 3rd
2nd
miss
petal
chain,
treble *.
half-treble *,
chain,
add
miss
miss
1,
chain,
chain,
CROCHET WORK
The 4th
1
petal to be
worked
253
3rd;
like the
St.
When
make
plain stitches
on
i plain,
the ring; then on the chain stitches of the ist petal
7 trebles, 2 trebles on the 10th stitch; then descending again:
7 trebles, i plain and 3 single on the 3 plain stitches of the
:
ring.
On
on the
ring.
3rd petal
on the 20th
The 4th
worked
petal is
to be followed
by
like the
the ring.
For the
stalk
chain, miss
1, 5
still
disengaged,
2 single
When
2th stitch;
make
2 plain,
picot,
= in
beneath
plain,
*,
picot,
picot, 3 plain.
leaf,
all
meet
after,
plain,
plain, 2 plain
in the
chain
more on
same
stitch
on the 8th
2 chain.
On
On
1
plain, 2 plain on the
Repeat 4 times from***.
picot, 3 plain.
and on the 4
round each leaf,
between the ist
plain,
and 2nd picot, 4 chain, close the picot. From this point the
preceding series of stitches takes the place of the picot that
immediately follows the sign * *; proceed to * * * *.
Foundation
lace,
17
CROCHET WORK
254
of leaves.
When
number
all
and
of cotton
fasten
make
plain on the
2nd of the last 3 chain, 6 chain,
plain on the 3rd stitch of the stalk; 6 chain,
1
stalk,
1
6 chain,
plain on the
stitches.
To make
two
The
following
the
is
way
to
join
two rows of
leaves toge-
plain
on the 8th stitch of the leaf, 2 chain, join to the middle picot
of the 3rd petal of the top leaf; 2 chain, 3 plain on the 5th petal
of the bottom row,
picot, 3 plain.
For the 2nd petal of the bottom leaf: 3 plain, 1 picot, 3 plain.
For the 5th petal of the next leaf below 3 plain, 4 chain,
1 single on the long stalk, 5 chain, 1 plain on the 2nd picot of
the 1st petal of the preceding leaf, 5 chain, 1 single on the 2nd
picot of the 4th petal of the top leaf, 4 chain, 1 plain on the
4th single of the stalk, 3 chain, 1 single on the 7th picot of
:
CROCHET WORK
i
255
plain on the
top
leaf, 3
chain,
On
half-treble,
treble,
double
treble,
Materials.
Crochet lace,
made with
leaf braid
(fig.
465).
Introduce
the thread into one of the leaves of the braid and working
from right
'
and the
See
list
to left,
make for
at the
plain, 2 chain,
numbers and
sizes
CROCHET WORK
256
i
end of the
treble on the needle * *.
Leave the
2 chain,
treble near the stalk of these folded leaves, tighten the loops
Take
leaf.
of the 2 trebles;
chain***,
last 2
loops of the
picot,
the other:
chain,
plain, 2
Proceed with
picot, 2 chain,
treble
stitch,
so on.
3rd
and so on.
4th
row
row
picot in bullion
and
plain
made with
row:
plain, 3 chain,
Crochet lace
1st
row
picot, 3 chain
leaf braid
(fig.
466).
Begin
At the end of
a leaf:
treble, 6 chain,
picot
beginning of a 2nd
leaf: 6 chain, 1 picot, 6 chain, 1 treble at the end of the leaf
6 chain,
7 chain, 1 picot, 7 chain, 1 treble on the 3rd leaf
picot, 6 chain, 1 treble at the end of the 3rd leaf
1
6 chain,
treble, 6 chain, 1 treble on the 4th leaf
1
1
double treble
joined to the 4th and 1st leaf of the next scallop
1
treble
in bullion stitch, 6 chain,
treble
at the
=
=
(*)
See
and the
at the
list
of colours of the
CROCHET WORK
end of the
at the
1st
join
leal,
257
loops of
last
over
2nd row
1
picot, 7 chain,
chain,
from #.
At the indent and before the
chain =
plain, 3 chain,
repeat 6 times
plain
last picot
2 chain,
picot, 2
row
3rd
and
left
In the indent
together by
treble.
4th row
5 single
Begin
Inside junction.
2 triple tre-
bles on the
leaves to the
and
right
left
chain,
ple
2 tri-
trebles,
one at the
end and the
other at the
beginningof
the 3rd and
4th leaf
chain,
cot
first
trebles,
;
10 chain,
5 chain,
first
10 chain
(*)
and the
See
list
at the
12 chain,
1
fils
braid.
D.iM.C Nos. 40 to 80 or
Fil a dentelle Nos. 5o to 80. (*)
pi-
in
trebles
Fig. 466.
Materials
chain,
5
1
single
last
leaf.
single on the 10
on the 5th of the
plain on
of colours of the
CROCHET WORK
258
on the
row
2nd row
leaf, 5
5 chain,
treble
picot,
chain,
3rd
chain,
lace, 2
plain
last
continuing
braid,
work and
crochet
on the
plain
the
in
chain stitches,
manner
to
in
this
chain,
join
the
Materials: Cordonnet 6
or Fil
On
fils
picot, 7 chain,
picot,
make
2 plain,
chain, miss 7;
2 chain,
plain on each of
Repeat
11
ith time
making only
6 chain.
of twist
(*)
and the
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list
CROCHET WORK
259
first
2 chain,
On
to
5 plain,
first
the semicircle
picot,
2 chain,
chain
1st of the 3
2 plain as before,
== 2 chain,
= 2 chain,
= 2 chain,
picot, 9 chain,
7 plain, 2 chain,
picot,
1
1
= return
plain,
*.
plain on
the inside of
picot, 2 chain,
row
picot, 7 chain,
on the
plain
picot, 2 chain,
plain
row on
picot, 7 chain,
picot, 2 chain, 2
9 chain
*.
3 plain, 10 chain,
more
picot,
on
times
plain.
*
Continue with
1
picot
plain
from *
=2
chain,
= make
= make
picot, 9 chain,
7 plain, 2 chain,
1
picot, 2 chain, 2 plain
2 more scallops, and then a
3rd joined to the scallop that terminates the semicircle on the
right
by the
2 plain stitches
2 chain, 2 plain
= 2 chain,
picot, 7 chain,
picot, 7 chain,
plain
row
chain,
chain,
=**
treble,
picot,
more of the
2 plain,
7 chain,
on the
1
on the 6th of the 8 trebles, 2
on the 5th and 1 on the 4th of the 8 trebles,
treble on the 3rd and
on the 2nd of the 8 trebles,
single on the 1st of the 8 trebles
turn the work
1
on the
1
bars
treble
3 chain,
semicircle on the
chain,
the 7 plain
turn the work
chain, 1 treble on the 7th and
picot,
left,
= 22 scallops con-
plain
chain
plain,
half-treble,
treble,
trebles
below
half-
on
CROCHET WORK
260
the
i
chain,
from ** * to *
Go on with
1
plain,
*** =
plain
picot,
half-treble,
treble,
chain,
plain
way.
consisting of 2 chain,
after the
picot,
chain,
picot, 2 chain,
2 plain,
single
2 chain,
picot, 7 chain,
2nd scallop
picot, 5 chain
3 chain,
half-treble,
to
chain, 2 plain
plain to
chain,
like the 2
scallop, 2 chain,
like the
get
2 plain, 3 chain,
picot,
others
picot,
make
the
left
3 trebles, 2 chain,
scallop
next scallops
single on the
3 similar
scallop
the 2nd set of chain stitches in the scallop that precedes the
3rd flower
1
single on the point of the 1st scallop of the 3rd
flower
continue the little bars along the 2nd side until past
of 2
picot,
chain,
after the
2
4th flower
chain,
plain
make
bars consisting
chain,
picot,
chain,
scallop, 3 chain,
3 chain,
picot,
3 chain, 2 plain
*****
*****.
instead of 3.
that
1
you have
At the 5th
repetition
you decrease by
bar, so
2 instead of 3.
picot, 7 chain,
CROCHET WORK
chain stitches == 3 plain,
plain
chain,
more
picot, 7 chain,
= then
similar scallops
picot, 3 chain, 2
chain,
plain on the
261
chain,
picot,
join
3 chain,
picot,
and
2 plain.
Over the
1st little
ones
then
chain,
flower
first
and joined
to the
3 chain
plain =
plain
scallop
2 plain
on
= 3 chain,
picot,
picot, 7 chain,
= 2 chain,
flower
first
make
3 chain,
=3
picot, 9 chain,
chain,
picot, 3 chain,
2 plain.
Make
scallops of
chain,
must come
picot, 7 chain,
make
picot, 3
without a picot
Over the
7 chain
make
= then
3 scallops, 3 chain,
2 plain.
picot, 7 chain,
3 chain,
picot,
Cut
picot,
off the
last
turn the
bar,
1
picot, 7
4 chain, 2 plain.
on above the semicircle and
7 chain without picot and
the first
having reached the
make
the
it
make
the half
CROCHET WORK
262
off at
22 bars of 3 chain,
picot,
8 trebles,
join to the
tance as on the
3 chain,
2nd
2 plain
on the
dis-
first side.
Add
by a plain
stitches
triple
trebles,
stitch;
the
the last
1st
triple
loops of them,
treble
on the
connected
last chain
CROCHET WORK
263
4 chain, 1 treble
on the plain stitch of the 2nd point. Repeat the same, reversed.
2nd row
On the first 5 chain of the last row: 5 plain
on the next 5 chain: 5 plain == on the 3 chain, leave a space:
5 plain, 12 chain, come back and join to the 8th chain stitch
on the scallop 4 plain, 1 picot, 3 plain,
by a single stitch
and so on, until you have 8 points altogether.
1 picot, 4 plain
The plain stitches must be distributed as follows
For the 2nd point in the 4th space 4 plain, in the 5th space
3 plain
plain, in the
This
is
not new, however, and is probably already known to many of our readers as a pillow lace.
Those who are not fond of making pillow lace, will be glad to
in
how
It
is
reproduce it in crochet, as it makes a pretty trimming, both for wearing apparel and furniture. For furniture,
it should be made in unbleached cotton, for articles of dress, in
any of the finer numbers, referred to above.
For the separate squares, cast on 10 chain stitches, and
learn
to
row
*5
2th
chain,
row
plain
plain, 5 chain,
between the
ist
plain,
picot
made
last
of 4
row,
CROCHET WORK
264
2 chain,
*,
Fig. 468.
Crochet lace.
For
Materials.
For
Cordonnet 6
fils
For the
articles of dress
D.M.C Nos. 25
Fil d'Alsace
ecru.
(*)
4 chain,
first
of the
(*)
and the
See
list
picot, 3 chain,
first
at the
numbers and
sizes
CROCHET WORK
265
=9
the footing.
Outer edge
on the
treble
1st
picot,
4 chain, and
On
4 chain,
treble
on the
st
and
last trebles of
make
treble
first.
in the corner,
Omit
the squares.
The next and last row consists of: 2 plain, 1 picot, 2 plain
every 4 chain. On the last 4 chain, at the point where 2 scallops join,
make 4
plain stitches,
(fig. 469).
Begin with the stars, make
of 18 stitches, close the ring, mount it on a mould,
wind
without picots.
a soft thread,
Then: *
the
i3 chain,
chain:
double trebles,
single,
plain,
half-trebles,
2 trebles,
on
2
CROCHET WORK
266
2nd row
plain,
times from
*.
3rd row
* 6 plain,
row. Repeat from *.
Materials
Fil d'Alsace
D.M.C Nos. 3o
with stars.
4th row
stitches
All
plain
you 19 picots
round the
last
25 or 3o,
in all, separated
D.M.C No.
to 12.
Inner connection
Fasten on the thread at the 5th treble,
counting from the ring 1 single, 8 chain. Draw out the thread,
from the back, through the 9th of the 17 chain round the
star
8 chain * join with 1 chain to the 5th treble, passing
the thread through to the back
work on the wrong side
3 chain, bring the thread back between the 5th treble to the
right side, and repeat 5 times from *. In joining the stars,
place them so that 9 picots are turned to the edge, and 8 to
:
the footing.
1
st
The
row
2 trebles
picots, 7 chain,
(*)
and the
stitches,
but
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list
of colours of the
cottons.
CROCHET WORK
treble
267
next row.
half-treble, 5 trebles,
picot, 5 trebles,
half-treble,
The
footing
is
composed
middle of the
18
chain
miss
picot of the
1
plain,
st star, 5
chain
single
on the 2nd
Straight edge
trebles.
= miss
worked
1
miss
Begin
as
plain
plain, 3 plain, 10
single
stars,
upon them
plain, 5 chain,
chain,
and
of rings
plain
on the 7th
Worked
from right
to
left=
chain * turn
the thread 7 times round the needle, join to the plain stitch
between the 7th and 6th picot , complete the long treble, 7
treble, consisting of six overs to the 1st treble; 1
quintuple treble between the 6th and the 5th picot; 7 chain,
in all, 10
quadruple treble joined to the previous treble
1
trebles, the 1st made with 7 overs, the 2nd with 6, the 3rd
with 5, the 4th with 4, the 5th and 6th with 3, the 7th with
chain, join
4, the 8th
every
The
and
with
5,
and between
2 trebles, 7 chain.
3
7 chain between.
Guipure lace (fig. 470).
We
plain
268
CROCHET
row
ist
5 chain,
\\
O RK
picot, 2 chain,
treble
on the ring
5 chain,
treble
=4
Fig. 470.
Materials
Fil d'Alsace
Guipure lace.
D.M.C Nos. 3o
* *
from #
3rd row
between the
9
plain, 5 plain
5 chain, 7 plain
a single stitch.
trebles
5
D.M.C
=12
row with
4th row
fils
to 100. (*)
1st
chain = 12
finish the
row
Cordonnet 6
treble
of the last
to ioo,
D.M.C Nos. 20
(*)
and the
3 chain,
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
CROCHET WORK
269
on the 16th
5 trebles
and
stitch, 9 trebles
3 chain.
chain, 6 plain,
plain on the 19th
picot,
6th row chain,
stitch.
picot
5th
row
square: 3 plain,
the point:
On
and
3 plain,
and
picot,
plain,
2 plain,
picot, 2 plain,
= on
times 2 plain,
picot
1st side
2 plain,
must
still
picot
towards
first
plain,
be added 3 plain,
picot, 2 plain
picot.
fasten
3 plain
* 18 plain,
picot, 2 plain,
picot,
off.
The oblong
plain
add
=
2
returning
1
stitches.
plain on
= on the
On
the
picot, 3 plain, *
half treble,
picot
on the long side: 3 plain * *,
picot,
Repeat the whole twice from * to * * *, and
then once from * to * * only.
side: 3 plain,
3
plain * * *.
The row
on the first picot, then add **** 3 chain, 1 pion the 9th chain of the small leaf; on the
picot,
chain,
chain,
triple treble on the 9th
short side
chain of the leaf; drop the thread, bring it out from the back, by
the side of the picot that forms the corner on the long side of the
chain,
picot,
lozenge
chain,
treble on the small leaf
picot, 3 chain,
3 chain,
treble on the picot, forming the
corner of the oblong square
3 chain,
picot, 3 chain, 1
treble on the leaf on the long side of the square
3 chain,
treble on the same stitch as the 1st treble is on
3 chain,
treble on the same stitch as the 2 first trebles are on; 3 chain,
picot, 3 chain,
treble on the picot at the corner. Repeat
once from * * * *.
2 single stitches
cot, 3 chain,
treble
=
=
CROCHET WORK
270
work
in 3
=6
of the lozenge
chain,
Coming back
journeys to and
on the 4th
over the 2 trebles of 6 chain,
chain,
triple treble
i3 plain stitches.
fro,
lozenge
*****
of the lozenge
chain,
half treble,
turn the
work
******
plain
to
the
3 plain,
turn
the
wrong
= on
side
half treble,
work
the
to
the
trebles,
right
side
chain
and
With
of the
from
right to
left.
Scalloped edge.
figure
of the
is
treble on
rows of plain
first
*****.
In
outside
corner
double
treble,
be worked
1st
2
oblong
chain,
=
=
CROCHET WORK
i
=
1
271
27 plain stitches in
treble,
all
= turn
the
work
chain,
chain,
plain
the
of
After
work
2 chain,
treble
=
1
Work
****
2 chain and
treble
on the preceding treble as far as the 8th treble after the 8th
***** 10 chain, back to the 7th, and returning, join to the
7th treble
on the 10 chain 16 plain, after the 16th draw the
loop through the upper loop of the 8th treble
****** 2
chain,
treble, 2 chain,
treble, 10 chain, return, and fasten
the chain stitches to the last treble but one
6 plain,
picot,
2 plain,
picot, 6 plain and join as before
Repeat once from ***** to *******, then twice, from
***** to ******, then from **** to *****, as on the
first side, only
treble less
then
treble on the 4th plain
stitch of the small square, 2 chain,
treble on the 7th plain
stitch of the square, 2 chain,
treble on the 10th plain stitch,
treble on the outside stitch, at the corner of the square, 2
chain,
plain on the last stitch of the leaf; 9 chain and so on,
as above described.
Having reached the second scallop, on the 2nd row of trebles,
at the sign * * *, work: 2 chain,
treble to the left on the
scallop just finished, keeping the last loops of the treble on the
1
******* =
CROCHET WORK
2-J1
needle,
double treble
2nd
to the
treble
to
draw
= 2 chain,
it
treble
to the left,
halt treble,
trebles,
half treble,
plain,
single
treble,
double treble on the open-work edge, then 2 chain,
join to the 6th treble of the right
treble, 12 chain
2 chain,
working back: 4 plain, 1 picot, 4 plain,
scallop
picot, 4
1
picot,
plain,
treble.
Go back
The
4
to
*****
thrice
is
worked
in 5
to
chain,
*******.
to
left.
row
st
of the square
single,
chain,
=
=
row.
CROCHET WORK
273
st
chain,
row
chain,
treble, 3 chain,
= 4 chain,
treble,
1
chain,
double treble,
double treble,
chain,
treble, 3
chain,
stitch
Fig. 471-
Materials
Fil d'Alsace
and make
the
st
row * *
plain
When
5o.
little
triangle,
on the
treble of
25 to
is
finished,
make
single treble
directly, starting
CROCHET WORK
274
ing, make
You make
follow,
single
10
stitches
that
the loop
is,
is
=
=
5th
1
row
=6
chain, miss 2
double treble,
double treble,
chain
stitches of the
repeat 3
row beneath, *
times from *
2 chain,
chain,
=
=
6th row
plain
plain
on the corner
on each of the
stitch
Lower edge
You begin
at the
point of the square, and pass the double thread over the 3rd
CROCHET WORK
When
275
all
picot
On
the
3rd
left,
make
plain on
the
corner stitches,
53rd, 52nd, 5
st
CROCHET WORK
270
Fig. 472.
D.M.C Nos.
chain, also
plain
stitch, 3 plain
chain,
the
plain
first
On
25 to
5o. (*)
on each
on the 8th
on each of
7 plain.
2nd row:
plain
4 chain,
on the 5th of the 2nd row, 4 chain, 1
4,
triple treble on the same stitch, 4 chain, 1 triple treble on the
same stitch, 4 chain, miss 4, 1 single on the 5th
turn the
work
on each treble of 4 chain 7 plain 28 in all
single
on the 10th of the 11 plain
miss the 28th
turn the work
plain, and on the 27 others make: 3 plain, 1 picot, 3 plain
11 chain, miss the nth, 10 plain on the others
on the 2nd
the next 11 stitches of the
miss
triple treble
(*)
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
and the
CROCHET WORK
side of the chain:
the
first
them
3 chain, join
this
row
plain of this
11
277
to
on the
row
them
3 chain
to the 6th of
on the 10 chain:
3 plain
ist
plain,
made
leaf,
in
on those of the io
=
=
On
the 2nd
row:
***
them
to the
4th of the
On
*.
the 2nd
triple treble
4 plain,
10 chain, join
them
to the 4th
of
the 9 plain
over the 10 chain: 5 plain, 3 chain, join them
to the 4th plain of the last leaf, 3 plain
on the remainder
of the
10 chain
6 plain.
leaf: 3 plain,
*****.
chain, join
them
to the
4th of the
on
Again
chain, miss
picot, 7 plain
picot, 3 plain,
last 7 plain of
4 plain, 6
the last
leaf,
CROCHET WORK
278
picot,
on the leaf: 3 plain,
9 plain over the chain stitches
picot, 7
3 plain, 3 plain on the stitch at the point, 3 plain,
plain ******. Repeat 3 times from
to
1
******
*****
and add
4
3 plain,
10 chain
plain,
picot, 3 plain.
and on these
plain
11
plain, 8
chain,
on the 3 chain
3 plain
on the leaf: 3
on the stitch at the point of the leaf, 7 plain.
plain on the 1st leaf of the 3rd row * 7 chain,
4th row
plain on the 2nd leaf =7 chain,
triple treble on the 5th of
the 9 plain between 2 leaves
plain on the 3rd leaf
7 chain,
triple treble, 7 chain,
plain on the 4th leaf
7 chain,
7
chain,
plain on the 5th leaf; 5 chain,
plain on the 1st leaf
of the corner scallop. Repeat'from *, with this difference, that,
in the corner scallop you must have 4 triple trebles.
the last
plain
plain, 3 plain
5th row
on the first 7 chain of the 4th row: 7 plain, *
turn the work, and
on the next chain stitches: 12 plain
crochet to and fro, decreasing by
stitch in each row. until you
along the leaf: 10 plain and repeat
have only 2 stitches left
3 times from *
7 plain on the next 7 chain, 6 plain on the
5 chain, 7 plain on the 7 chain.
The corner
scallop
has 7
points
the
12
first
stitches
=
=5
chain,
5
5
chain
row
6 plain on the first 5 chain of the 6th row, 6
on
the
plain
next chain == 8 chain carry the chain back to the
right, and join it on, between the 6th and 7th plain
4 plain
on the 8 chain, then 8 chain, take it back, and join to the 1st
continue on the small scallop:
12 plain on the 8 chain
plain
7th
CROCHET WORK
3 plain,
them again
join
= on
scallop
= on
plain
picot, 8
8 chain,
them
chain, join
chain
= on
over the
=8
plain
picot,
8 chain, join
last
The
as they
to
on the 8
chain: 2 plain,
picot, 2 plain
picot,
= on
them
5 plain
12 plain ==
chain, take
it
them
plain,
8 plain
picot,
st
picot, 3 plain,
to the
6 plain
on the 8 chain:
them
chain, join
first
1st of the
to the
5 plain, 3
finished scallop
3 plain,
12 plain
plain
12
to
279
= on
to
the
the 8 chain
picot, 8 plain.
473).
row,
2
treble, 5 chain,
treble
Make
and
off.
as follows, counting
When
first.
of the last
crossed treble divided by
left, in
3 chain,
chain,
them together
join
stars,
1 1
chain, miss
treble
alternate 7 times
chain, lastly
when
stars so that
the 3rd
is
fastened
2nd
star.
The 3rd
outside
= the 8th
side
the 4th
1
crossed treble on the
crossed trebles inside,
2nd row
scallops, repeat
* over the 2
=
= the
nth:
3 outside,
treble, 3 chain
stitch
= the
= the
inside.
have
star will
CROCHET WORK
280
3
overs,
in
double treble
and
double
two trebles
i
Fig. 47 i.
of the
together,
treble,
chain,
D.M.C colour
3
chain,
chain,
treble,
card.
i
double
treble,
chain,
3
i
between the
treble, 3 chain
****
and the
See
list
at the
numbers and
sizes
CROCHET WORK
When
row
the outside
is
281
make
finished,
row on
made
a similar
* miss on
and 5 times 2 trebles
on the
next trebles of the preceding row:
double treble, miss 2
stitches,
double treble, miss 2 stitches, 1 double treble
draw up the last loops of the 3 trebles together
repeat the
same thing backwards
here follow: 8 crossed trebles separated
each by 1 treble of the preceding row **; the 8th and the 9th
entirely of crossed trebles
treble,
= here
follows
row with
treble
The row on
is
worked
as above de-
scribed
treble,
* miss
stitch,
times
For the
star of the
1st
footing:
treble,
miss
1,
*
1
chain,
treble
the. last
tween
row;
2 trebles
5
;
on the
chain, miss
stitch
treble,
in the
trebles together * *.
treble
=3
5 chain,
chain,
join
them
plain on the
to
first
the
5th treble of
the treble
over the 3 connected triple trebles, 3 chain, 1 plain on the
next chain stitches, 4 chain, join them to the 8th treble, 5
chain, 1 plain on the 5th treble, cut off the thread.
The corner star is made like the one just described, and is
1
them
on
CROCHET WORK
252
the
of the last
left
chain,
plain on the
them
= 3 chain, plain on
= 6 chain, miss 5 trebles,
to the 5th
them
the 6th
to
last chain
chain,
them
3 chain, join
3 chain,
= towards
= 3
=3
first
On
the 3
first
3 chain,
off.
row of the
of the preceding
trebles
inside
treble
3 overs,
miss
3 chain,
plain, 3 chain,
trebles,
miss 4 trebles,
double treble,
chain,
pass the needle over the double treble, crochet off one
miss 3
maining loops
double treble, crochet off the 2 re4 overs, crochet off 2 loops, double
treble over the chain treble of the star, crochet off the remaining
loops
3 chain, 3 overs over the treble made on the 5 chain,
crochet off 2 loops
treble on the 5th set of stitches between,
treble on the 6th
crochet off the remaining loops
3 chain,
3 chain,
treble on the 7th set of
set of stitches between
stitches beetwen
treble on the 8th set
3 chain, 3 overs,
of stitches between crochet off
over,
double treble on the
5 first chain stitches of the star, crochet off the remaining
loops
3 chain, 3 overs,
treble over the 2nd double treble,
1
double treble, miss 2 trebles of the preceding row, complete
over
stitches,
3 chain,
the treble
3 chain, 3 overs,
the
3
crochet off
chain,
on the 4th
treble
double treble;
the plain
loop,
stitches,
over, joining
treble,
it
treble
treble
crochet off
5th
stitches
to
on
loops
chain, miss 4
trebles
1
plain
3
chain, miss
trebles,
chain,
1
chain, 3
CROCHET WORK
283
der
the 7 next trebles of the row beneath, 5 chain ; turn back, join
them
2nd row
and so on.
plain on the
3rd row
of the
row,
miss
first 2
plain on each
trebles of the
2 plain,
picot,
Stitch, 2 plain,
2 plain
picot,
and SO On.
Square
tufts
2nd
picot,
(fig.
Coloured
with.
474).
The
follow-
worked
in
of such
two colours,
Co
>
^^ w
By
in raised crochet.
See
and the
list
r
Turc 3
"d R
ecru and Bleu-Indigo 3 12, Rouge-Geran ium 353 and Brun-Caroubier 356, Bleu
d'Azur 3325 and Brun-Rouille 33i2, Vert-
hi
joining a
number
can be introduced
at
(*)
numbers and
sizes
CROCHET WORK
284
Cast on
1
row
st
plain
chain,
plain
on the
1st
of the
chain,
i3
chain,
chain.
plain
2nd row
plain on the 1st plain of the 1st row *
on the 1st of the 5 chain; 5 chain,
plain on the 5th chain.
Repeat 3 times from *.
1
3rd
row
5 plain
on the
continue
row
6th
plain,
after
tuft
The
fig.
43 1).
contrasting colour
the
row.
3rd
the contrast-
in
the
first
and cut
tuft,
is
is
work
off
finished.
of the coloured
it is
bordered by small
by means
of
picot
scallops
which
joined together.
Fig. 475.
475).
We
recommend
D.M.C or
(braids)
D.M.C
Lacets superfins
Jaune-Rouiiie 3o8
etc. (*)
(*)
and the
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
CROCHET WORK
The
worked in its
must be begun by
stripe,
right side,
the stripe
is
entire length
to be.
row
2nd row
ist
285
plain stitch
on each chain
stitch.
When red and white cotton are used, only one thread must
be drawn through the ist loop, and the other tnrough the two
last loops.
ith
rows
1 1
white plain.
crease in the
same proportion
as that in
before.
iq
CROCHET WORK
286
Fig. 476.
Materials
Pattern of a counterpane
in
3 16,
12. (*)
Tunisian crochet.
to 8, or
and
always remain on the left side of the square and secondly, that
the thread with which you join the two parts together, should
lie
to the
the right.
(*)
and the
See
list
left
numbers and
sizes
CROCHET WORK
make
287
row
to
When
the right
2 stitches left
each double row you must pass the thread through the
corresponding stitch opposite of the same row. When you have
again got 7 stitches on the needle, join them as before to the
square. Work round the 4 sides of the square in this manner
after
first
off.
The
next stripes
worked
Fig. 477.
Materials
in the
to
either
stitch
in stripes.
'*>
See
at the
and the
list
of colours of the
sizes
CROCHET WORK
2<88
white
arj d
the
and the
stripes
For the
first stripe,
make
a foundation chain of
lace
in blue.
stitches;
2(5
then counting back, draw the needle through the 6th and 7th
chain stitches, drawing up
all
chain, then put the needle again through 2 chain stitches, draw
up the
loops together
Coming
back,
make
row with 3
the stripe
when
and make
plain
This blue row
every
and that of
stitch
first
row
= begin
chain,
chain.
Join
stitches,
the
stripes
together on the
a row
wrong
of plain in blue.
side with plain
left,
alternately.
When
the short sides, the side of the chain stitches or that of the
row
2nd row
previous
in
plain.
white or unbleached
cluster stitch, fig.
426, on each picot formed by the 3 chain stitches of the 1st
row; on the corner picots, you must make 3 cluster stitches.
3rd, 4th, 5th
at the
same
rows
in
corners by making
stitch.
blue:
1
similar to the
plain,
chain,
first.
Increase
plain on the
CROCHET WORK
6th
7th
row
row
in
in
previous row.
289
2 trebles, join to
fasten
off.
For the scallops on the right side, divide the stitches between the corner scallops into equal portions. Supposing that
they are divisible by 22, count 9 stitches to the right, fasten on
the thread at the 9th-, * 7 chain, miss 2 trebles of the row beplain on the 3rd, 1 single stitch on the next
turn the
neath,
treble on the 7 chain, repeat 5 times from *
2 chain,
work
and finish with 2 chain, 1 single on the 2nd lower treble,
turn the work
single on the next treble
2 chain and
cluster stitch between each treble of the preceding row, 2
cluster stitches between the 3rd and 2nd trebles
after the 8th
single on each of the 2 next
treble,
stitch
2 chain, miss
vious
row
chain stitches
same
stitches
cluster stitch
cluster
and
= on
chain
= then
stitches
on the
of the pre-
chain the
The
final
row
formed of
chain
CROCHET WORK
2<tO
stitches
and
of these
stitches
straight line,
Fig. 478.
Materials: Coton a
Pattern
in
D.M.C Nos.
Nos.
tricoter
to 5, or
already described.
Make
(*)
See
and the
at the
list
of colours of the
sizes
CROCHET WORK
291
rows to and fro in the dark colour. The nth and following
rows up to the 21st are worked in the light colour, then take
up the dark colour again. Each stripe should be 3 squares long.
The 2nd stripe is begun in the light colour, and the stitches,
made at the beginning of each row, are joined to those of the
first stripe, as the stitches of the 3rd are to those of the 2nd
and so on.
When you have made sufficient big squares, each consisting
of 9 small ones, border them with seven rows of plain stitches,
worked to and fro.
The 4 squares that form the corners are only to be bordered
the squares along the straight
in this manner on two sides
edges, on 3 sides, and only those that are intended for the
centre of the counterpane, on all 4 sides. The separate parts
are then either sewn or crocheted together on the wrong side.
The dark squares are ornamented with small stars worked
in the light colour, the light ones with scallops in the dark
10
colour.
stars
4 chain,
;
8 plain in
= after
on
plain
the 8 chain 7
centre of the dark square, taking care to spread out the
little
The
other.
thread on
scallops are
at
the point
fasten
On
1
the
picot,
off.
Repeat the same scallop over the second half of the square;
to the 2nd picot of the first scallop join the
two picots. When both scallops are completed, fasten them
on to the foundation by a few stitches on the wrong side.
The
and
is
1st
is
made
separately,
drop the loop, put the needle into the 1st of the 10
chain, take up the loop and draw it through the stitch 2 chain
stitches,
HET WC
in _
the 10
;>n
.5
row
on the chain
w in
= only
single
in
to left:
Repeal
lace is long
2r.
previous row.
-
row
and from
chain,
.res are
= drop
work
the
left to
a plain
made on
work
right
to the right
on
in
One row
es
of plain
made on
on the plain
Counterpane with
stitches completes
n to the counterpane.
fringed
border
pant
_
_-_
the following as
making
-
t.z.
::mbination: Rouge-Turc
3-2 1,
Bleu-
stripes,
aver
stitch passes
stitches
inwards
in
Repeat from
..tthes
*.
side
by
1.-
2nd row
in red,
side
in red
of the work:
plain stitch ea
-
work
in
red,
:?.: ::-:it ~*
:?.:-:
5th
chain, miss
= r
Mate* m
5th.
::
stitch
.s
D.MX
"
row
in
sritch of the
:h
:h.
th
_:h
in white
chain, miss
plain on the 4th
row
dark blue and similar to the 12th.
row
_-.
in
row
in
\rhite
plain
on the 5th
and the
DM
stitch of the
CROCHET WORK
^94
from
left
to right,
chain stitches
5 chain,
plain.
form the
it, you may
prefer
wards.
Two
the corner.
On
on the corner
stitch,
and so on
for 3
plain and 3
rows
in
besides
the last
row
On
the last
stitch
at
the corner,
CROCHET WORK
295
4th row
5th
row
row
the colour:
plain
on each
Fig. 480.
Materials
Nos. 6 to
10.
?2i, or
6th
miss
row
2 plain,
of the 4th
stitch
1
row
(*)
as the 5th
stitch
of the last
same
is
on
plain.
and the
row
numbers and
sizes
CROCHET WORK
2i)6
Continue
that the 9th
in the
same colour
The
filled
is
by a
manner
This
is a design for
cut-work, out of an old collection by Sibmacher, which we
have adapted to crochet. It will be found most effective,
worked in any of the given materials; we have worked it with
admirable result, both in Cordonnet 6 fils D.M.C No. i5 and
Fil a dentelle
row
2nd row
1
st
D.M.C No.
(fig.
481).
i5o.
all
draw
3rd row
from
*.
In
4th row
5th
row
6 chain,
treble*, 3 chain,
all,
beneath, * 3 chain,
treble, over the treble beneath, 3 chain,
1
plain on the 2nd stitch of the row beneath. Repeat 6 times
from *, then add 3 chain, 1 plain on the 3rd of the 6 chain.
1
row
7 chain,
repeat the same series
7th row
3 chain,
6th
row;
7 times.
1
treble
CROCHET WORK
= make
2 97
work
2 plain
= take
Fig. 481.
Materials
D.M.C Nos. 3o to
dentelle D.M.C Nos.
Fil d'Alsace
fils
D.M.C
25 to 70 in white or ecru.
(*)
i
single stitch on each row of the pyramid you
have just made, finish with
plain on the stitch that follows
the 8 chain. Repeat 7 times from #.
9th row
all along the pyramid
3 plain, 1 picot, 3 plain,
right side
picot, 3 plain,
'* ,
See
and the
at the
list
Repeat
of colours of the
CROCHET WORK
298
the
same number
sides of
all
of stitches on the
the pyramids
2nd
10th row
fasten on the thread at a stitch at the point of
pyramid,
a
* 7 chain, 5 overs, join the loop to the 2nd picot
on the side of the pyramid where you are working, draw the
needle back through 2 overs, make 2 overs more, and put the
needle into the middle picot opposite and draw the needle twice
through 2 loops, thirdly through 3 and each time after that,
through 2 loops
6 chain,
double treble, join to the 3rd
over, 7 chain,
plain
sepon the next pyramid 7 chain,
tuple treble, join it to the next middle picot
draw the needle
thrice through 2 loops,
triple treble to join to the middle picot
opposite, draw the needle back through the loops, and at the
4th over, through 3 loops, and each time after that, through 2
loops, 7 chain,
quadruple treble, join it to the 4th over, 7
chain, 1 triple treble, 7 chain,
plain on the next pyramid.
Repeat 3 times from *.
row
chain,
plain on each of
previous row and 2 plain on those forming
11th
fasten
off.
row
plain, 5 chain,
treble on
on the 3rd plain and so on to
the corner and until you have 14 trebles
on the corner
more;
proceed
stitch: 2 chain and
treble
then
as you did on
the first side. There should be 18 trebles and 19 times 2 chain
between the corner trebles all four sides should be alike.
1
2th
single on the
first
treble
3th
row
counting the
row
plain
which
on each
are to be
stitch
made
at
of the
last
row,
not
the corner.
24 plain
CROCHET WORK
299
stitches
= turn the
work
= miss
2 loops
is
work
turn the
18 plain and so
same
1
series of
= fasten
do
row
5th
fastened to
off,
on, until
sides.
on the
last plain
you
of the
first
treble
treble
2 chain,
treble in the
17th
row
row; repeat
5 chain.
come
chain,
times
The
plain
plain on the
stitch
of the
3th
row
after
plain
then i3 scallops with 7 chain,
stitch of the row beneath. Repeat twice from *
plain
on the 6th
after the
more
of 7 chain each.
CROCHET WORK
3O0
row
18th
bring the needle back with the loop through the 3rd
on the 5 chain: 3 plain,
picot, 3 plain
on the 7
treble,
plain
make
When
14th free.
use of in any
you must
The four empty picots
to be joined
by
made
join i3 picots
in the centre
are connected
a small star.
D.M.C
of
in Fil a dentelle
needle-made
cotton but
No. i5o,
in
a fine material;
finest
row
1st
looks best
lace.
2nd row
treble
it
it
= carry
times from *
the 1st plain.
4th
12 chain,
row
treble
picot,
4 plain
double
4 chain,
repeat 7
row
on the
= after the
chain,
treble
**
2
1
1
single, 1 plain, 1 half treble, 2 trebles, 1 treble 1 y2 long,
double trebles, 1 triple treble, 1 treble 3 /s trebles long,
quadruple treble * * *, 3 chain, miss 4 plain of the 7th row,
1
3oi
5 plain,
CROCHET WORK
to the 5th treble of the first
1
picot, 3 plain,
pyramid
picot, 3 plain,
picot, 3 plain
loop of the last plain and the loop of the 7th chain; 8 chain.
Repeat from * *
Materials
to
Fil d'Alsace
or Fil
treble
3 chain,
***
fils
i5o.
last
quadruple
D.M.C Nos. 25
to 8o,
(*)
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
20
sizes
CROCHET WORK
302
and
3 plain
picot,
finish
to
10th row
row
9th
chain,
plain, * i5 chain,
256 trebles
3 chain
in all,
treble
on each
row;
row
The star is bordered by small and large scallops,
surmounted by points similar to those inside.
You begin by the small scallop and make on the 10th row:
5 single, * 8 chain, bring them back and join them to the 1st
plain, 8 chain, miss 4 trebles, join them to
of the 5 single;
ith
the
miss
1,
picot, 10 chain,
single,
plain,
make
them back,
treble
picot,
V treble long,
chain; 8 plain on the 8 chain.
trebles,
on the
To
plain
treble,
plain
5 chain,
half
2 chain, 2
them back
first
bring them back and join them to the 4th plain behind the
picot of the finished scallop
on the 8 chain 5 plain, 1
= on the
remaining chain below 3 plain, 1 picot, 6 plain; add 4 single on the trebles and
pass to the outer scallop
18 chain, 1 plain on the 3rd of the
18 chain, 1 plain on the 4th
5 plain of the small upper scallop
turn the work
25 plain on the last
of the 16 single
chain stitches, and 25 on the first 1 single on the 3rd single
plain on each of the preceding 5o plain
turn the work
1
stitches ; join the last to the under row with a single stitch
picot, 5 plain,
picot, 5 plain
work
turn the
1
picot,
plain,
10 plain,
plain, 2 chain,
half treble,
picot, 3 plain,
2 trebles,
picot, 3 plain,
10 chain, miss
picot,
1
treble
1,
single,
V9 treble long,
picot,
double treble, 1 treble 2 V's trebles long, 1 triple treble,
2 chain and join them to the 6th plain stitch, counting from
the middle.
1
CROCHET WORK
Then 4
plain,
10 plain, 11 single
picot, 3 plain,
on the
trebles.
(fig.
3o3
picot,
Repeat
483).
plain,
picot,
times from *.
#, to
row
number
st
chain, *
treble, 2 chain.
single
Fig. 483.
Materials
The same
as for
rig.
482.
row 6
3rd
3 chain.
CROCHET WORK
304
In turning the
9th
row
12 chain,
12
12 plain
them back
the 10 chain
plain,
picot,
4
on the 12 chain:
4 plain,
12 times from *.
:
plain,
plain,
We
1
1
5 plain,
10
7 plain,
first
picot,
picot,
chain, bring
scallop
plain,
picot, 7 plain.
= on
picot,
Repeat
mend unbleached
The soft tone and
work
CROCHET WORK
3o5
an antique look, unobtainable in a white material. Fil a denD.M.G No. 120 is the best for the purpose.
Begin with the straight-edged figures, and then make the
connecting pieces between. The four squares with half stars at
telle
Materials:
Fil d'Alsace
Fil
all
alike,
left of
the centre
whereas the
3 figures
CROCHET WORK
3o6
2nd row
3 plain
chain,
over
chain;
treble.
3rd row
6 chain.
the
chain, *
treble
8 trebles in
ist
plain,
1st
row,
including
all,
chain stitch
= on
half treble,
row: **
plain,
double trebles,
treble,
half treble,
1
plain ** *. Repeat once more from * * to * * *, then 3 times
from * to ***
along the first leaf to the 10th stitch 10 single.
1
half treble,
treble, 3
5th
on the 5th
7 chain,
triple treble
row
7 chain,
triple treble
CROCHET WORK
3o7
The
row
points in this
are
made with *
:
plain
on the chain
single, 1
coming back:
Vs treble long, 3 double trebles,
plain on the 5 chain stitches. The 2nd point must be placed
one half of it, before, and the other half behind the picot;
make altogether 7 points
after the 7th
8 plain on the
chain stitches of the 7th row
then work backwards, without
however turning the work: 7 chain,
chain on the stitch at
the top of the point and repeat 7 times from *
after the 8th
set of 7 chain stitches: 1 chain;
plain on the 9th plain,
bringing the thread forwards from the right side to the wrong
2 chain; take the thread back to the 3rd plain from the
wrong side to the right
treble on each chain stitch,
picot
above each point, add 4 trebles and 14 chain, join them to the
stitches,
8 chain, miss
plain,
half treble,
stitch
treble
=
=
picot, 5 plain,
14 plain
join
4 trebles
them
to
the
treble
picot,
picot,
nearest the
1st
plain,
trebles
scallop
CROCHET WORK
3o8
referred to.
10 chain,
7 chain,
1
double
**#*
To make
row
make
the
first
in each
half of this
= over the
row
like the
8th
row
The
manner
setting,
as the
2nd.
From
a
half,
form
2nd
first
rounded edge: *
7 chain,
CROCHET WORK
1
and
5 chain,
14 chain, 1 plain on the 2nd of the 5 scalplain on the 3rd scallop; i5 chain, 1 plain
scallop;
st
lops;
on the 4th
scallop, i5 chain
by the
Repeat once again from
last
= add
1
row of plain on each stitch of the preceding
on the two top corner stitches. You will thus have
figures with a rounded edge on one side.
* * to *
row;
3
3oo,
3 plain
begun
treble.
plain,
half treble,
treble,
double
treble,
2nd row
triple treble,
Repeat 7
7 chain.
times from *
after the 8th point
7 single along the 1st.
4th row
# 1 plain on the stitch you missed at the point,
5 chain, 1 triple treble on the treble of the 3rd row, 5 chain.
Repeat 7 times from #.
5th
join to
6th
row
stitch of the
4th row;
the
row: 10 chain,
plain
point.
little
7th row
1 5
plain on the 10 chain
on the 3rd scallop
only: * 7 plain, 10 chain, come back to the second scallop,
bring the thread back from the wrong side to the right between the 7th and 8th plain stitches, i5 plain on the 3rd
scallop,
8 plain
times from
When
*.
is
scallop
treble,
treble
double treble,
half treble,
treble 2
/s
::
CROCHET WORK
310
trebles long,
triple treble,
druple treble,
treble 4
f%
7 chain,
plain scallops
quaquintuple treble.
trebles long,
1
make
on the
7 plain
quadruple treble,
plain on the
oth row
trebles long,
between the
treble 3
chain;
times from*.
4 plain on
Sth. oth
The
wheel
little
chain
plain
at the
is
begun with 10
= then on
after 4 plain
right.
The 2nd
scallop
picot
is
= proceed with
picot
after
the 3rd plain, fasten the picot to the 3rd picot of the next large
picot, 3 plain,
2nd scallop
3 plain,
4 chain,
picot, 3 plain,
picot, 3 plain,
the picot; 3
plain,
complete
picot,
4 chain,
2nd
chain,
:
;
CROCHET WORK
I I
The edging
different;
is
also
slightly
left, count
2nd
on
the
empty
picot
of
the
small
1
wheel
up8 chain, 1 triple treble on the 4th picot of the wheel
wards
9 chain, 1 double treble on the 6th picot of the
wheel; 9 chain, 1 plain on the 6th picot of the 8th scallop, 12
chain, 1 plain on the 7th picot of the scallop,
chain * *, 1
1
quadruple treble on the 9th picot of the 8th scallop and on
* 10 chain,
treble
***
scallop;
chain,
12
sextuple
the 3rd picot of the 5th scallop; finish the bars, 12 chain,
plain in the 6th picot of the next scallop
= 12
chain,
double
The
first
scallop
between
CROCHET WORK
3 12
16 chain, 2 sextuple
on the 10th and 2nd picot of the 4th and 5th scallop;
plain on the 6th picot of the 5th scallop; i5 chain
* * 3 septuple trebles on the 10th and 2nd picot of the 5th
and 6th scallop. Repeat from * * to * and make 4 figures
with rounded edges. When all the figures are finished, join
them together by trebles of a suitable length.
trebles
16 chain,
at the
Make
and
as
plain on the 3
on the next
plain
were
and draw the loop
chain,
side;
empty
1
3 plain stitches.
second square
miss
next stitches, 4 chain, miss 2,
plain, 6 chain,
many
left
make
plain
last stitches
single on
the
2nd chain
single,
wrong
2 chain,
4 plain,
From
first
square,
chain,
miss
this point
3, 3 plain.
onwards, fasten
same
all
stitches in the
2nd square.
Thus, the 1st bar consisting of 5 chain, the 2nd will consist of
7 chain on which make 7 plain, and then add 2 more chain.
Nowhere must the two first chain stitches be uncovered.
The 3rd bar must consist of 9 chain, 9 plain and 2 chain
= the 4th
of
1 1
chain, 5 plain,
picot,
plain, 2 chain
= the 7th
of 18 chain, 5 plain,
picot,
the 8th
4 plain, 1 picot, 4 plain, 1 picot, 5 plain, 2 chain
of 21 chain, 5 plain, 1 picot, 5 plain, 1 picot, 5 plain, 1 picot,
chain
5 plain,
plain,
picot,
chain
= the
plain,
picot,
plain,
5
1
plain,
picot, 5
picot, 5 plain, 2
picot, 5 plain,
picot,
CROCHET WORK
5 plain,
and
picot,
last of
semicircles in
it,
the iith
stitches
3l3
must be divided
When
instead of two.
5 plain,
and bring
it
picot, 5 plain,
= on
along
the 14 chain 5 plain, 1 picot, 1 1 plain, 1 picot, 5 plain
5 plain, 1 picot, 5 plain, then 14 chain, join them
the square
:
= over the
14 chain
5 plain,
picot, 5 plain,
14 chain, join them in turning back between the 5th and 6th
of the 10 plain of the 1st scallop
5 plain, 1 picot, 5 plain, 1
;
picot, 5 plain,
plain,
picot, 5 plain;
picot, 5 plain
4 plain, 1 picot,
of the 4 plain
plain,
plain,
**
4
on the
picot,
picot,
figure
once from * to
= on
12 chain,
come
5
:
12 chain: 4 plain,
picot, 4 plain, 1
repeat on the same
4 plain ***
*** and once from * to * *.
1
the
first triple
scallop
is
made over 20
stitches,
CROCHET WORK
On
4
connecting bar.
8 plain
4 plain,
them
them
picot,
=5
picot, 5 plain
picot,
picot,
scallop above
in
them
12 chain, bring
5 plain,
4 plain
plain,
plain,
to the
join
all
the
bar:
scallop;
4 plain,
12
plain,
them
chain, join
picot,
picot, 5 plain,
3 plain
rounded
them
plain,
12
5 plain,
picot,
1st
The
in the
4 plain,
5
5 plain
picot,
picot,
plain,
in
8 plain,
plain, 12 chain,
on the
close to
2nd scallop
picot, 5 plain
plain,
the
chain, bring
picot, 5 plain
parts.
lozenges that
figures are
fill
treble; 8 trebles in
row *
all.
4th
treble
plain,
V3 trebles long
half treble,
CROCHET WORK
row
5th
9 chain *
chain,
leaf, 7
plain
on the top
treble
sides to the
middle
of the lozenge
lop,
at
underneath the
make
The lace that finishes off the collar at the neck must be
made to stand up, and is begun by a row of trebles on the
plain stitches.
From
make
triple
trebles,
make double
to
trebles,
from
this point
When
this
row
of trebles
is
and fasten
on again on the right and on the base of the 1st treble which
you border with 4 chain, then follow * 1 5 plain on the row of
trebles, put the needle in under the 2 loops of the trebles
turn the work
2 chain, 1 double treble, miss 4 plain, 1 double
treble on the 5th stitch, 2 chain,
double treble, 2 chain,
double treble, 2 chain, miss 4 plain
turn the work =? bring
the loop to the front; ** 1 plain,
picot,
plain, 1 plain on
the treble; repeat 3 times again from ** and add 4 plain on
:
CROCHET WORK
3l6
= turn
the trebles
=6
work
the
;
chain,
double
treble over
double
= bring the
chain = 8 chain,
plain on the 6
thread back to the front:
half treble, 2 trebles,
miss 1, and make on the others 1 plain,
1
treble
/t
The
6 chain.
points in
all.
5 plain,
then
you make 7
7 chain,
plain on
join.
Join the 8th set of 7 chain on to the 4th plain of the first treble
then add
2 chain, draw the loop from the wrong side to
:
plain,
picot,
made
plain,
8 trebles,
picot, join
it
picot,
picot,
4
between
plain,
in the square.
On
scallop, like
chain
picot
In the semicircles
little
first
*.
that follow
together by the
'=
then go on
with the plain stitches until you have 27 and repeat from
make
picot,
plain.
after
stitch;
trebles
5
plain
1st
chain, bring
and 5th
the 4th
5
and the
scallops, the
Crochet chair-back
last picot
same
fig.
as
485).
you did
The
in the first.
close
leaves
in plain
cross
work on
a piece of thick
st
row
2nd row
chain,
treble
the 5 chain.
CROCHET WORK
row
3rd row
plain in
4th
all.
then fasten
The
3 plain,
leaves
Fig. 485.
:
The
4 plain,
stitches, 3 plain
*
and the
large
and
Crochet chair-back.
D.M.C No. 5o
make
petals should be
petals,
Fil a dentelle
row,
off.
Materials
single,
3i 7
is
1st
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table ol numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
21
CROCHET WORK
3l8
the chain
make
the
same number of
order.
on the
Small petal
left
21
chain,
3 half trebles,
miss
3 plain,
1,
plain,
plain on the
top.
leaves,
which
on
which
leaves
are
treble
on the same
stitch
20th
7 trebles
stitch
set the
To make
is
the
first
of the figures
4 times from *,
row over
chain:
chain. Repeat
2nd
6 trebles in
1
half treble,
all.
1
treble,
treble
CROCHET WORK
i
7 treble long,
triple treble.
to
double treble,
treble 2 */ trebles long * #,
1
Repeat once from * * to * and 5 times from *
1
#.
row
4th row
3rd
chain, miss
2nd row.
picot,
= coming back:
plain, * 2 chain,
picot, 5
on
4
the plain stitches of the 3rd row: 2 plain, 1 picot, 3 plain.
Repeat from *, with this difference that the trebles that are
placed over the half trebles of the 2nd row must begin with 3
chain. Make, altogether, 12 long bars, 6 of them beginning with
these bars remain empty
2 chain and 6 with 3
after the
1
plain,
picot,
2th
5th
1
chain,
then
Repeat
plain.
row
plain
this series
times.
plain
4 chain,
close.
row 8
st
chain, 1 treble, * 5 chain, 1 treble. Repeat 3
times from *; 5 trebles in all, including the chain stitches.
2nd row
* 1 chain, 1 half treble, 1 treble, 1 treble 1 7a
1
treble long,
double treble,
triple treble
*.
Repeat from
chain
plain, 3
on the
chain,
stitches of the
picot,
2nd row:
chain, miss
2 plain,
plain
picot, 2
= coming
4
Repeat 4 times from *, fasten off.
4th row
fasten on at the point of one of the bars and
make from one bar to the other: 9 chain,
plain on each bar.
5th row
plain on each stitch of the last row.
back:
1,
picot, 3 plain.
6th
row
of the
last
row and
join
the 4 last stitches to the 4 that are under the 11th treble of
the 1st star, taking care to put the trebles one above the other.
The 3rd
CROCHET WORK
320
i
st
row
chain,
2nd row
2 chain,
chain,
treble,
chain,
half treble,
treble,
treble,
l
1
/a
treble long,
3
treble,
them
4th
row
chain,
plain, *
row
i5
picot,
chain,
picot, 5
8 times 9 chain
chain,
triple treble
row
of the previous
row; join the 4 last stitches again to the 4th stitch of the 2nd
and fasten off.
The open work border is made from the 1st large star,
beginning near the 9th treble at the point where the picots
star
leave
1
off.
the point
at
miss
5 chain,
where the
2 plain,
circles
meet,
miss
sist
The
in the
indent
row together by
plain
CROCHET WORK
1
5 plain,
= turn
chain
work
the
321
12
= turn
plain
the
work
stitch.
3 plain,
chain,
is
worked
Add
on the
more rows
stitch
empty
the work
stitches
passed over
On
plain
and
in the 3rd
work
turn the
fasten
the point
at
row
plain,
chain
= turn
were
off.
wrong
side
at the
up
stitches
end of the
to the
leaf
'
and border
stitches =
first
it,
make 4
leaves
all alike.
the point
the
work
=
=
turn
1
the
row
work
of plain
leaf, like
plain
fasten off,
and
counting from
row to the end of the leaf
the others with plain stitches, join
at the 6th stitch
= make 4 leaves
all alike.
treble
18
chain, miss
5 trebles
in all
1,
2 plain,
= turn
the
chain,
work
CROCHET WORK
322
= after the
and
to
4th row
fro
on the
chain, 4 plain,
then
plain
stitches
to the end
4
fasten off. On the second side, fasten on to the 6th stitch counting
downwards from the top: 9 plain
coming back: 3 plain,
chain, 7 plain
coming back 7 plain,
chain
then to the
3 plain
i
chain,
plain,
trebles, 8 plain,
chain,
end of the
leaf,
treble,
left
14 chain,
treble,
miss
chain,
1,
plain,
chain,
treble, 2 chain,
treble
plain
On
turn
work
the
9 plain
plain,
turn the
chain,
chain,
treble
treble
chain,
the point;
1,
4 plain,
chain,
chain,
leaf.
V* treble
1
2nd
at
28 chain, miss
treble
1st leaf
work
on each of the
surround the whole
single
chain,
remaining stitches
leaf
5 plain
work
turn the
single, 7
plain
coming
again
plain
back
; after
7
7
single on each plain up to the top
fasten off.
= coming back
10 plain
chain
plain
leaf.
CROCHET WORK
3rd leaf 16 chain, miss
the 3rd chain,
chain,
323
2 plain,
1,
chain,
treble
treble
on
chain,
Branch on the
chain,
treble
2nd
leaf
chain, miss
1,
1,
The
3rd leaf
chain, miss
1,
miss
rest the
1,
same
1,
plain,
chain,
treble,
miss
plain on each of the remaining
treble, 2 chain,
miss
1,
treble, 2 chain,
miss
miss 1
treble,
miss 1, 1 treble, 2 chain,
plain on each of the remaining stiches. The remainder,
chain, miss
miss
treble, 2 chain,
stitches.
16
2 chain,
1,
treble,
2 plain, 2 chain,
2 chain,
CROCHET WORK
324
on the
on the
**
other chain
1st plain,
turn the
chain,
work
as the
chain,
2
1
treble,
treble
chain,
3 plain,
turn the
work
=*
chain,
3 trebles
work
treble,
Fasten
off.
Make
on each chain
8 calices in
all.
Tatted insertion.
picots.
Tatting.
On
East
it
shuttle used in
bears the
still
making
name
of
makouk
from the
it.
much
the voluminous materials they had to carry, silk cord being one.
Shuttles.
The tatting
shuttle consists of
mother of pearl or
tortoise-shell, pointed
good shuttle
work and
its
lowing particulars:
2 or 3 c/m. wide
prevent the thread
important in tatting
that
it
TATTING
320
at once, or the blades will gape open at the ends and the
thread get soiled by constant contact with the worker's hands.
thread
Materials.
D.M.C,
is
Fil a
dentelle
or Cordonnet
D.M.C,
We
particularly
tils
D.M.C,
recommend
Fil d'Alsace.
soft material
fig.
but will
when
One
The
construction
be easily mastered
mind
486).
first
by attention
to
the
the hands.
hand
it
in
has
that
the right
and fourth
hand, bring it back towards the thumb and
cross the two threads under the fingers, as indicated in fig.
486. Pass the thread that comes from the shuttle round the
little finger of the right hand, and give the shuttle the direcshuttle in the right, pass the thread over the third
fingers of the
tion
shown
left
in the
engraving.
TATTING
327
488).
in the direction
it
fig.
Here the
first difficulties
and
until they
hand on the
ing the
hand per-
left
fectly passive.
of the
up
pull
hand with
upon them,
left
the loop
stretching
the
loop,
the
thread
tightly in so doing
by
By
this
ment
Fig. 487.
move-
a knot
formed,
is
the
part of the
first
double knot,
which is the
most common
one
in tatting.
Remember
that the right
hand must be
kept
still
the
perfectly
as long as
Fig. 488.
is
in
TATTING
328
if
free play,
left
is
(fig.
489).
The
Fig. 489.
Fourth
second
pass the
shuttle, as indicated in
first
as
it
did the
first.
half knots.
Large Josephine picot.
half knots.
Small Josephine picot.
may
be
made
490, or of 10 or 12 knots, as in
fig.
of 4 or 5 knots, as in
491.
TATTING
329
resume the position shown in fig. 487. Fig. 492 reproduces the
same and shows us a few finished knots as well.
Fig. 492.
(fig.
493).
combinations
They
many
pretty
feasible.
Open and
close picot
(figs.
494 and
495).
These
are
TATTING
33o
as
Fig. 494.
it
up, join
it
Open
picot.
to the
represented in
preceding knot.
495
fig.
Close
Fig. 495.
is
In this
picot.
manner
the picot
In every kind of tatting the knot that comes after the picot
is
Thus
if
picot, 3 knots,
picot,
knots, etc.,
make
Fig. 496.
to hide the
TATTING
33i
when
When
hanging down.
Pass the second shuttle into the right hand and make the
it as you do in working with one shuttle
it.
Fig. 497.
Materials
Detached scallops.
Fil d'Alsace
D.M.G
in balls
fils
D.M.C
Scallops
(fig.
With picOtS
Make with one
499).
shuttle
4 double,
double,
double,
picot,
(*)
picot, 3
sufficient length of
r
25 to 60.
4 double,
Leave
D.M.C Nos.
picot,
picot, 2 double,
picot, 2 double,
Fig. 498.
i_
Materials
with
Fil d'Alsace
picots.
D.M.C
in balls
(*)
make 4
next ring, for the rings not to overlap each other
double, draw the left hand thread through the 5th picot of the
preceding ring and repeat from
Tatted insertion
(fig.
*.
5oo).
Make
{*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
332
TATTING
fig.
same length of
thread again, begin a third
leave the
>oo.
Materials
Nos.
Tatted utsa
D.M.C
Fil d'Alsace
in balls
or hite.
work
so that
made,
all
work and
the
all
of
the lower
Tatted
Fig. roi.
Tatted insertion.
two
insertion
To
5oi).
(fig.
be worked with
one
make
a ring,
and 5oo
to
it;
and
as in figs.
a
499
second close
over the
60.
Edging
wrong
side with
two or
three stitches.
After the first knot join the next ring to the preceding
one by the long picot, and work the remainder as has been
already described.
When
picots
TATTING
333
chain,
chain,
One row
picot
the
thread
of
the
first
the
; then work on
same number
this thread
of
row
before.
Worked
Tatted edging
double mj
Iaterials
5o3).
fig.
in
three rows.
Fil d'Alsace
with
D.M.C
in balls
D.M.C
In
may
phine picot
be substituted
Tatted edging
o o
making
After
fig.
i,.i
Jr.,
[fig. 5o_l'
tj
o
ji Gshuttles and Materials:
unbleached threads
Tatted edging.
D.M.C in balls
or Fil a dentelle D.M.C
_^
Fil d'Alsace
Nos. 3o to 70,
5o
] 1
Colours:
Ecru and Bleu-Indigo ^^4, or
j aU ne d'Ocre 667 and Rouge-Cornouille
-p Gns-Tiiieui 33i and Brun-
Caroubier 356.
of the re-
tinue to
The
make 3 double,
picot, 3 double.
row also is made with two shuttles. Hold
i
next
left
hand, make
the light
22
TATTING
334
= turn
the work
with the right hand shuttle make:
the little picot formed above
the
thread
through
put
6 double,
the middle picot of the rings, 6 double, close the ring
double
picot,
make with two shuttles: 2 double,
turn the work
picot, 4 double, put the light thread through the
2 double,
2 blue picots and repeat from *. The first row of crochet for
the footing consists of chain and plain stitches only, the
second, of chain stitches and trebles.
i
Medallion
5o5).
(fig.
Take
row
with the shuttles
containing the light colour
fasten
1
st
Materials
make
D M.C
Fil d'Alsace
in
doubl
3 double,
short picot, 2
Jong
picot,' 2 double,
r
halls Nos. 3o to jo. (*)
lon
long piCOt,
g P 1COt 2 double,
Colours: White and Rouge-Geranium 352, or ecru and Vert-Mousse 2 double, I short piCOt, 3 double
:
'
>
47 i, Bleu paie668andJauned'Or6 7 6.
When
second
knots,
picot
of the
picot
first
half ring,
first
2nd row
off,
them
off
them through
on the wrong side.
pass
last
double
the picot of
(*)
See
and the
filled
at the
list
on
numbers and
sizes
TATTING
row
3rd
with
335
picot, 8 double,
double,
With both
colour
light
hand
shuttles,
in
4 double,
double,
picot, 4
ring.
the
close
the
1
the
left
Fig. 5o6.
picot,
picot, 2 double, ..
Materials Fil
double,
put the to ?0 or Fil a
4
Colours
right hand thread through
picot,
d Alsace
dentelle
then add
first circle
4 double,
picot, 2 double,
picot, 2 double,
picot,
4 double.
With
first
ring,
double,
make
double,
picot,
When you have thus made two equal lengths, join them together with crochet, using a thread two numbers finer than the
tatting thread ; if the latter for instance was Fil d'Alsace No. 3o
7
TATTING
336
chain,
chain:
plain in the
3rd and
picot
then, over 5
In the
row on
the
3rd
chain
and put it in
from beneath into
the corresponding
stitch of the oppostitch
row; in this
manner join the
two insertions tosite
gether
Fig. 507. Insertion of tatting and crochet.
Materials
Fil d'Alsace
D.M.C
in balls
but two
so
Insertion
tatting"
chet
and
(figs>
with one
The
Working detail of
to
tern.
5o8).
Fig. 5o8.
as
of
CTO-
5o? and
Worked
shuttle.
tatting thread
fig. 5o 7 .
be
tWO
should
numbers coarser than the crochet thread. Begin with 2 strings
of half rings consisting of 4 short picots and 3 long. Leave a
length of thread between, equal to the diameter of the ring.
When the two strings of half rings are finished, crochet with
the fine thread
6 plain over each length of thread between,
and at the base of the scallops.
2nd row
5 chain, 1 plain in the 4th plain of the ist row.
In the row that connects the two rows of tatting, put the
3rd chain stitch into the corresponding stitch of the opposite row.
For the outside edge make: 1 plain in the ist short picot,
8 chain *, 1 treble in the 2nd short picot, 7 chain, 1 treble
in the 3rd short picot, 8 chain, 1 plain in the 4th short picot,
:
(*)
and the
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
TATTING
i
33 7
pass the thread
through the 4th of the 8 chain stitches, 4 chain and repeat from #.
For the last row make 3 plain in each of the 3 last of
the 8 chain, * 1 picot of 5 chain above the treble, 4 plain in
:
Worked with
shade
light
double,
short pi-
double, 1
long picot,* 2 doucot,
picot of the
1
2
ordinary size
double, 1 picot, 2
double, 1 picot, 2
double, I long pidouble ' T
'
ble,
Fig. 509.
Materials
D.M.C
in balls
= with
st ring,
make
2 shuttles
=
*
double,
double,
picot,
picot, 3 double,
4 chain,
2nd picot, 4 chain, 1 plain in the 3rd picot, 4
chain, 1 plain in the 4th picot, 4 chain, 1 plain in the 5th
picot and repeat from *.
2nd row
2 plain on the 3rd and 4th of the first chain
stitches
over the 2nd and 3rd chain
1
plain, 1 half treble,
2 trebles,
half treble,
plain on the 4 last chain 2 plain.
For the footing make
plain in the long picot, 5 chain,
1
plain in the
TATTING
338
leave
picot,
the ring.
2nd row
with
of the
double,
cot, 2
the
st
1
ring:
long pi-
double, pass
hand
right
picot, 2 dou-
ble
the
3rd
one
row
shuttle
double,
pass
ith
the
Materials
Colours
ring
Tatted medallion.
Fil d'Alsace
D.M.C Nos. 3o
to 5o. (*)
leave 5
m/m.
of thread
picot,
(*)
and the
See
list
(*
turn the
work = 4 double,
m/m. of thread
leave 5
fasten the
ends to one of
at the
TATTING
33g
double,
picot,
double,
picot,
close to this
3 double, pass the
double, close the ring
picot
of
the
1st
ring, 3 double,
picot,
thread through the 2nd
:
ring
last
3 double,
pass the thread through the picot of the 2nd ring, 2 double,
picot, 3 double, close the ring
= with 2 shuttles
the
ring,
repeat
times from
double, pass
double,
row and
*.
eft
Tatted edging
two colours indicated, or in any
(fig.
5i
1).
other combination
of colours.
thread
hand=
left
ble,
with
shuttle
1
picot,
6 double,
turn the
make
hi
close to
first
it
work
two
ring
Work
second ring
the
like
douone
6 double,
the
close
10 dou-
picot, 6
ble
red
the
shuttles,
and
= turn
= with
Tatted edging.
Fig. 5ii.
Materials
Cordonnet 6
Fil
fils
d'Alsace
D.M.C
D.M.C Nos. 40
D M c Nos 2b
-
'
Colours
shuttles: 6 double,
in balls
Nos. 3o to 70,
picot, 6 double
6 double, pass the thread through the picot of the ring opposite,
the
ring =
Make
=6
double,
make
rings. In the
2nd
TATTING
34
row. you pass the thread from the ring through the picot to
which the 2nd ring was fastened in the 1st row.
For the outside scallops, make with one shuttle: *5 double,
pass the thread through the picot that connects 2 rin^
with
with two shuttles 4 double
double, close the ring
double,
picot,
2
double,
picot,
2
double,
one shuttle 1
1
pass the thread through the picot of the half ring of the 3rd row,
double; then 8 picots more with 2 double between each,
with two shuttles 4 double,
long picot, 2
close the ring
with
double, 1 short picot, 2 double. 1 short picot, 3 double
one shuttle: 5 double, pass the thread through the 3rd picot
with two shuttles
of the big ring, 5 double, close the ring
with one
2 double, 6 picots with 2 double after each picot
shuttle: 5 double, pass the thread through the 3rd picot of the
with two shuttles: 3
_
ring, 5 double, close the ring
double,
picot. 2 double,
picot, 2 double,
picot,
4 double,
pass the right hand thread through the 6th picot of the big
= with
The
footing
picot.
4 double,
Worked
light colour
the
st
double,
picot, 2 double,
picot, 2 double.
picot, 2 double,
pass
1
row
with two shuttles, the dark coloured thread across
hand
fasten the thread to a picot and make
* 2
left
The
last picot
hand
is
made
from
*.
at the end.
= fasten
TATTING
the last picot,
two or three
row
fasten
oft
341
wrong
side
by
stitches.
Fig. ::;.
-
:als
D.M.C
sqjmbb
tattdk
Cordonnet 6
::::-:. *
Jaune-Rouille 366 and Brun-Caroubier 35g. (*)
fits
D.M.C
Colours
and the
list
at the
::'
u~
:er;
it
TATTING
?4 2
row
4th
worked
like
with
one
shuttle
work
=
2
colour
light
and
the thread to
times
the
row
5th
and
8 double, close
the ring
turn the
picot, then 4
double knots and
picot, 3 double, close the ring.
Make the second ring as close as possible to the first, beginning and finishing the second with 5 double knots
make
a 3rd ring like the 1st, join it to the 2nd ring by the 4th
picot
turn the w ork
make another ring of 16 knots
and join it to the same loop of the 4th row, to which the two
1
At the
ed rings
turn
first
the
work
ring
ceding ring.
6th row
with
picot, 2 double,
left
picot, 2 double,
picot, 3 double
double,
= fasten
the thread to the connecting picot and carry the half rings
all
"
:-
BJECT.
"
"
.
Macrame.
Macrame
is
tain
We
of
me: m in r.
but trimmings of
and
he
Until
bv manv
-
lgs,
its
all
can be
"ence to the
;
:e:rig
because
gear
onh
worked
macrame.
in
new
become almos:
the convents, was quite unknot
The multitude of uses to which
for centuries
in
name
that not
revival
as a
interweai ing
~ t. en
was :::::::.
it
macrame makinz
:
sive her;
and :here
trim-
i:
MACRAME
344
Materials.
These may be
silk, gold
be employed with good
effect. Almost any of the D.M.C cottons can be used for mabut the ones especially to be recommended are Fil a
crame'
all
dentelle
The only
really
"'
<> '>
Fig. 5i3.
is
the cushion,
with lead
on
(fig.
Macrame cushion.
and weighted
to screw
the Swiss tambour frames. There are other
stuffed,
5i3). It is convenient to
to a table like
have
it
made
our opinion, as practical as these because any pattern can be worked upon them
and patterns that have a heading or a border of picots can not
be worked on any others. The pegs at the ends of the cushion
kinds of
(*)
and the
See
list
at the
in
of colours of the
sizes
MACRAME
are for fixing
345
we
made
Fig. 514.
when
they have
to be
The
and
size
that
is
to say, that
must depend on
their substance
up more of
coarse
pattern.
If,
for
knotting-thread , as
it
The
knotting-
the cord a:
thre_
having to
now
other.
dc
shown
in th.
it
Put
back under-
loop, detail a,
and
ing.
stuff edg>e
and formation
:chet needle
:2^E
CSIZ
put the ends through, and tighten the loop, detail a. Detail
b shows two double threads, knotted on near to each other in
this way, and the first tying together of the two outer threads
for the flat knot which is formed as follows you take the two
outer of the four threads hanging down and cross the right hand
side,
MA
:?
-"
AME
one under, and the left hand one over the two centre threads.
Whilst doing this, hold the inner ones tightlv stretched out on
the 3rd and 4th fingers
of the left hand, detail b.
The manner in which
the two threads
are
brought back and tied
together again
in detail c
shown
is
the drawing
double knot,
Detail
of the
e.
detail
same
figure,
shows two
fiat
double knots,
side
the
of the
two
threads of the
left
other.
Knotting on threads
onto a knotted head_
ing
Make
1
fiat
double knots as in
.rail d,
on a
on
:ur threads
Fig.
ibs
ok to a picot headisi
double knots, putting the loop through from the right sidr.
that it may lie at the back. Use double threads so that the
work beneath the heading may not be too open.
5
First,
to
fig.
MAGRAME
3 48
fix
it
left
left
are pinned
down on
to the cord,
you tighten
left
as
it
Make
the
Fig. 5iq.
threads
may
not
be
visible
between.
One
series
of
knots
(3)
explained in
bb
EebJ ai
then cut
the
picots
For
this
way
of
knotting on threads,
a very stongly twisted
Fig. 520.
a loose one, as
when
it is
material
it
is
better than
makes
much
Take two
double
knot,
fig.
bar of knots.
MACRAME
349
knots completed.
shows the
a
Fig.
523
picots secured
by
bar of knots
horizontal
beneath them.
Knotting on threads
with scallops (fig. 524).
The threads for the scallops
must
than
Fig. 523.
Fig. 522.
knotted on be-
made
that
wards
there
must be
and
12 of them,
all
made with
the
Fig. 524.
hand thread over the right hand thread, detail a. Then, knot
on two double threads underneath the scallop and besides, make
knots with the threads that come from the scallops, detail b.
left
23
MACRAME
35o
litle
(fig.
525).
Pin
on two
them together
with
a
flat
double
knot.
Pin on more
lengths
them,
to
inner
close
of
the
threads
which
held by a
are
col-
lecting knot j
as the
|
i.
n
Fig. 5^3.
fiat
dou-
i:
ble knot
led
is cal-
when it
made over
fig.
of
can then be loo-
53o).
the threads
(see
The ends
form
single
or
re-
so
as
to
quired.
Knotting on threads
with triple scallops (fig.
Knot on three single
526).
threads in succession
first,
the
Take
Knotting on threads for ribbed picots (fig. 527).
double thread and make two slanting bars of knots, see
details a and b, then secure them, like the preceding scallops
by a horizontal bar of knots, see detail c.
a
This
Knotting on threads for a gimp heading (fig. 528).
mode of knotting on forms a broad gimp, consisting of vertical
bars of knots, made over a single cord. On the one side, that
MACRAME
which
made
is
can
threads
gimp
is finis-
making
hed, for
either
be
when
knotted
the
35i
fringe
or a grounding.
Patterns
several
may
in
colours
likewise
be knotted into
gimp headings
of this kind.
Flat double
knots with half
knots (fig. 529).
These are double
knots followed by a
Fig. 527.
third knot, or
more
correctly speaking,
a
half one
first flat
of the
knots.
Collecting knots
(fig.
53o).
plained in
As exfig.
525,
theseareflat double
made over
more than two
knots,
Fig. 528.
threads.
a
flat
Plaited
first
knots are
crossing of the
MACRAME
352
threads for making a
flat
knot, detail a
These
plaits of
waved knots
waved knots by
from
threads
of
opposite
53-2
(figs.
533).
crossings
plain
Two
of
the
with
which you
after
ra-
turning
FlG. 52Q.
*
detail b.
The second
knot,
fig.
side,
tightly
at
this
533,
is
knot
the
wrong
to
the
drawing it up
the same time ;
a
forms ..u
the first knot,
formed by 3 crossings,
c
[^
"
'
^
'
jl
'
1
Fig. 53o.
detail
Collecting knots.
knot, detail
as
b.
c.
tie
MACRAME
Looped
Looped
picot
picots are
knots, far
353
enough
between, to form
a picot
when
knots are
the
drawn
up
close together.
In
fig.
tail
the
picot,
first
in
open
detail b the
picot
its
stage,
same
when
it
is
finished.
Knotted
pi-
1.
one
or more flat double knots, by a knot made in the outer thread;
to get this knot into the right place, make it on a big pin and
draw it up close to the flat knot before you take out the pin.
formed
after
-^i^-'i
c
il
||
]]
These
Fig. 533.
the crossing of the threads for the picots, detail b the picots
flat
knot.
MACRAME
354
Bead knots
(fig.
536).
Fig. 534.
Looped picot.
shows three
row of
Fig. 535.
Knotted
picot.
Fig. 536.
Bead knots.
from the left to the right, and detail d the bead knot finished
and followed by a flat double knot.
left
(figs.
After knotting
53y,
538,
on the requi-
number of threads on to a double cord, make tw o buttonw ith the right thread round the left one, fig. 53j,
hole loops
fig.
538.
MACRAME
These knots must be
begin to
make
355
from
This done,
left
to right,
with 4 threads.
The
the
first
thread
marked
left,
on
in fig.
Fig.
threads
represents
541
2, 3
and
over thread
4,
knotted
and
in the
left
The
Fig. 538.
knotting should be
hand.
In
left,
Fig. 53g.
The knot
Fig. 540.
Fig. 541.
open.
356
MACRAME
Fig. 544 explains how the double bars are bound together
by an ordinary double knot.
i\k
Fig. 542.
Fig. 543.
Fig. 544.
The
single, only
this chapter.
Ribbed border
(fig.
547).
hang down,
form little ribbed bars running right
and left. To distinguish from the
fro
Fig. 545.
Single chain.
Macrame
Fig. 546.
Double
fringe
chain.
(figs.
the
4 threads
that
knotting threads,
the thread
is
Coton a
tricoter
that
represented in
Entire
D.M.C
length of
80 c/m.
MACRAME
knot
row
st
35y
on the threads, as
in fig. 5
5,
and
in the
Fig. 547.
Ribbed border.
cord
row.
preceding
the
in
When
the
slanting
them
close together
as
the position of
threads
bed
in
all
the
clearly descri-
is
fig.
549.
Then
2nd thread on
Macrame fringe.
D.M.C Nos. 6 to
fils D.M.C Nos. 5 to 25,
dentelle D.M.C Nos. 25 to 70.
Fig. 548.
the
threads,
and
the
nth
or Fil a
a tricoter
16,
MACRAME
358
Make
of a
left
above
the
threads,
c7,
knot,
bunch
c/m. long,
bars and
fig.
of 8
55o detail
close to the
of a different
to
form the
in,
it,
de-
tassel.
come
into close
Insertion or fringe
55iand552).
En-
(figs.
tire
for
No. 8 of Coton
ter
D.M.C
a trico-
5o c/m., in-
the threads as
2nd row
row
1st
on
knot
in fig. 5
5.
double
in
519 or 520,
figs.
3rd row
Take 8
threads for a group of
bars; 2 light and 2 dark
Fig. 55o.
two
Working detail of
fig. 548.
numbered
ones on
each side
in fig. 552, a
working
the
detail
55 1, from 1 to 4.
Begin by making all the knots over threads
and 2 of the
left set, so that threads 3 and 4 on the left will be outside
and threads 1 and 2 inside the group. Make the same knots over
the 3rd and 4th thread on the right, then repeat the left group
again and so on.
of
fig.
MACRAME
35 9
3
Fig. 55
i.
When
Insertion or
tricoter
to 12,
D.M.C Nos.
Cordonnet 6
make on
the
left
this pattern is
worked
for a
gimp
to
fiis
Cut 8
(figs.
D.M.C Nos. 25
fringe.
Materials: Coton
and
shuttles
double threads
tQ be>
js
to 5o.
418, or Brun-Rouille
'
new macrame
33o3.
as
are
used
in
the
making
of
plify the
are
1
IB
can
made hollow so
be mounted and
they
that
filled
on
ma-
chine.
Knot on
the threads,
as in
>-
fig.
5,
of knots.
j
Then
leaving 2 threads
disengaged,
make
on the left
double
3 flat
right
Fig. 552.
Working detail of
fig. 55
1.
14th,
with
thread,
I
3th,
2th,
the
Mth,
5th,
IOth
MACRAME
36o
and 9th thread; then make knots with the same threads and
with the 16th over the 5th thread. Make a similar bar on the
1
over the 1st thread, with the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th
and 8th thread.
On both sides, and with the 4 outer threads 4 flat double
left,
'/w
Fig. 554.
Macrame shuttle.
knots,
fig.
more bars on
5 16, detail
left,
but
D.M.C Nos.
Nos. 25 to 5o.
flat
and knotting
D.M.C
(*)
fig.
all
to
555.
4 middle
threads and make g
Take
(*)
tion,
the
double knots and then turn the bars of knots inwards; the
and the
See
list
is
indicated as before in
fig.
555.
at the
MACRAME
Macrame borders
(figs.
36i
Length
of
tricoter
D.M.C: 5o c/m.
in the ordinary
Coton a
and add
another
series
of
bars
triple
two
and two, as
them, detail
, and push the knot upwards, detail c.
For fig. 557 take 8 threads for a group
of knots. Make all the bars slanting from
the threads together,
shown
right to
left
first,
fig.
and
the return of the cord.
Working detail of
fig. 555.
from
right,
to
left
55g
from
to
right.
off
the
left
Fasten
threads
already
as
explained in
fig.
558.
Thesamepattern
can also be used as
an insertion
bags
:
instance
for
very well
alternate
this
(*)
look
made
stripes
insertion
of
of
and
Fig. 557.
Materials
Fil a pointer
For
480 For
Colours
Coton a
Macrame border.
tricoter
D.M.C Nos.
D.M.C Nos.
fig.
fig.
D.M.C Nos.
6 to 10,
25 to 70.
(*)
556
Cerise 33i8.
(*)
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
and the
M ACRAME
362
Fig. 55q.
stripes
Working detail of
Fig. 558.
556 and 55 7
figs.
Macrame
Entire
length
of
flat
knots.
The open-
the
56i).
of
the
including the
threads,
fringe, for
No.
donnet 6
fils
made
fig. 557-
fringe
56o and
(rigs.
Working detail of
5 of Cor-
D.M.C
20 c/m.
i
row
st
knot
the threads,
520,
order
the
in
as
in
on
fig.
following
4 double blue
single dark
double light
3 single dark
then again 4
brown
double blue, and so on.
threads,
brown,
brown,
2nd row
divide the
come
brown threads
middle with
4 blue ones on either
u
e
side. Begin
on the left
o
in the
t->
COVer the
Macrame fringe.
fils D.M.C Nos. 3 to 25
a
D.M.C
^ M n M
K
to 5o.
dentelle
Nos. 2D _
Fig. 56o.
Materials
Cordonnet 6
-.,
or Fil aa
432, Bleu-Indigo
MACRAME
which comes nearest
thread,
to the first
ist,
the 4
363
the
3rd blue
fig.
3 6i.
Working detail of
56o
fig.
brown.
When
ting
from
make
finished,
is
and 6th
thread by a double knot and pass
the first blue thread on the left
left,
ist
2nd row
come next
brown knots
ones and
groups of bars
brown threads
the
be stretched
will
flat
between the
Fig. 562.
row
Macrame
fringe.
Materials: Cordonnet 6
first.
Nos. 3 to
fils
D.M.C
or Fil a dentelle
row
of groups, take
and the
See
list
numbers and
sizes
MAC RAM
364
make 6
flat
threads.
last
Lastly, unite
them
into a
all
handsome
tassel
make
1st
row
as in
fig.
of knots.
4th row with 6 threads
2nd row
twisted or waved knots
with 4 knots, fig. 53 1.
3rd row
double horizontal bar
from
dentelle
and
left
dou-
to right,
left,
joined
5th row
with the 4 threads
coming from the groups of bars
:
single chain,
fig.
7 crossings,
outside threads.
6th row
single
made with
similar groups
the
of bars
Fringe
Fig. 565.
Fig. 564.
Knot
Knot shut.
open.
(figs.
with
mosaic
border
Entire length
No. 8 of Cordon-
of fig. 563.
fig. 563.
st
double knots.
MAC RAM
365
finished,
in the knots
light
6th
cord.
7th
bar of knots and between every second of the light double knots,
loop on 1 red thread; the loop, that fastens it to the cord,
taking the place of the knot.
8th
row
lay down
a third cord,
and make
double knots
e'cru thread.
A
Fig. 568.
Fig. 567.
Openwork part of
Shell bar.
Working detail of
fig. 566.
fig. 566.
9th row
Fig. 566.
a half
Macrame ground.
Materials
6 nls
D.M.CNos.
D.M.C Nos.
i5 to
25 to 5o.
.
Colours
10th
Cordonnet
3o or Fil a dentelle
make
a fifth
in the
6th row
to the
wrong
*?
(*)
Knot
Ecru and
_
.
,
Bieu-indigo322,orVert- tne enc*s of the threads together in clusters
Perroquet 697 and
of 6, about 1 5 m/m. below the last cord
Rouge-Ecarlate 498. (*)
:
Q f knots.
Macrame ground
'
and the
(figs.
numbers an i
24
sizes
MACRAME
366
for
the work.
row
st
fig.
4 blue and
5,
bar.
2 flat double
with the 4 blue threads on the left,
make a quadruple group of bars over the 4 blue threads on the
right. These quadruple groups of bars, called shell bars are
illustrated in detail in fig. 56;. Unite the blue threads at the
sides by flat double knots.
The beginning and continuation of the openwork parts of
in
568.
last
issue
group of
inner bars
of
When
in blue.
ped
shell bar
again
this stri-
finished,
threads
blue
the
is
united
for
are
the
openwork figure.
Fringe with foundaFig. 56g.
tion worked on
wrong side (figs.
the
569,
Entire
..
'
Nos. 25 to 5o.
D.M.G
f
D.M.C 8o
(*)
(*)
and the
See
list
at
as
fia
ancJ after
left to right,
of colours of the
5 j5
thread,
make from
c/m.
cottons.
numbers and
sizes
MACRAME
36 7
Then, over the 2nd thread, which has now become the 1st,
the 3rd, 1st, 4th and 5th thread; then,
over the 3rd thread, counting now from right to left, which
1
double knot with the
in the knotting on figured as the 4th
5th and 2nd thread.
Make the same group from right to left, only at the 3rd
change of thread make 5 double knots instead of 2, and let the
Fig. 570.
Fig. 571.
Fig. 572.
Opposing bars.
Working detail of
fig. 56g.
Working detail of
fig. 56g.
last
new group
fig.
56g.
way.
In the middle of two opposing groups of bars, make
double knot with 2 of the right threads and 2 of the left.
When the second horizontal bar is finished, turn the
round, and go on working on the wrong side, making
double knots, as in fig. 571, turned in one row, all from
a flat
work
plain
right
MACRAME
368
Macrame
for
No.
as
(")
colour 358,
of ecru,
of
of red,
32i,
32i,
from
red,
colour
of e'cru,
of red,
count
to
colour
and repeat
*.
row
chain knots
made
st
with
every
threads.
2nd row
single horizontal
bar of knots.
row
3rd
collecting
knots,
53o,
made
fig.
with
the
ecru
Materials: Coton a
6
fils
D.M.C Nos.
Macrame
fringe.
tricoter
D.M.C No.
3 to 25,
or Fil a pointer
Nos. io to 3o.
32
6,
Cordonnet
i-
&
D.M.C
Lt
and
(*)
(*)
ones,
double
knots OVer the \
flat
qq^U threads
in
Then take the red threads on the right and left and twist
them, each cluster separately, from left to right between the
thumb and forefinger, as you do in making a cord, then unite
them together, twisting them from left to right. Fasten off the
(*)
See
and the
list
at the
of colours of the
sizes
MACRAME
36 9
little
tassel.
together and
tassel
threads.
576,
577). Fill
shuttles with
(figs.
length
the requisite
thread.
574,
macrame'
the
as in
of
fig.
double
From
thread
of colour 471.
left to right and over the 1st
1
the
2nd
to left,
same
Then, from
left
= with
left
to
right,
6 green threads
make
flat
left,
wrona
'
knots,
fig.
turn them
down
See
and the
list
come from
the
numbers and
sizes
at the
is:
l- -
rr"5
iz _
::'.
ti:-
i.r.z.z
:~_r
t :::
tE?
rs
:;i-
m-i-
^:
Li:
---
~~
s_i:-5
:r
"
:"
'--
i:t:-:::
--'
:: ::.-:
::
"
::
"
_.--- --^
_,,.
me
.:
'-'--
""
Toyxuvtro bordeisafibeiLLL
[bonier ower the thread ob
1L A
-.---
'
-.
----
JrLL.iT
ll:
-'
:ll
--
slt_
ll:le
:=
---
LL
LL
"
Tz
._
*TL
: _
_:_-.:>:
^:
..
rv
Cordonnet 6 tils D.V.
":::ifr :r frin^r
.
:hreads for
row
:>f
knot
r;
::.-. = -
_ ;
.5
..
* _
::?, _
..
:= ~
repeat trom *.
:
r.
i:
_
r
i:
::::.:
:":
"
"
.
: ~
--
ami sbss
1
;
MACRAME
372
with
first
threads;
blue
e'cru
thread:
waved
plait, fig. 53
bar of double knots,
3rd row
576,
with
triple
fig.
With
zontal bar
of
knots
3 flat
double knots,
over the
last
double hori-
ecru thread: 3
waved
of the threads, made with the outside red threads; join the red
thread and the light one that comes from the double bar together, on the left.
The
light thread
is
on the right
4 collecting knots over 6 red threads on the
right and left, 1 collecting knot over all the red threads and
one, on both sides, over 6 red threads.
After joining the threads on both sides, carry on the single
chain with 3 changes of he threads
over the first red thread
of the left chain, make 1 double horizontal bar with all the
1
disengaged threads
below the bar, 4 flat double knots
single horizontal bar
8 double knots, each over a single
thread
1
double bar of knots.
MACRAME
together, to
make
flat
373
is
When
this
pattern
is
indicated in
fig.
558.
Fig. 58 i.
the
order
in
of
fig. 58o.
in the following
5,
LEFT.
Crossed bar
slanting to the
threads
of, either
colour
j.
imi
iiiuuujii
Fig. 58o.
Macrame border.
Materials: Coton a tricoter
D.M.C Nos.
Cordonnet 6
5 to 3o,
fils
D.M.C
D.M.C Nos.
25 to 5o
Colours
Noir grand
and
(*)
teint
of colour 430, 1 of
of colour
3 10,
1
2 of colour 392, 2
33o, 2 of colour
colour
of
432,
and gold.
Begin with the open
work on
Fig. 582.
Crossed
bar slanting to
the right.
figs. 58i and
582, With 4 blue threads Working detail of
crossed bars,
4 changes of the
outwards and 3 inwards
the
same with 4 light green threads with
3 changes outwards and 2 inwards
then with the dark
green threads, with 2 changes outwards and 3 inwards
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, thG table of numbers and
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
sizes
mac rami:
^74
blue.
Over the 3 next, dark green threads, knot the 4 light green
threads and the 4 blue, from right to left, and from left to
right, thus forming altogether 8 bars across the first bar
then knot the 8 first threads over the last dark green one
=
=
add
5
inwards.
Middle group,
side
In the 2nd bar, knot the 1st dark brown thread, and in
the 3rd, the 4 dark brown ones, over the black thread. On the
right, a similar group, slanting towards the one on the left.
On
the
the right,
left
1
over the
On
1st light
the
the right
left,
On
On
brown thread and the black one.
the same knots as on the right.
On the
On the right over the
dark brown thread,
knot with
brown thread and the black one.
the same knots over the
thread.
On the
brown thread one knot with
On the right over the
On
with
left
1st
last
left
last
On
left
MAC RAM
375
one
i
light
st
other
bars,
taking
the
last
Make
cord.
similar
from
slanting
right
groups,
to
left,
make
1st
On
green
thread
and
to left.
the right
knot
threads
over
coming
repeat the
3 light
the
from the
same
1st
left
group
The
Fig. 583.
first
scallop ot
which has
also to be
made on
The two
fringe.
Colours
Macrame
the right.
Knot
all
FlG
$&4-
Working detail of
fig. 583.
MACRAME
3 76
green ones
alternately,
Turn
= in
till
left
threads,
it
oil'
by
inside.
Macrame
fringe
(figs.
row
1st
Entire length of
D.M.C
fils
knot
120 c/m.
the threads
horizontal bar.
3rd row
threads and
light
make
bars
fig.
577,
and
finish at the
made with
for the
brown threads
dark brown bars, see also figs.
sides with
bars
the
555, 56
bars,
1,
fig.
browm
knot.
Macrame
Fig. 585.
or Fil a dentelle
D.M.C Nos.
fringe
Entire length
Macrame fringe.
25
N 0#
p
iJ-M.L.
I2
SP
585).
Coton a tHCOter
c'
j:
(fig.
of the threads
'
(*)
See
and the
at the
list
of colours of the
sizes
MACRAME
and from left to
right to
left,
and that
3 threads are
3 77
right,
knotted over
left
if it
made
in four shades of
in succes-
sion.
Macrame
fringe or ground
586 and 687).
Entirelength
of the threads for No. 8 of Cordonnet 6 fils D.M.C
i5o c/m.
This effective pattern is not
difficult, save in appearance, so
that it is unnecessary to describe
it in detail
for the knotting on,
see fig. 525
for the plain bars,
(figs.
figs.
539 to 544
knots,
53o.
fig.
The only
Fig. 586.
difficult
Macrame
fringe.
easily
58y,
that
will
3328, etc.
be
overcome.
Fig. 587.
Working detail of
fig. 586.
MACRAME
378
2nd knot.
With
and
made with
the
th,
= add
ith thread as
10th thread
the 7 next
ground with
Cordonnet 6 fils D
Materials
picots.
MC
'
and
h
buttonhole
thread: 4
knots
Colours White, ecru, or any light shade with I piCOt after 2 knots
mentioned in the D.M.C colour card. (*) ^ nQt
^ threads Over the 3th
thread and from left to right
from left to right, 2 bars with
Nos. 10 to 40. or Fil a dentelle D.M.C
Nos. 25 to 5o. (*)
thfi
fa
gth
all
the threads * #.
left
(*)
and the
See
list
at the
of colours of the
MACRAME
3 79
Fig. 5go.
free
1
picot
Fig. 5gi.
fig. 58g.
r
Ti
tO left, I bar consisting of 6 double
a broder.
bar, also
Fig. 58g.
Double fringe.
tiALsVcordonnVt 6 fiirD.M.c
Nos. 10 to 3o and Coton a broder
d.m.cnos.
from right
to
of the threads
.6 to 35.
left.
no
r-
be found in
Fig. 5g2.
38o
MAC RAM
threads
Cordonnet ones.
knot on two threads of red Coton a
To
by
rows of
col-
a single horizontal
bar.
make
chains
single
of the
fringe;
must
thread
the
be
changed 8 times
each chain
for
then pass
left
knot.
You
fig. "59*
Beaded ground.
Materials: Cordonnet
6
D M C "' a5 r
-
J}\
t
D.M.C
make
by a
left,
changes ot
knot.
flat
The
made with
tassels,
which
fils
shown
Large
(*)
in fig. 590.
fig.
590.
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
and the
MACRAME
Macrame border
38l
it is
sufficient to
Fig. 5q5.
Materials:
Fil a pointer
and Or
fin
D.M.C pour
la
broderie No. 20
16
(*).
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
and the
25
to
c'-
id
threads
gold
is
rked
in
more
des of greei
en Boutei
-Tilleul of the
.e
Sera
thread and
;olour and
the latt.
as the Vert-
D.M.C
colour
cross-
drawn on checked
in
^le or
cour:
the
colours.
wo:
second row.
in the
them
vou
"ding to the
?e.
ever}' square,
.gle thr.
and two
a be copied
For
the th:
make
single ch
'
MA,''
ffrffffffrrrrrS
rrfffTfrrrrfrfJ
'ffffffrffrrrrr?
the threads.
picots along
ire
into
threads, letters
.7
for the
on the two
by the knotting
The coloured
threads for
it,
taking
::
'
:-
:itaz
zf j
is
left
The top leaves of the iris shaped flower, are worked in two
7iies of blue
the bottom ones, in three shades of red, the
stalk and the leaves in green, and the little stars, with which
the ground is powdered, in real gold thread.
When the
ground
is
55:
.-.
r.
make
the
same openwork
border at the sides and along the bottom, as at the top and
hung on over 3 double threads
i off with very mil tassc
and made of all the colour- used in the square, tied up
gold thread, fig. 5qo letter _
Fringe with three rows of tassels fig. 5 :.As this
kind of fringe is chic
sed for trimming carpets, curtains
.
and furniture,
it is
best to
make
it
in the coarsest
numbers
::'
The
rirrtrn
so simple in
is
its
construction that
Materials
C ori
COLOC*5
ttbc
the list of
it is
sum-
MACRAME
384
cient
refer
to
our readers
fig.
53
1,
to
tig.
5*8,
for the
waved
on of
plait.
Macrame ground
the engraving was
ful
[fig.
made
5g8).
The
work represented
in
for a purse
ground and
Coton a broder
D.M.C
for
the design.
is
It
very easy to
copy
this pat-
paying
pulous
tion
atten-
to
number
knots;
not
by
scru-
the
of
we do
therefore
des-
cription of the
same, merely
referring
the
Materials
panying directions, for the adding on and the taking off of threads.
Macrame square
(figs.
:
MACRAME
385
Macrame square.
D.M.C No. i5 and Coton a broder D.M.C No.
or Fil a dentelle D.M.C No. 25 and Coton a broder D.M.C No. 3o. (*)
Colours White, Rouge-Grenat 3og and 358, or Gris-Lin 716
and Rouge-Maroquin 3327 and 3329 (*).
Fig. 599.
Materials: Cordonnet 6
fils
16
When
'
and the
See
list
all
at the
numbers and
sizes
386
MAC RAME
make
producing a point
at the
red
bottom of the
leaf.
Then, over the first white thread coming from the right,
knot all the white threads on the left of it and in the last place,
the cord itself, over the 3 red threads.
Make the same series of threads on the left. This is succeeded by a second bar of white knots, the last thread of which
is left unknotted.
Make 4
double knots with the 8
white threads and close the
square by adouble bar. Add
supplementary thread to
the
first
bar,
may have
so that
10 threads
you
com-
When
Fig. 600.
this is
done on
2.
MACRAME
38 7
can knot the ends of the threads into short double chains,
finishing off these again with ring knots, fig. 608, and loops
through these loops, when you come to join on the next square,
the knotting thread is drawn, forming them thus into connec-
inside,
as to
Consequently,
according to the
pattern, a greater
number
or less
be knotted in
form the
so as to
corners.
The working
602,
us how
first supple-
detail,
fig.
shows
the, 5
mentary threads,
are looped on to
the
of
Fil a
A group of
Colours
4th
knots.
Materials
row
with corner.
348.
(*)
mentary thread
darker shade).
On
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
MACRAME
388
and
and
3, all singly.
manner
In this
mounted
The
Working detail of
left
fig. 6oi.
in the
engraving
from
the others.
MACRAME
38 9
thread from the right and left, down to the bottom point of the
square, and complete the figure by a single bar of knots, made
of the white thread.
Working detail of
threads, suspended between
6oi.
fig.
the scallops
Entire
D.M.G
(figs. 604,
length of the threads
200 c/m.
3go
MACRAME
The
present pattern, which concludes our chapter on mais one of the most difficult of all, requiring great
accuracy in every particular, but more especially, extremely
crame work,
of double
may
(*)
See
and the
list
at the
to 3o,
D.M.C
Cordonnet 6
Nos. 25 to 5o.
fils
D.M.C Nos.
of colours of the
10
(*)
sizes
MACRAME
together, so as to
figure
its
make
3gi
proper value.
You
the
first
figure
Over
cords on the
fig.
606.
and
left
on the
4 threads
5 but-
Working detail of
fig. 604.
Fig. 606.
-j
make
Working detail of
fig. 604.
MACRAME
392
of the shell, take the nth, 12th, i3th and 14th double thread
on the left, and the 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th on the right. These
groups are joined by buttonhole knots.
Knot
bar of knots.
ted
fig.
on
606, that of 12
to the
first,
it,
the group
The
knots,
of
form with
supplementary threads
is
knotted.
The
half star,
and
a double bar
beneath these,
come from
MACRAME
at the
as to
393
widening towards
the point, as more and more
threads are taken in. At the
scallops,
threads
these
point,
are
made
604, are
fig.
and then
separately
fastened on.
The
fringe
is
further
scallops,
for
which, a
fig.
first
TASSELS IN
FIG.
604.
590,
to be made.
threads
all
together, to
over
12 threads,
necessary, with
fectly firm
wadding
to
it
besides,
make
it
it
per-
together
at the ends.
To
this
you attach
5 large
and 6 small
Or
FIG
604.
MACRAME
394
away
3 threads,
carefully inside
thread,
fig.
when
of a single,
the knot,
make
all
two or
Into the loop formed by the 4th thread, you hang 3 small
Insertion
in
embroidered netting.
stitches.
Netting.
Netting
to trace
it
is
to its origin, or
it
would be
its
difficult
invention.
it is
to us.
first instance for the wants of life, it bydegrees developed into an art, in conjunction with embroidery,
Practised in the
to
which
is
was made
to serve as a foundation.
The
netting of
is
known by
its
its
own
silken
fine
that of Italy,
upon
it,
proper,
61
1 ,
612, 61
3).
secured
and rendered independent of one another by knots. For forming and tightening these loops and knots the following imple-
NETTING
3g6
made
these
of steel,
Fig. 611.
split
Fig. 612.
Fig. 61
Mesh or spool of
3.
a flat
mesh
is
ivory.
best,
and
in
all
cases, the
firm knots.
It
is
difficult
when
when
it is
strongly twisted
to get linen
make
is
8.
English bound,
gilt
edges.
Price
3 sh.
NETTING
3 97
especially adapted for netting we may mention the following: Fil a pointer D.M.C, Cordonnet 6 fils D.M.C (crochet
cotton) Fil a dentelle D.M.C (lace thread), and even Coton
more
a tricoter
D.M.C
(*)
(knitting cotton).
Netting stitches.
same
four-
and connected
cornered whether they be square or oblong
together, though secured and rendered independent of one
another by knots. By different ways of passing the thread over
the following
the mesh and connecting the loops together
,
stitches are
loop, 4
produced:
honeycomb
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
26
sizes
NETTING
3 98
downwards over
left
the
be held
fast.
it)).
Fig. 6i 5.
and
the second,
(figs.
6 5 and
1
fingers,
NETTING
in the
same way
The mesh
3 99
on or
form a diagonal
2
is
net.
Double loop.
To make
Honeycomb
loop.
Make
Fig. 616.
mesh
the
as in plain
netting, put the needle, not into the loop of the previous row,
Twisted loops.
Pass the thread, as
over the mesh and fingers, but before letting
5
in plain netting,
the thread
which
NETTING
400
is
under the thumb go, pass the needle from right to left under
you are making and the thread, and only then draw
the loop
up the knot.
Although
\
a a/\ aa a aaa/\
/\A a A A AAAAA
AAa/\/\AA/v'\/v
f\a/w\ii/Mi/>i/
i/vwvi
S /7%
/!\
Av
/"v
<>\
/>v
/'\
/\
y"v
Patterns produced
NETTING BY INCREASING AND
ways
chet, they
as
the
in as
many
as in knitting or cro-
following
explanations will
show.
Patterns produced in netting
by using meshes of different
Plain netting can be varied
widths.
by making one row of loops over a
large mesh and one over a small
one, or several rows over the large
and several over the small, alternately,
changing the meshes at regular in-
VVVV\AA/VV\
Fig. 617.
cannot be formed
different
in
DECREASING.
tervals.
netted
together,
or vice
versa.
an interval of so
You may
same rows, or
many
rows.
Two sizes of thread should be used for
this patterns. To show the relation they
Fig. 618. Loose loops should bear to one another, we instance
in clusters.
Fil a pointer D.M.C No. 3o with Fil a dentelle D.M.C No. 5o (*), or Coton a tricoter D.M.C Nos. 14
and 3o (*), with Coton a tricoter D.M.C No. 5o (*), or Coton
at
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
sizes
NETTING
and one row, with two loops
number
40I
in every
of loops re-
619).
manner
These
made
(figs.
clusters of
in the following
row
one loop, the knot of
which must be a little distance from FlG 6l 9- Loose loops in clusters.
Working detail of fig. 6.8.
the mesh; put the thread over the
mesh and the needle through the loop where the knot is repeat
this three or four times, making the loops all of the same length.
Then unite all the loops with one knot, carrying the needle
1st
from right
to left,
it
through
2nd row
make one
As may be gathered
Irom the drawing, many
different patterns can be
Netting
composed
is
..
groundwork
diamond netting
as a
for
NETTING
402
made by passing
where
as, in
brought close
netting the plain loop, it hangs free
is
so that, as
shown
in
fig.
620,
row
same length. In the
3rd row, which is like the
all
are of the
first,
the
plain
come between
loops
should
Fig. 622.
of the
loop just
loop above.
it
exactly
as
long as the
NETTING
4o3
(fig.
622).
Make
10
in
vious increases.
Begun.
Square of netting
To make squares
(figs.
624).
Square of netting.
623 and
of netting
Fig. 625.
Square of netting
begun from the middle.
Completed.
Fig. 626.
NETTING
404
vious row,
Stripe of straight netting edged with
empty loops.
then
make
made
at the
a similar to
beginning
the
plete
Fig. 627.
it,
fig.
To com-
625.
square
the
fasten
h r ead of the
and repeat
the
last
row,
(figs.
These
two
in
is
to
sary
number
of
loops, to decrease
The
Straight netting with a scalloped edge (fig. 629).
second way of making stripes of straight netting is to begin
by a square. After making two loops on the foundation loop,
make rows with increases, until you have the required number
of loops. Then make an increase in every row to the left and
leave the last loop empty in every row to the right. Gontinu-
NETTING
40 5
ing the increases on the left, you net 4 rows, without increasing
or decreasing on the right, whilst in the next 4, you again
leave the outside loop empty.
V ^-v-s^^^^tfe-
LtU-UOi-l-U-UU-UJ-U
M 11
1
U-i-i-ua-ua-UUJ-U-
ua-U44-U4=u4-M
FT
UJ UJUU-UJ-UJi
Fig. 62q.
(fig.
63o).
Handkerchief, coun-
empty square
leaving an
in the centre.
them
ample,
if
sist of 3
Thus,
the border
for
squares, you
ex-
to con-
is
make 6
empty
on
the
work
to the
from
and continue to
and decrease
left
to the right
left,
up
c to c.
to decrease
increase on the
left,
up
to the
e to e.
40b
NETT NG
I
worked
letter b, is
like
a stripe
When
is
it
fasten the
the
all
work
to the
cushion again
work
and
rows,
along
ing manner.
row
1st
long loops, to
be made by the
thread
being
passed
thrice
2nd row
loops
here,
are so
made
to
cross
1.
Materials
size.
fils
D.M.C
Coton
to 20, or
a repriser
D.M.C Nos.
12 to 5o. (*)
as
each
other, that
Fig. 63
is,
you begin by
putting your
netting-needle
at
first
into
counting from left to right, then into the 1st, and lastly into
the middle one of the three, so that the right loop leans to the
left and the left one to the right.
3rd
row
vious rowT
*)
See
and the
at
list
one
of colours of the
cottons.
numbers and
sizes
NETTING
407
proceed with
3 overs,
= turn
knots
= turn the
work =
loops
plain loops
the
work
with
plain
overs, 3
loops,
knots
WW WW
/VvVVYVVYVVVV^/ V V WW Y Y Y Y VV
X A X A >VwWw ww\aA>^^^
-
-\
>
\AaAaaAAaaaaAAAAAAA>\AA
#W^
#^ ,m mh
M:^ >M\
A/\
Fig. 632.
Working detail of
plain loops,
fig. 63
knots
i.
= turn
number you
the
work
crossed in the
NETTING
4o8
net
plain loops
= turn
the
work
turn the
work
loops,
2 plain
3 plain loops, 3
knots
turn the
knots
work
and continue the rows of plain netting until you have only
loops
left.
To
them
in coarse,
Wvsi-3->,.'*OAa
Fig. 633.
Materials
Netted fringe.
Cordonnet 6
Fil a pointer
D.M.C No.
fils
D.M.G Nos.
10 to 3o or
3o. (*)
(*)
upon it. The thread for this purpose should be used double,
and the pattern worked in darning stitches
made over 8
squares of the netting the 8th knot is then encircled by a loop
and the thread carried down over 8 squares and a loop again
,
(*)
See
and the
list
at the
of colours of the
sizes
NETTING
made round
409
The row
good
effect
of
Netted fringe
(fig.
633).
Plain netting,
lace.
pretty as
it
is,
welcome
The
novelty.
footing
is
worked
in crochet,
with braid,
In the second, or rather the third row, the knots are again
into the
first
made
of the
is
first
row
that
in the fourth
row,
cond row.
When
is
the
stripe
sufficiently
wide,
with
finish
it
off
tassels,
tache
Instead of tying up
the lengths of braid
Embroidered netting.
as Filet Guipure,
NET
4io
.eedles
a light
steel
only
frame
thing
and
the
is
required,
em-
renders
this
broidered
nettii
popular.
The
be
no-
long
those
.ould
and
blunt
saddlers
called
"Wire frame
for
embroidered netting
The frame
.
which
on
tched
made
of
the
net
is
should
be
strong iron
bend
square or
it
r_.
oblong, according
::hersquares or edgings are to be made
upon it, but the sides
must be straight so
that the net can be
evenly stretched.
wire
frame
This
must be covered, drst
with wadding or ::
as shown in fig. 634.
and then with
ribbon, which must be
,
wound
the
:
the
corners.
t:
t
so that it may be quite firm and not twist about when
netting is sewn in. The ends of the ribbon should be se-
_;t
:~
::
:tt
fig.
635
When
17
TI]
the netting is exactly the size of the inside of the frame, it Deed
only be secured to it with overcasting stitches, set .: closely
come:
le
"with an auxiliary
When the netting, is s~ ifier, the sra.ce betape fig :::
tweea it and the frame, must be rilled up with strong very
woven, linen
The
tape
to
is
fix
:d
Long
the netting
stripes
pieces of
large
::
work.
we cannot recommend
oth, but
st
Cordonne:
as
D.M.C
dentelle
There are
in
soft
lamed, or embroidered
are the be
::chet cotton,
netting.
FU
on
'
hov.
:.rtain
loose
for
silk,
embroidered netting
imitating which it is best to use.
o'.i
rer ol squa".
-s as
_:
:ern,
many
rhe en J
::
- ;
time
; :
r.
__
-;
_ r
. r
*.
them up.
fill
::>
- _
; r*
iz-
:t-
NETTING
412
The number
material employed
D.M.C
for example,
a_U!
jjjfliilu:
4_i_UiU_l.
t
you
Fig. 637.
Fig. 638.
will
coarser
This
is
stitch pattern
mended
on
a netted
ground and
is
reproducing a cross
especially to be recom-
Second stitches.
so forth,
as
is
it
quickly done
counterpanes and
well.
Linen
stitch
often
met with
rally
worked
(figs.
This
is
the stitch
most
it
in.
it
NETTING
4l3
twice to and fro, over and under the threads of the netting, so
that at the end of the row, every second thread passes under
Linen
When
stitch.
(fig.
640).
is
all
of the
stretched.
were stretched
Loop
This
641 and 642).
is a light open stitch, chiefly used for making a less transparent
foundation than plain netting. Fasten the thread to the middle
stitch (point d'esprit)
left
from
make
(figs.
same square,
fig.
row back,
also represented in
fig.
641, you
27
NETTING
414
through, underneath the bar above the loop stitch and make
the loop upwards from below; in doing this the working thread
must
lie to
the
Fig. 641.
left,
loop stitch.
how
to join the
642 shows
stitches oi
squares of netting.
This
(figs. 643, 644, 645).
Fasten the thread to the
Fig. 643.
Fig. 644.
NETTING
4-l5
threads
vertical
squares.
5
carried
over 4
you have
laid the
threads,
vertical
4 or
When
the
slip
times round in a
needle
circle,
un-
der
diagonal
to
side
by
C
^U
represented
645.
fig.
make
it is
the stitches
side,
^U
lie
quite
Fig. 645.
flat
Darning
Little flowers
Fig. 646.
Fig. 647.
For
a leaf with only one division or vein, like the left leaf
646, merely run the needle through the middle of the
threads, whereas for a leaf with two or three veins, vou must
in fig.
NETTING
416
run
it,
right leaf in
fig.
646).
draw your
stitches
at
you wish
them
them
finish
to
off
as possible
darning stitch.
buttonhole stitch.
second
stitch.
NETTING
Veined pointed scallops (fig.
pointed scallops
is
by
417
656).
to
right
you
slip
and
fro across
the
bar from above. Then you carry the needle, from right to
left, over the foundation thread and under the right bar and
so on. The one thread must be drawn tightly round the other,
in order that the stitches may form close and evenly shaped
left
must be enough
scallop.
There
foundation
Pointed
The
prettiest scallops
IfynjyujfiiP
Fig. 65o.
Veined pointed
Fig. 65
1.
stitch.
""Vfl|
Pointed scallops
in
venetian stitch.
scallops.
the
way
fig.
660.
(figs.
To
make wheels
to fasten the
you carry
it
across the
empty squares
first
NETTING
4i 8
your
form
first
This
is
-**h
j^mi^M
XJLXXIXX
Fig. 653.
Fig. 652.
Wheels worked
two WAYS.
in
Fig. 654.
Fig. 655.
Ribbed wheels.
details
starts
Ribbed -wheels
(fig.
654).
Make
fig.
654
make
To form
L-lts
of the netting.
NETTING
In this case you
419
The same
side
either
stitches,
of
as
fig.
embroi-
the
dery, and so as
to form, either
a square
or a
lozenge
(see
655).
fig.
Wheels set
with buttonholing
656).
(fig.
A very
Fig. 656.
pretty lace-like
effect is
Wheels
produ-
left
detail of fig.
656 shows
carried
all
round the
and the
first
wheel
is
finished.
The second
the
same
detail
of
figure explains
Fig. 657.
forms the
second ring,
whilst
has to take through the loops and between the bars
the white line shows the passage of the thread over the second
;
ring.
The
fig.
657,
is
(fig.
the quickest to
657).
work
The
that
we
NETTING
420
know
of.
Two
buttonhole stitches
made upon
Rounded
netting
(fig.
Fig. 658.
corners
of
Darning
658).
made over
stitches,
a thread
ners of that
squares,
illustrated
in
accompanying
the
Fig. 65g.
fig.
658.
detail
The
shows
mode of working.
The number of stitches
Fig. 660.
Linen
stitch
set
(fig.
660).
Many
NETTING
421
linen
edged
are
stitch
with
But
if
with
thread
cord
like
stitch,
cord.
bound
the same
it,
A soft
as
ma-
Fig. 661.
in the
179,
variety of
fig.
great
little
supplementary
ornaments can
be made, on
every description of netted
ground.
Bordering
Fig. 662.
Bordering
in
buttonhole stitch.
in buttonhole
Scalloped edges in netting should be buttonstitch (fig. 662).
holed 2 or 3 padding threads should be run in first, following
be finished.
sizes
NETTING
hole stitches and half cutting
scissors.
The
are
inner
bars
fre-
698
and 699
chapter.
Fig. 663.
Cut work
in
You
in
the
next
slightly sepa-
embroidered netting.
row
of buttonholing so as to
In
(fig.
664).
Fig. 664.
Fig. 665.
Waved
Waved
it
stitch.
(fig. 665).
This stitch, which forms a close
produced by passing the thread in each row
of the netting over a square and behind a knot. When the pattern admits of it, as it mostly does, a considerably thicker thread
is used for this stitch and for the stitches represented in figs.
667, 668, 669 and 670, than that in which the netting is made.
When the netted ground is of Fil a dentelle D.M.G No. 5o(*),
stitch
waved ground,
(*)
and the
See
list
at the
is
of colours of the
sizes
NETTING
the embroidery
upon
D.M.C No.
fils
10
it
(*),
may
423
or Fil a pointer
(fig.
666).
D.M.C
No.3o.(*)
Begin
by covering
squares of the
running over
the stitches and under the knots of the netting, the other
under the first and second threads of the loop stitches and over
the first crossed threads and the knots.
then
stretch
threads diagonally
one
across
the
set of threads
Ground worked
rizontal lines
Make
in ho667).
4 squares
ing
(fig.
of netting,
thread
the
by pass-
alternately
under
squares
of the net-
engraving.
fresh stitches.
The
next
row
of stitches
is
made
same
ways but
in the
set contrary
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
sizes
NETTING
424
then take
it
in
rows.
Fig. 668.
Fig. 667.
Ground worked
first
horizontal
Fig. 669.
Latticed ground.
Ground worked
Ground worked
in stitches placed
one above the other.
Fig. 670.
Ground worked
in Russian stitch.
Pass the
in Russian stitch (fig. 670).
thread from left to right, under a bar of the netting, carry it
downwards over 4 squares and pass it again, from left to right,
under the bar, then upwards, again over 4 squares of netting
and so on. The stitches of the next rows are made in the same
NETTING
42 5
manner you have only to see that the loops formed by the
stitches all come on the same line of knots.
HereGround worked in two sizes of thread (fig. 67 1).
;
series of stitches,
of embroidered netting
we have
ever
No. 70
(*);
D.M.C
between; the latter for the fig. 671. Ground worked in two
SIZES OF thread.
buttonhole stitches. Wherever two
sizes of thread are used for one pattern, all the stitches in the
coarse thread should be put in first and those in the fine, last.
Ground with wheels and loop stitch (fig. 672). You
stitches
the
in
stitches
rows, as shown
between
in figs.
fig. 672.
number
of
squares.
Ground worked
in
two
sizes of thread
(fig.
674).
Carry the coarse thread, from right to left, under the first
knot of the netting, and then under the next, from left to
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
NETTING
4'2
right.
twice, to
squares
of
the
netting
are
When
has
loop
stitches
between
the
stitches,
passing
for that
Fig. 673.
Ground worked
in
darning
squares
the
in
other
rows
the
of
needle
stitch.
intersect
the
with straight
threads and pass the needle each time through the knot of
loop
stitches
the netting.
675). This
II II
Fig. 675.
Fig. 674.
Ground worked
in
two
sizes
of thread.
size of thread
w orked
T
one
to
thread.
size of
and
fro,
with cross
You may
thread, and
work
stitches,
in
the fine
stitches
(fig.
NETTING
427
Patterns,
eBBBBEBbsBmS
"
Bl^i^HT^a S3
&
'51 "3i>
'M
>S9
HBrilBilia
aAm
Rat
Fig. 676.
Ground worked
Fig. 677.
the
Ground worked
as closely as possible,
with
with in
677, 678,
(figs.
darning
stitches,
alternating with
diagonal lines of
squares, each with a small wheel
in the middle.
In fig. 678, the darning stitches,
and the wheels, which are both
worked with the same material,
diagonally across.
428
NETTING
Ground worked
You
in cross
begin, as before, by
to the
Ground of geometrical
figures
tern,
(fig. 681).
This patquite different from all
geometrical lines.
Fasten the
thread to a knot of the netting,
then carry it, always diago-
Fig. 679.
and repeat
this 3 times
Fig. oso.
Ground worked
in cross and
darning stitch.
plain darning
stitch,
after
Netted
(fig.
682).
insertion
The taste
for
worked
in
ornamenting
not only curtains but bed and table linen also, with lace and
insertion of all kinds, to break the monotony of the large white
surfaces,
is
NETTING
The way
to
make
42 9
straight
described
in
figs.
625,
626,
recommend
strongly
fabrics
we
can
various
intended to take
its
Filet
exact
made
netting.
The
centre part
Fig. 681.
Ground of geometrical
worked
figures.
682
rows of horizontal
darning stitches, the narrow border in vertical ones.
of the pattern
Fig. 682.
in
fig.
is
in
in plain
darning stitch.
Materials
For the netting: Cordonnet 6 fils D.M.C No. 25.
For the
darning stitch: Coton a broder D.M.C No. 25, or Coton a repriser D.M.C Nos. 12
to 5o,
(*)
and the
See
list
at the
white or ecru.
(*)
of colours of the
NETTING
43o
(fig.
683).
We
have
but
it
is
it
is
The
principal
lines
Fig. 683.
darning
Materials
For the netting: Fil a dentelle D.M.C Nos. 25 to 5o.
For the darning stitch: Cordonnet 6 fils D.M.C No. i5, or Fil a pointer D.M.C
For the loop stitch: Fil a dentelle D.M.C or Cordonnet 6 fils D.M.C
No. 3o.
stitch, are
Fil a pointer
fils
NETTING
43l
nothing
green and gold or blue and gold, for the loop stitches and the
threads that are carried across inside.
Fig. 684.
Materials
Cordonnet 6
fils
Nos.
D.M.C
5 to 40,
white or ecru.
D.M.C
(*)
-with,
two kinds of
Large
684, 685, 686).
pieces of embroidered netting are generally made up of squares
*
See
and the
at
list
(figs.
cottons.
numbers and
sizes
NETTING
432
and
It is
easier
pieces.
may
be successfully introduced.
should be
worked in a very
light shade
instead
of the colour indicastitches
sa.
sm;:
-*:;$*
:-:05i;_._jK::-ft;a,
jbv.bi
m.j
mi?
engraving,
Rouge-
Materials
let-Mauve 377 or
365
Jaune-Rouille
for
may be used
the netting and the
;
loop
stitches
you
the
first
shade
two
Or 678
third
unpretending pattern
(*)
is
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
and the
NETTING
433
chiefly
into
due
it.
Fig.
r~">7.
of dark
Materials
For the netting: Cordonnet 6 tils D.M.C Nos. i5
For the embroider}': Coton a repriser D.M.C No. 2?.
to 3o.
The same
little
material in
Rouge-Geranium
is
Sec
and the
at
list
of colours of the
cottons.
numbers and
sizes
NETTING
434
We can
also
recommend,
for the
same
Jaune-d'Or 667
all
(*)
pattern.
688).
with plain, oblong and double loops, here forms the ground
for the embroidery.
make
(*)
to
the
isolated
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
and the
Fig. 680.
Fig. 600.
Materials
Fil a dentelle
Square
Lace edging
D.M.C Nos. 25
cut netting.
in
cut netting.
three shades of one colour.
to 5o. in
middle of the bar, the loops that form the stitches must be
finished and the thread carried back to the knot whence it
started. It must then be taken three times backwards and for-
4-36
NETTING
wards over the foundation thread and the two bars of the netwhen the stitches, into and over 3 squares of the netting,
should be made. The last row in the engraving shows the
pattern in the successive stages of its development.
ting,
Fig. 691.
Materials For
the netting
Few
Cordonnet 6
(figs.
fils
all
the
NETTING
darning
in
The
437
stitch.
in pale shades,
"vXfXX
iTT
[".'
ft L .LLL
I
::rrjji; rX
-'
IvX"
>
',--''.
.
it!,
r"|T"P?s
-'-
fx
v.
_.
"'
":IXXl
a-
--'.
>
'
"Si
^c
is
in
'"^y- ~jr\
-Or
'_'-_
-.-X
/4xxixs?-.sU
X^^X's "ff f ff'
S
i_i
'--< '
"-
'
-;-f.-v
i,
.-.:
._:
g-L^ltX^
-r-.
-rrr
'--*- i-l-frS?
rrnx
rrrr
rrrr
rrrr
"
1
^k>
y/_
-
"
rj
-.'-;.:-.-
ma Jtfffliiiiiii1
11 ^'
""l
ii
Mill
'
EZrnHrrjg
w'~i~N; si"
LCXIOtG
?
:
-jvv
v\_:
:-
rrrr*?j'
rrirrfg
'iTTl""."^:'
i
i""'i
rV.
i?'?
"
(-ri^^frrri _-rrrrrrr
--5Ti
v7i
*asrrt
rrr
'
i~rrn
Tl
-%
"
-:--^
./'-
?.-
nMi S-feEUt
L^y,
TTf.p
-rrTi-
H2M7XDX*Lu:j
ifln
jXLLiXC'iCL
"i
-rrrr
:rrrr
-i
rrn
'X^-
&%&&%&$,--Mji
rrrr
r\ r
- < .-
r ":'^k-^.-x^.;>-'
rrfT" TTT
^--
-;
"
Jsxrt
irbikn
IX^X-
/iK-3Xsf.
~'-i.ri'
:.
1;
1.
-rrrrrr
."
rfc
"X
7?-W tti--i
-rrrr
-
:.-
a=
'
,i
i"
'
ssL-Li L
_'_'
XX'
>-fi
If}-;-?
"
:'i"
-X
\~-i$&gf.\
~-
W'
1
_;.
i_i_/j;
"XL^'ClH"
jftrrrr
IS
_!
*_
tgs
1T1
~i
entirely in
"i'X J
n n
'
rrr
1
"J.i'i
-.V'r.'i''
;,
5.'^'
ecru thread.
The squares
12.
in the netted
footing of
each of which
them
and
the
fills
a square,
and
for
crosses in
star
are
linen
worked
stitch,
the
in
three lower
The
and
NETTING
4^8
long ribbed
the
bars in
darning
392.
Netted insertion
(fig.
691).
stitch,
This
is
are
in
Gris-Tillcul
copy of a beautiful
appearance, several centuries old, and in a state that rendered, even the most delicate
handling almost impossible.
After several experiments, the best result has been arrived
to
all
at,
now
The
first
foundation, that
made
is,
in
Insertion.
Irish lace
Irish Lace.
from
its
having been
it
The
Materials
(fig.
692).
them themselves.
IRISH LACE
440
For the
stitches
thread) a
is
D.M.C,
Fil a dentelle
lace.
to trace
(*)
(lace
every colour to
in
The
them on
best
oiled
way
is
tracing
ink better.
As
out
to
once withany
other
found
less trying
at
it
recourse
process.
It
for
will be
the eyes
transparent
piece of
lay a
to
coloured paper, or
double
at
lines,
once that
make
it
is
advisable to
on the other, or
them of the
to
make
any
rate
Fig. 692. patterns of the different
TAPES AND BRAIDS USED FOR IRISH LACE. Same length.
Tacking down and gathering in the braids (fig. 693).
right side than
at
8.
English bound,
gilt
edge.
sizes
Price: 3 sh.
IRISH LACE
Fig. 6q3.
441
first
tacked
in
the braids.
gathered in with
fit
exactly to
the pattern.
The
stitches
made
and the
fillings,
must
upon
it.
When
the embroidery
is
work
wrong
side,
when
the
wrong
has
it
from the backing without difficulty
then to be damped and ironed also on the wrong side. (See
the concluding chapter on the different processes for finishing
separate
itself
off needlework).
of
the fillings
The
of bars
stitches.
and
We
stitches,
shall
which,
now
if
442
IRISH
a preparation for
in the
making
all
ensuing chapter.
Without pretending
ot
LACE
to
With
regard
stitches are
accepted,
in
tastes
the
known by
that excepting
sally
all
to
so
and
capacities.
same
names, the
many
different ones,
(fig.
694).
Secure
needle in
Em
the
across
over-
two
you do not make enough overcasting stitches to tighten the two threads,
the bars will be loose and untidy and spoil
cast the first thread,
ntuntttmtiustiiii'i^m
to
it
so as to form the
into a cord. If
(fig.
695).
Throw
If
-.:.-
Fig. 69D.
696).
buttonhole stitches,
made from
Throw
them with
right to
left.
we recommend turning
were the reverse way, so that the eye not the point passes
first under the threads; strange as it may seem, it is easier in
this manner to avoid splitting the threads. The working thread
should always issue from the edge of the braid, one or two
threads before the foundation threads of the bar, to prevent
the bars being of unequal width, or getting twisted at the
beginning.
IRISH LACE
After
44 3
(figs.
Fig. 696.
Fig. 697.
Fig. 698.
Plain buttonhole
bar.
pinned picots.
pinned picots.
foundation threads, and fasten the loop with a pin, fig. 697,
then slip the needle, horizontally from right to left, under the
3 threads and tighten the knot close to the
last buttonhole stitch.
Fig. 698 shows a picot made in the same
manner, but with several buttonhole stitches
inserted between the loop and the button-
holed bar.
Bar
the
picot
is
(fig.
699).
made by bringing
Here
the thread
out through the loop and beginning the buttonhole stitches, 4 or 5 in number, according
to the size of the thread, quite close to the
Fig. 6<ju.
distant
The
IRISH LACK
444
it
thread
may
they
in their
produce a richer
effect.
UW*#MUNnmt9M9^H
IflMHIintlltllliO
MMMIIII'iixi
I
ST"
iWa
^vjS
Pi
WIII'H*
niiiiin fiiiiiirjfti
Fig
Fig.
JOO.
-with,
Fig. 702.
PICOT.
OF KNOTS.
BULLION STITCH
Bar
dation threads,
room
founleave
row between.
These double knots
the
first
consist, in
tonhole stitch and then one reversed, that is, made by bringing the
needle out in front of the thread
and passing it under the loop the
;
result
Fig. 703.
fore
it,
Branched bars.
lie
Branched bars
tig.
;o3 ).
IRISH LACE
44:
threads.
The
last
(fig.
704).
Stitches
of
all
kinds can
filling
The
Russian
a
simplest of
resemblance
great
the
is
the
which bears
stitch,
shown
crossed stitch,
and
all
to
the
infig. 3o,,
crossed back-stitch,
176.
fig.
You
(fig.
;o5.
Instead
of passing
pass
it,
it
before
it
and round
come
out
again
beneath
twice twisted.
706).
Fig. 706.
Column
stitch.
IRISH LACE
446
At the bottom, the stitch is made like the plain Russian stitcr.,
and at the top, like the one in fig. "job, with the difference
that the second thread is passed three times round the first.
Insertion of single buttonhole stitches (figs. 707 and
708;.
Make
tonhole
edges
of the
same
size
both
all
the
When
finished,
single,
fig.
up each loop
pick
Russian
with
Fig.
along
braid,
and
the
same
distance apart, and vertically,
UMMJN
Fig.
stitches
705.
stitch,
or
704,
fig.
either
twisted,
shows the
Fig. 708
es
four stitches.
The
these stitches
must
threads of
lie
quite
side,
Fig. 709.
other. After
flat,
side
by
thread round the bottom loop and then carry it on to the next,
whence you repeat the four stitches as above.
Cluster insertion (fig. 710).
Over the middle of two
finished plain bars and one half-finished one, a short distance
apart, you make five buttonhole stitches and overcast the re-
mainder
must be
of the
third bar.
The
first
(figs.
71
and
712).
Throw the
IRISH LACE
447
shown
in fig. 711.
and
mented
:
Insertion
stitch
[fig.
Fig.
insertion
BRA>
"
with
7i3).
leaves
in darning
Fasten on the thread
Fig.
1
Fig.
with bslamchb&
wheel;
ob
-:':.
bantu
IRISH LACE
44 8
darning stitches have
into two and three.
to he
made over
five
threads, subdivided
Here,
vou have
make two rows of Russian
(fig.
714).
stitches
opposite
each
Fig.
of
intersection
other
to
the
then,
714.
section. Half
be
added
at
braid, as in
Fig.
corner; thence
it
make
70.
by means of overcasting
it under the horizontal thread first laid and behind the loop,
and finish the stitch on the other side in the edge of the braid.
Throw the thread again across the empty space and over
the first thread, bring your needle back to the middle, make a
big wheel over four threads, passing each time under the same
threads, then overcast the single thread, come back to the edge
of the braid and make the second loop, bringing out the thread
at
the
but very distended Russian stitch, iaake darning stitches backwards and forwards, beginning at the point and reaching to
the middle, so as to form small cone-shaped figures.
To
reach the point of the next cone you overcast the thread
You may
make
IRISH LACE
449
Fig.
716. Insertion
with cones.
this
Fig. 717.
Russian stitches by
which the two edges are joined
together. The empty square
^pace left between the Russian
stitches is then filled up with
tion to the
fig.
65
1,
chapter.
in
the foregoing
Fig. 718.
be
filled,
left,
draw
result
than
IRISH LACE
4?o
tig.
720).
Make
rows
stitches of each
to
make
the
same number of
whole
the
Fig. 721.
and so on,
all
row with
You
set.
stitches in
stitch, to
row with
a half,
in regular rotation.
The number
done
at the edge.
The
loops
must be
as
many
Double net
stitch
(fig.
Second lace
You leave the
stitch.
721).
stitches
you
must
row,
as well
IRISH LACE
43
Working
stitches as
from
left
to
first.
one
Fig. 723.
Fourth lace
Fig. 724.
stitch.
stitches in one.
stitch in each
of the loops between the three stitches and six or eight in the
make
in
to
the
In the third
row
of stitches, put
tween two
es, so that
form
sets of
buttonhole stitch-
tney COVer.
IRISH LACE
402
This
stitch
instance,
for
making
<iiiii<iiiliiiiii:iili<iiiini(.<iiiriii:Jii>7
ii'iftfivwitunwittii'vimB
'Fig.
Fig. 726.
727.
gap
left
between them.
(fig.
727).
This
known
as the pea-stitch
by the
The
first
stitch
is
generally
IRISH LACE
stitch
453
728 and 729).
(figs.
Both,
the small and the big pointed groups of stitches, begin with a
row
Fig. 728.
Fig. 729.
Tenth lace
The
stitch.
must
in the
first
(fig.
73o).
more
may quite
This stitch
difficult to
fifth,
slack
cover them.
is
not really
more
The
attention to learn.
row
first
consists of plain
in the second
you
net stitches
have three buttonhole stitches in the
in the third,
middle net stitch
three buttonhole stitches in the
whole loops on either side of the
three buttonhole stitches of the second row, and one stitch in the half
loops that precede and immediately
;
Fig.
7 3o.
follow
them
the fourth
row
is
IRISH LACK
404
In the fifth row the close stitches are changed. The three
buttonhole stitches are made in the third whole loop, before
and after those of the fourth row, so that between two groups
of three stitches
you have
six
seven loops.
and
downwards, quite
(fig.
The
close together.
must be
left
level
..;,
n'vv-
:;
mi
Fig. 73i.
Twelfth lace
Fig. 732.
stitch.
The third row is like the first, with the difference, that you
put the needle in between the two threads of the buttonhole
stitch, instead of
shown
first
in the illustrations.
place,
two buttonhole
stitches
then a third
very close together in the edge of the braid
stitch covering the two first stitches and set quite close to them;
the connecting thread between these stitches must be tightly
,
IRISH LACE
stretched so as to
form straight
lie
455
may
lines.
Fig. 733.
Fig. 734.
732, producing
fig.
row
(fig.
735).
You
begin this by a
Fig. 735.
Fig. 736.
of net stitches
to
left
or
as
the
seed stitches
IRISH LACE
456
as the picot in
fig.
699.
The
first
stitch is
carried
through the loop of the row below, the second over both threads
and far enough from the loop to leave room for three other
stitches. The first of the four buttonhole stitches of the next
group must be set quite close to the last.
Seventeenth lace stitch (fig. 736).
Here we have the
same pattern as the preceding one without the row of net
stitches; the engraving shows us at the same time, the proper
direction of the needle and thread for the row that is worked
from right to left.
Eighteenth lace stitch (fig. 737).
This is the first of a
series of lace stitches, often met with in old Venetian lace, and
which can therefore with perfect right be called, Venetian
stitches.
Owing
to
the
tlilHtlli<'>t>9'(fH>!>l)M;liMIIH.m>i
Fig.
737
Fig. 7 38.
thread stretched across, and under the stitch of the previous row.
represented
737.
IRISH LACE
(fig.
739).
457
By
Fig. jSq.
Twentieth lace
Fig. 740.
stitch.
(fig.
740).
These
close
lace
ways by embroidering
In
fig.
little tufts
in
darning
stitch,
and
in
D.M.C
(darning cotton),
or better
tufts.
or
stitch.
Twenty-second lace
stitch
(fig.
and the
See
list
at the
Fig. 741.
of colours of the
sizes
IRISH LACE
458
has to be held, so that the finished rows are turned to the worker
and the needle points to the outside of the hand. In the first
row, from left to right, take hold of the thread near the end that
is in the braid, lay it from left to right under the point of the
needle, and bring it back again to the right, over the same.
Whilst twisting the thread in this way round the needle with
the right hand, you must hold the eye of the needle under
the left thumb.
When you have laid the thread round draw the needle
through the loops
the bars must stand straight and be of
uniform length. Were they to slant or be at all uneven, we
;
jiitiiiiiiiiiiiitmiitmiiuiiiiuiJiHnii
*" '
Fig. 743.
Fig. 742.
Twenty-third lace
stitch.
(fig.
742).
This
is
begun with
with an overcasting
fig.
stitch,
(fig.
743).
This
is
often called
IRISH LACE
4^9
first
may
be varied.
Fig. 744.
Fig. 745.
The thread
741.
stretched,
so
stitches
as those described in
that
rows may
the
Twenty -seventh
746). Begin
fig.
should be tightly
lines.
lace
stitch
'fig.
by making two
rows of net stitches, fig. 720, then
two of close ones, fig. 738, and one
row
like
those of
you want
fig.
741.
to
Fig. 746.
Twenty-seventh lace
wheels, as shown in fig. 765, then
one more row of bars and continue with close stitches.
(fig.
747).
Between
stitch.
every
?H LACL"
-
it
cond
empty
row and agair
r:
ree be
Twent-
like the ii
5g.
:e used
"
'
i:
fi
res.
iiiiiii
1
i
:onholc
left
. -
space,
i\
1 I fl
t i r a
VI
-_-
":;
ll~z
------
.:-.
- ::
re:-" ?.=
:r.e;
rounded. In the next row, you make the
.
-.:--.:
::.-.
\z .z.i
.if: ::
-z s_-
hexagon
mesh.
like a net
-.
~--:t ---.'.--.-'
i:::
:r.rt=:
::
:he
i-
extremities of the
to
ifae
-_--.
the
::
e :
::
first
2- of
:
_-::
:=.:::
- -
:-.::~:ht
--;:'-
fasten
:.
row above
:"-
=::::: es
it.
it
make
is
.r.
IRISH LACE
The
guide lines
in as
may
shown
in the figure,
round which
from
it
You
_-
in
A:
first
it
differs entirely
knotted.
pass the needle under the loop and the laid thread,
-.-si::
:i st:t:h.
loop, bring the thread round behind the pin. make a loop
round the point of the needle, as shows in the engraving, and
pull up the knc:.
Thirty-second lace
stitch
g.
-f:
T:
:=:::
dues
=.
delicate
embroic
3o
IRISH LACE
462
first
sight,
and
filling
a closer
stitch
it
all
so
alike,
observation
uniform
will
it
is it in appearance, but on
be found to be quite a different
The
stitch
first
is
made
the second
up the loop of the first stitch. Fillings of this kind must be worked as compactly as possible, so
that hardly any spaces are visible between the individual rows.
consists of a knot that ties
lrruiriimnimiittiininimiHiuiiT
vmwjiwniiffinri
gummi
Fig. ;52.
Fig. 753.
Then, make
two first layers,
section, thus
a third
so that
forming
meet
at
the
IRISH LACE
463
Fig. 754.
Fig. 755.
(fig.
755).
After covering
all
the
be embroidered, with threads stretched in horizontal lines, you cover them with loops going from one to the
other and joining themselves in the subsequent row to the
surface to
preceding loops.
The needle will thus have to pass underneath two threads.
Then cover this needle-made canvas with cones worked in close
darning stitches, as
7 16 and 717.
in
figs.
648,
IRISH LACE
464
and compact the buttonholing upon it is, the better the effect
will be. Each of these little buttonholedjings should be begun
and finished off independently of the others.
iiHii/liiinuiii.niriiiHimniiiiiiii
^^1
liiHii
Hffii(r/ii/iniiiifi/(,inunr
Fig. 7?
Fig. 758.
7.
You
to the point
(fig.
759).
Of
all
lace, of
which
IRISH LACE
it
it
465
finest
number
stitches
up
from which the next
branch issues, from the edge of
the braid, that is, upwards.
Then you bring the needle
down again and buttonhole the
second part of the bar, working
from right to left.
to the
of eight or ten,
to the point
Fig. 759.
one described
in fig. 701,
of the
picots,
Wheel composed
762,
763). As we
Fig. 760.
Wheel composed
of buttonhole bars.
Fjg. 761.
Wheel composed
tions for
of buttonhole bars.
in a
square opening.
is
IRISH LACE
466
Fig. 760 shows how the first eight loops which form the
foundation of the bars are made.
In fig. 761 you will see that a thread has been passed
through the loops, for the purpose of drawing them in and
making a ring in addition to which, two threads added to
MiimitiiiiiiiilluiiMimifiimnmtiitfc
>iiiiitfiiiJiiiiif)imtiiifJHijfmuirji/i
-r~
1=1
iuiiintmniniiitiitiutiMiiiutuiiim,
tllIIMIJIIllllllllllHlltllMlliiliniHIH
Fig. 762.
Wheel composed
of buttonhole bars.
Passing from one bar to the other.
Fig. y63.
Wheel composed
of buttonhole bars.
Bars. and ring finished.
the loop
latter
after the
completion of
all
the
bars.
round spaces
The
764, 765, 766).
Filling in
(figs.
Fig. 764.
round.
In tacking braids on to
in each
cir-
net stitch.
we
drawn
IRISH LACE
467
shows how
Fig.
764
stitches.
It will
Fig. 765.
The two
thread by working back to the braid edge over all the rows
of loops, following the course indicated by the dotted line.
Fig. 765 shows how to
worked upon three threads
finish a
row
first
fasten
it off.
The edges
767, 768, 769).
and outlines of Irish lace are generally bordered with picots,
Needle-made picots
(figs.
which
as
IRISH LACE
468
In
fig.
picots
all
described.
You
way
to
make
together
is
begin, as in
fig.
Fig. 767.
Connected needle-made
767, the
joined
picots.
the engraving.
It
is
0^
line,
length and
all
all
all
be knotted
of the same
same distance
be
the
apart.
Fig. 768.
cots,
fig.
Fig. 769.
bullion stitch.
lace
Irish
(fig.
770).
English
braids
or those
braids
overcasting stitches, as
the
first
we
shown
in the illustration.
Here,
find
Irish lace
(fig.
771).
is
more compli-
(*)
See
and the
list
at the
numbers and
sizes
IRISH LACE
Fig. 771
469
Irish lace.
Materials: Lacet surfin D.M.C No. 5, white or ecru and Fil d'Alsace D.M.C
Nos. 40 to i5o, or Fil a dentelle D.M.C Nos. 5o to i5o.
IRISH
470
LACE
it
looks best
made
The
bars,
may
also be
the
figure
on the
left
can
be
filled,
is
we
fig.
may
be replaced
several
foundation
by close
buttonhole stitches,
made over
make them
D.M.C
and round.
You begin the ring on the inside and increase the number
of stitches as the circumference increases.
No. 10 or 20
(*)
to
full
D.M.C
See
and the
For the
list
at the
his
of colours of the
sizes
IRISH LACE
Any
fig.
720 to
471
fig.
duced here.
Materials
For the cord: Cordonnet 6 fils D.M.C Nos. i5 to
For the bars and lace stitches Fil a dentelle D.M.C No. 200.
:
ecru Cordonnet 6
different kinds
fils
D.M.C,
as described
25.
(*)
in the chapter
on
IRISH LACE
47 2
effective.
The ground
fig.
work
composed
entirely of bars,
like
the
ones described in
of the
is
fig.
lace
made with
by overcasting
xvi century.
word
lace signifies
that
owe
their
other countries.
there are
all
and named
As
as the
to.
would be impossible in these pages to give a comprehensive account of them all, we have restricted ourselves to
such as seem more especially suited to the amateur, to whom
needlework is a mere recreation and pastime.
Worked like the above-named entirely with the needle,
but much less elaborate and minute in character and workmanship, they are quicker and easier to make and we are sure that
by the help of the directions that accompany the illustrations,
any careful worker will be able to imitate them without difit
ficulty.
Materials.
It will
be observed that
we do
in point of fact,
474
bers of Fil a dentelle and for pillow lace, any one of those
enumerated, excepting Coton a broder surfin.
Pillow lace and the necessary articles for its manufacture.
Pillow lace derives its name from the cushion or pillow on which all bobbin lace is made, which distinguishes it
from point lace, so-called because it consists of points or
stitches made with a needle and thread.
Various articles are required for the making of pillow lace;
in the first place a cushion or pillow, then bobbins and a
winder, parchment patterns, pins and a pricker.
The
lace pillow
(figs.
use in the
moun-
Bohemia
and Saxony, where
tains
of
al-
pp Any one
can make
cushion of this
themselves
kind
with a piece of
p^WBPIIIPmw
stuff, 60 c/m. long
Fig. 774. The lace pillow.
and 40 wide. The
long sides are firmly sewn together and the short ones turned
a
(*)
rr-.i
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
and the
8.
English bound,
gilt
edges.
Price
3 sh.
47 5
full
Fig. 775.
Fig. 776.
fig. 775.
make.
Fig. 775 represents a pillow of a
more complicated
kind,
covered,
w ith
r
first
47^
cylinder.
The
work
is it
to give
any
Fig. 777.
The bobbins
(fig.
The
777).
it appeared superfluous
on which they are made.
A bobbin
is
a sort of
little
wooden
them
We
The -winder
the
work
(fig.
778).
to take
as here represented,
which
is
affixed to a polished
wooden
stand.
477
Fig. 778.
When
the bobbin
The winder
is
(Jamnig's patent).
round
in the left
it
the right
it,
indicated by
the arrow.
is wound round the handles of the bobbins that
making very fine lace, and a wooden shield that is so
contrived that you can slip it over the handle prevents the thread
from getting soiled.
Stoppage of the thread
at the end of the bobbin
The thread
fig*
off
779)
After cutting
make
bobbin to prevent
it
from
This
Fig. 779.
loop
in
the
right
hand, the
3i
hand
47 8
and laying it away from you round the left thumb; then lifting
up the bottom thread with the second finger of the left hand
you pass the bobbin upwards from below through the loop on
the
left
hand.
Machine
Two
implements
combs, fitting
into one another, and
movable, are mounted at two thirds ot
their length on a steel
like
axle.
The
long teeth
bored
holes
have
through the ends,
from the sides to
the middle of the
points and through
Fig. 780.
patent),
holes
these
the
upon
it,
is
passed.
The
from
end to end, which can be removed when new threads have to
be added.
are covered with a hollow metal cylinder, split through
When
all
is
fixed to the
machine, and
into the hollow of
of the
the cylinder.
By
the pressure
the long teeth change their position, the lower ones rise and
fall
movement
the
479
the
edges are
how
Tiip
The pattern.
The
pattern
is
The
great
outlines
must be
clear
in
The drawing
its
tearing.
and holder.
4&o
The
is
proceed.
Prickers and holders of the kind represented in fig. 782 or
very much resembling it, are to be had at every stationer's shop.
The
holes
made by
the pins,
The
pins
must be
long,
When
by wrapping
If
it
be too long
may make
round
it
must be cut
48
the thread
it is
made
of;
the
all
D.M.C
The
plait,
passing
fig.
784,
Two
is
double passing .
On the kind of lace you are making, depends
how many pairs of bobbins you will have to use.
But as one part of the lace is often made before the
other, or you have to put on supernumerary bobbins,
or
in use
The
pins
pattern,
are
fig.
786,
is
fastened
Fig. 784.
Passing with
TWO PAIRS 0F
bobbins.
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
size:
482
other;
and 2nd
1st
pair aside
1st
half
aside
Fig- 7**5.
4th
lay the
4th pair
and
^=
3rd pairs
half passing
aside
half passing
1st pair
= stick
in a
ginning.
Fig. 786
to
prepare
our
it is
for the
readers
as well
many
directions
pillow lace
for the
lies
in
is
only possible
at first in a
qua-
way
of attaining a
satisfactory
result
by constantly comparing the drawing and the work in progress and wherever the latter does not correspond with the
is
can also be used for linen passing or ground but 7 pins, instead of
have to be stuck in at the top first. As in net passing, you
6,
Fig. 787.
work
first
running
from
left
threads
to
to
right,
and
fro
as to
bling linen in
its
texture.
The
fro
and
rins
passing,
was
changed
by a half fj
Fig.
one that
so that the
first in
going,
HI
is first
788. Plain
hole ground.
also in returning.
to be
is
is
stuck in
484
for the picot
again, four
when
or the cord,
all
that
is
required.
(figs.
point
=put up
a pin at
= this encloses
= lay the 3rd pair aside
same pair
the pin
we
Fig. 790.
Wheel
in
put up a pin at
2nd and 1st pair
1 halt passing with
point 2
enclose it with the same pairs
enclose it
the 5th and 4th pair
put up a pin at point 3
half passing
1
with the same pairs == lay the 5th pair aside
1
the
aside
485
at
point 4
same
work on
in
the
and 6
half passing with the 6th and
1
put up the pin at
7th pair
enclose the same
point 7
work on in the same way over
1
points 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12
half passing with the 8th and 9th
put up the pin at point 3i
pair
work on
enclose the same
=
=
pin at point 21
Fig. 791.
just
twisted once.
worked
in this
ground which
is
seen again in
figs.
BHKHWBHHifflBl
Fig. 792.
Rose ground.
4$6
at
pair=
3rd pair
= lay
is
it
= the
represented in
last
rig.
790.
as
Rose ground
791
pin with
aside
half passing
= take
lay the
at b,
in
put
enclose the
pair
=
= lay
pair again
again
= twist
it
twist the
in again at the
pin
same
it
5,
left
LACES OF DIFFERENT KINDS
like point e
7th pair
487
= work point g
like
= point
18
pair
with the
point
Proceed
in this
manner
whole ground be
the
until
finished.
Double or ornamental
ground (figs. 793 and 794).
This ground should be worked
in
a comparatively
material
mend
Fil
Nos. 3o
at
fine
to 100.
points a and
Put up pins j
in the pat-
tern
the
488
with a half passing == i half passing with the 2nd and 1st
pair
put up a pin at point
enclose the pin
half passing with the 4th and 5th pair
take out the pin at point / and
put it in again between the pairs at the same place
enclose
the needle
half passing with the 4th and 3rd pair
put
pin
a pin
up
at
point
half passing
=
=
= put up a pin
the pin
at point
= enclose
put up a pin
point 7
enclose the pin
half passing with the 6th and 7th
pair
and 4th
made
ith pair
as
to 19
= work
over points 17
over points
is
the
to
finished
10th and
half passings
7
1
half
1
between
rth
all
the squares.
you
use.
489
i
half passing
put up the pin at the next point, twist both
pairs twice, but without enclosing the pin, and pass the inner
left
cross as before
left
one
= twist the
and so on.
as
may
figs.
801, 802
TIG. 70O.
ALENCIENNES GROUND.
Fig. 797.
Brussels ground.
According to the size of the squares the plaits are made with
either 4, 6 or 8 half passings, 2 pairs of bobbins being invariably
used. The plaits are joined by a half passing, made with the last
pair of the
left plait
and the
of the right
= enclose
worked
in
pairs of bobbins
= put
up
double passing
= en-
the pin with a double passing, twist both pairs each time
is
it
made by machinery.
Eternelle with two rows of holes
therefore
is
called
finite
tig.
eternelle
pattern
any width,
798).
The
laces have
they can be
so-
no de-
made
of
form of insertions
in the
or edgings.
row
The upper
of holes.
part of
here
7 pairs
fig.
are distri-
of bobbins are
used.
Put
point
double passing
between the
tighten the pair
hang
on pair of bobbins again on the left
double passing with the 1st pair
of the bobbins you hung on first and
with the new pair
push the double
two pairs
it
in again
= twist
pair once
on
Fig. 798.
the
first
it
aside
= hang
= lay the
OF HOLES.
49
aside
and
5th
pair
the
lay
last
two
at the
next point
with the
from
*.
Worked with
Put up
10 pairs of bobbins.
a pin at *
passings,
fig.
up a pin
at
point
two
a pin
at
make
point 2
enclose the
on the
to point 2
net
= put
last pairs
up
786, to point
lay
put
one pair
bobbins aside
net passings
point 3
put up a pin at point 3
ot
the
:.ose
It
lay
pin
to
See
at the
FlG
7 -J '?-
net passings to
4=
^mmMmmWwmimVmm
^^c'nC^o^ JSf
or ecru.
(*
sizes
49 2
to point 6
on the
the
= put
left
again
left
up
half passing
a pin at point
up the bobbins
take
with
7= work
the
pair
ist
on
the
3rd pair
as
in
788,
fig.
pair aside
up
pairs on the
right
put up a pin
at point
=
=
i3 =
net
the
left
hole ground with the 5th and 6th pair
put up a pin at point 14
net passings to point i5 with 5
pairs of bobbins
put up a pin at point i5
net passings
with 6 pairs of bobbins
take up a 7th pair of bobbins in
addition
pin at point 16
a pin at point
up
the
= put up a
a pin at point 18
first
point * on
left.
Pillow lace
'figs.
We
here give as an
it
made
even then
it
looks very
worked with 40
linen passing
row
= work
all
pairs of bobbins
= put
up
a pin at point
twisted
*
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
and the lis: ;f colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
49-
tN
FOR THE
IE FIGS. 8oi
tween even*
worked
pins
alike
set of
:
two
pairs
= linen
= make
them through
put up a pin
point 8
at the
= put up
passing.
a pin
The ground
be:
taking
A>D 8o2.
in
to left,
= pass
round the
32
494
make
the wheel, as
789 and 790, with
6 pairs of bobbins, hanging on 4 new pairs at point
12
in figs.
12
work with
pairs once
passing
linen
twisted
= twist the 4
linen passing
take
the
the
first
lop
pair of the
make
scal-
the wheels
all
continuing
before
the
ground
then go back
from point i3 to 14
cross
the
pairs
again
=
=
at
=2
right
and
left
14 and i5
twisted linen passing
bins of points
work
Hang
8o3 and 804).
on 12 pairs of bobbins.
Divide the bobbins and
(figs.
point 2
Fig. 8oi.
(*)
See
and the
list
Pillow lace.
Cordonnet 6
at the
end
fils
D.M.C No.
ot the
of colours of the
3o. (*)
point 8
=
=
pair
of
bobbins
one
add
=
add one
put up a pin
pair of bobbins = put up
a pin = lay one pair of
twisted
Material
to
linen
passings
cottons.
495
= twist = 2
=5 twisted
=2
= twist
linen passings
go back
with linen passing through
2 pairs
join together with
the two pairs and the first
by means of a twisted
put up the pin
pair
stitch
in the execution
resem-
it
presented in
figs.
647) to point
point
12
1 1
take 2
from point 10
point
646 and
= twist
at
pairs
plait to
= twist
with the
bobbins of point 1
double passing
plait on the
3
described.
Take
points
the pin
and i5
= put up
2 twisted double
passings on the right
2
linen passings
= twist the
at
through
[*)
See
2 linen passings
Fig. 802.
Material:
Pillow lace.
Fil a pointer
at the
D.M.G No.
3o. (*)
numbers and
sizes
49 6
join the latter
pin at point 17
and
point 18
7 to
Fig. 804.
Materials
Cordonnet 6
fils
21,2
tfyat
is
D.M.C
left
and
pin at point 25
= returning,
left
2 linen
= with
passings to point 26
and the
See
list
806).
Hang on
i4pairs of bobbins.
at the
497
= put
are divided into 3 groups = 3 pairs at point
= twisted linen passing = twist both pairs once = put up
These
up
a pin
= put up the
= linen
Fig. 8o5.
y ^w
v/
"
i-y
cY
<"<.X
^~
yT Y Y
\.W
'-'/
= linen
Y~
Si.
fig. 806.
Pillow lace.
Cordonnet 6 fils D.M.C No.
Fig. 806.
Material
25. (*)
= at point
left
as far as
point
1 1
3 intervert 6 pairs
=
=
2
first
(*)
pairs
See
he
list
at
at
point
i5
work
the
leaf
in
of colours of the
lozenge stitch
numbers and
sizes
49$
= put up
back
2
the
in
pairs once
= put up
manner = work on
linen passing
same
11
tie
up the
at point 22
first
first
pair
twist both
= twisted
point
bring the last pair back and work as at point 1
then repeat and proceed in the same way to point 27
twist
the 2 pairs up to point 26
put up the pin
make one
1
=
28 =
continue
tie
29 =
plait
stitch
=
=
of bobbins to point
add
2 pairs
of bobbins
olait = put
make
= make
ble passing
499
a plait to point 6
= put up
a pin
dou-
pairs
Material:
Fil a dentclle
No. 5o.
of bobbins
add 2 pairs of
bobbins= double passing
point 8
add 4 pairs of bob-
Fig. 807.
fig. 808.
10=
"
See
he
list
last
at
passing
= put up
= at
pin
join to point 8
point
D.M.C
(*)
numbers and
sizes
s 00
= go
With
12
the
two
first
pairs at point
plait stitch
put up a pin
and
make
1,
a plait to
point
by
a plait
join to point 12
=
=
= continue
edge to point 26
lozenge stitch from point 32 to point 26
point
the
at
make
point 26 and
= make
up the bobbins
23
first
a plait
= from
point 23 to point 28
with picots
to
plait to point
as
22
from point
= work
1
make
= put up a pin
point 29 = lozenge
pairs of bobbins
way
leaf in
3 leaves at point
tie
with the bobbins of point 18 and point 20, therewith 4 pairs, make a square in lozenge stitch
join the
point 27
fore
= make
= join
to point 33
at
stitch
to point 3o
from point 34
to
a plait
point 28
at
by a
from
plait
35 in the same
pin =
Hang on 28 pairs of
(figs. 809 and 810).
put up a
Begin at point 1 with a plait, fig. 790
up
a pin at the last
* hang on 5 pairs at point 2 and put
Pillow lace
bobbins.
= with
a pair of bobbins =
==
linen passing
passing
=3
make
a plait to point 3 *
linen passing
hang on
linen passings
5oi
= hang
Fig. 8io.
Material
Fig. 8og.
linen
leaf in lozenge
Pillow lace.
Fil a dentelle
No. 5o.
fig. 8io.
hang on
on a pair of bobbins
pairs of bobbins
put up a pin
D.M.G
(*)
order to point
(*)
See
and the
at the
list
3.
of colours of the
502
Put up
a pin at point 9
= hang
linen passing
to
point
i5
Make
19 and 20
leaf to point 22
on the
at
to
left
point 21
and one
to point 21
to points
= make another
16 to point 19
make
the
same
leaves
and 26.
=
=
Make
a pin
make
tie
gether as at point 10
up
14
threads together.
passing
left at
= distribute the
points
and
and work, as on
=2
= linen
pairs at point 37
point 38
at
join to point 38
39=
5o3
= work
exactly
and work on with lozenge stitch to point 41
in the same manner at points 3i, 32, 34, 35, 39, 42 as at
points 36, 37, 38, 40 to 41
at point 41, all the threads are
interwoven, and then divided into 3 sets
continue the
leaves to points 45, 46 and 47. Then repeat in the reverse
order from points 3i, 38, 25, 32 and 39.
Armenian
lace
Fig. 811.
..
(figs.
Armenian lace.
D.M.C Nos. 25
to 70.
3o3.
dresses of the
rs , r- xt
Materials Fa a pointer D.M.C
Nos. 10 to 3o,
Zordonnet 6 fiis d.m.c Nos. 5 to 40 or
Fil a dentelle
The
(*)
the
Armenian work
is in itself,
ficiently
both
suf-
interesting
scription
here
a-
that
with capital
I*)
See
and the
effect in
at the
list
Working detail of
strong
fig. 811.
stiff washing
Jj
rnav be imitated
of colours of the
sizes
304
indicated
in
our
illustration,
The thread
is first
it from right
and working from
carry
many
drawn
to left,
left to
upon
either
or cotton
linen
silk.
you then
room
for.
The number
of knots
should
When
equal.
all
(fig.
Armenian
The
sides,
linen,
is
3).
same
81
Except-
stitches are
81 3, as
in fig.
lace.
begun.
As
preceding figure
two colours are used alterfrom one to the other is distinctly marked
in the engraving.
The outside edge consists of light scallops, formed by
in
the
The
of the
of the plush.
original
soft
hues
colour
Fig. 81
Materials
3.
Fil a pointer
D.M.G Nos.
Colours
in
10 to 3o,
knotted stitch.
Cordonnet 6
D.M.C Nos. 25
(figs.
fils
D.M.C Nos.
10
to 5o.
5o5
(*)
This
mode
(*)
and the
of
See
list
at
(figs.
of colours of the
cottons.
is
The
repre-
numbers and
sizes
5o6
Fig. 814.
Materials:
Fil a pointer
or Fil
Fig. 8 1
5.
Working detail of
fig. 814.
is
supposed to be
cimens of work done in the same way, which were the products
of Persia and Asia Minor. We have called it by the same name
(*)
See
and the
at the
list
507
knotted stitch.
for
fig.
814. (*)
mmmmMmMm
Fig. 817.
loops in
jn both
fig.
Working detail of
lie
fig. 816.
closer together
and are
alike
*
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
5o8
see
fig.
700.
which
lace,
little
Lace
Fig. 818.
in
is
(tigs.
of Italian origin,
knotted stitch.
Materials: Cordonnet 6
rils
D.M.C
Fig. 819.
Working detail of
fig. 818.
Fig. 820.
Reticella lace.
Materials
3 to 8. (*)
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
sizes
such for
509
instance as Bleu-Indigo
Fig. 821.
Reticella lace
lar
to those
as the
fig. 820.
a design traced
The
we thought
fication, often
consists in
used
it
as well to
But
substituting a braid
made with
Reticella laces
sented here,
bars
(figs.
made on
are generally
Working detail of
stitches
made upon
the needle.
33
should
be
traced
which
upon
paper
you next
proceed to make the cenblack
covered with
bars,
tre
row
of
fig.
y55
lowed
to
by
another
bar,
pick
stitches
of the preceding
row and
by another row
second finished
like
picots,
trated
like
in
off
the
with
those illus700.
fig.
The
like-
The stitches
row should
first
too
close
there
of the
not be
together,
may
be
room
that
for
row
Irish lace.
The
ramids
Fig. 823.
Venetian lace.
stitch
worked
in the
represented in
fig.
5l
the
755,
them
round
picots
are
the ones
like
in fig. 599.
The
in
fig.
represented
lace,
820
in
origi-
its
was worked in
adentelleD.M.CNo.
nal size,
Fil
whilst
80,
same
the
us
how
second
the
engraving,
representing
subject,
shows
perfectly well
made
can also be
in
it
hea-
vier
rials,
(figs.
827, 828).
Under
the
nerally
the
beautiful
of
with handsome
scallops in high relief.
dered
We
shall confine
attention
instance
in
to
our
the present
the
made Venetian
needle-
lace as the
already
Fie
making
given
for
the
of pillow lace.
5l2
The
preparation of the
most kinds of
needlework, is a most
important matter and one
requiring
the
greatest
pattern, in
care,
but
in the
case of
is
must
traced
be backed or lined
with unglazed black pa-
first
per (made
specially
for
pattern,
exactly
at
the
made
stitch
over
the threads.
Fig.
822,
others of the
with the
same
series
show
between
the prickings, and the layshould be
Fig. 827.
Venetian lace.
ing
down
left
of the threads
5i3
openworked afterwards.
When
all
work
this preliminary
is
filling
in,
is
be-
cover
all
those
you
all
Materials
surfin
to i5o. (*,
to
join all
the
separate
tonhole edges.
All the different lace stitches that are used as fillings
must
must be
We
careful
(*)
See
and the
list
at the
of colours of the
sizes
314
with the eye towards the worker and the point turned outwards. All the inside portionsof the pattern have to
be worked in separately
for a choice of stitches to
see figs.
serve as fillings
the
repre-
sented in
The
all
filled, as
figs.
worked
close stitch.
When
are done,
the insides
all
edges and
the
buttonholed.
The
on
p. 83, fig.
embroidery.
The
(fig.
829).
outlining of the
fig-
Coton
surfin
D.M.C,
done
at
by
bars
or
by
net
Materials
telle
as in
Thus
^ast.
fig.
8-25,
DID
making the
in
lace,
fig.
working all
ground which may be replaced by bars with picots and then
only proceed to the outside buttonholing and the scallops.
As
this
all
is
Of
all
of thread,
frequently al-
so
D.M.Cand
D.M.C are the
sace
Fil a dentelle
and they
tint,
old
Spray in needle-point
83o).
(fig.
Needle-point
requires the
Brussels lace,
same prepara-
work
as Venetian lace
seldom contains such
a variety of stitches and openwork as the latter.
tory
but
it
ti_
represented in
figs.
720 and
Fig. 83o.
Spray
in
needle-point.
u
r For .u
the open stitches
Fu a
dentelle D.M.C No. 200. For the outlining:
u
Materials
c-
-40; the outlines are less thickly buttonholed and the stitches,
he
numbers and
5 10
The
needle-point
lace
designs
are
ordinarily
less
speaking
artistic
in.
As
the plan on
a systematic
which
this
it
treats of
needle.
You
thread in the
little
Then draw
the
left
and behind the thread that is round the loop and lies in the
left hand, fig. 832. As you lay the thread round the left fore-
i8
or, you must pass the knot and the ends of thread as well,
over into the left hand, and with the right hand pull the
thread that lies on the right and draw up the loop, fig. 8
Fig. 85;.
F::-
.-::
In
fig.
Kmottbb
B3a
833.
83.).,
Knotted
rd.
::t-z
you are shown how the forefinger of the right hand lifts up the
thread and passes through the loop on the left hand; the end
will consequently also pass immediately into the right hand
and the left hand will tighten the knot.
:i _ ill
;: ..
Encyclopedia
vj
Need
let
:-'-.
[a
J*
Baglisii txrand
z..:
sdgea
Pi
dc
'
MISCELLANEOUS PAHCT?
by thus drawing up
"ORK
one on the
left
first
a loop
is
tted coei
Fie-
Fam
:s
T
:
two
are
Amongst
338,
the crochet patterns
that
cutting a
the middle,
ball,
Fil
io to 3o, Cote- a
of
tri-
D.M.C N;s. 6 to
coter
with
~-
'
!
D.M.C N:;
fig.
ju have a great
836.
manv
number
"laiALS
z :.:.-.:
these, begin by
KNOTTED COBS.
balls
to
make
e table
MM
or Soutache
Nos. I tc
of
numbers
D..M.C
':
'
tea
520
it
is
Lay two
with stitches,
fig.
them
closely
Fig. 836.
Fig. 837-
Fig. 838.
Fig. 840.
Ball completed
with loop attached.
Fig. 841.
D.M.C
(knitting cotton)
cotton).
(*)
or Coton a repriser
521
D.M.G
(darning
in fig. 841.
Since the
Tambour work (figs. 842, 843, 844, 845).
introduction of the sewing machine, by means of which this
Fig. 843.
Fig. 842.
Thimble
for
tambouring.
Tambour needle.
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
522
you work. From the thimble being cut slightly slanting at the
top, it follows that the inside where the two ends meet is a
little
up
down with
in the
the hands
little
practice
is
in
tambouring.
is
drawn
844.
necessary to acquire the right action of the
fig.
523
simultaneous, you will find that you can work with great rapiand with admirable results. Thread with a very strong
dity
twist,
lor
will
tambouring. Of the
Fil a dentelle
Numbers
(*)
are the
not
split, is
D.M.C
(*)
and
most to be recommended.
Fig. 845.
in
tambour work
amongst those
figs.
227 are the ones that are best adapted to the purpose.
{*)
See
list
at the
of
numbers and
sizes
524
different other
at greater
length.
Smyrna
stitch requires
is
worked
3EERg
Mr
Fig. 846.
Smyrna stitch
a crochet
worked with
|| || || ||
Fig. 848.
ji
||
Fig. 847.
TtBBB
I
Smyrna stitch
Fig. 849.
Smyrna stitch
525
fig. 849 and draw it in ; then push out the hook to seize the
ends of the cotton and draw them through the loop which is
on the needle,
as indicated
by the
little
arrow
in
fig.
847.
The
^#$few^
wp^Hrnrnrnr
Fig. 85o.
Malta
Fig. 85
stitch.
Malta
Malta
stitch.
Second detail.
First detail.
Fig. 852.
i.
stitch.
Fig. 853.
Third detail.
Malta
stitch.
Fourth detail.
work completed, presenting that warm velvety appearance which distinguishes the Smyrna carpets.
of the
Malta
stitch
(figs.
85o,
85
1,
852,
853,
854).
This
526
stitch is
much used by
the Maltese;
in
it
the latter,
is
the
same
as the point
return of the thread are open and the stitches packed very
It is
Coton
worked
a repriser
as follows
Fig. 854.
Colours
always
bunch of lengths of
under two vertical threads of
take a thick
D.M.C, pass
it
Malta embroidery.
is
1 1
and
the
stuff,
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
sizes
two
527
stitches.
The
the
needle
first stitch
ving
Amongst
the
deries are
many
(figs.
distinguished,
there
is
one
difficult, is in reality
Coming
stitch
stitch
two
back, you pass the needle under the stuff and the
on the right side, and bring it out at the bottom of the
then you make a back stitch over two horizontal and
two
straight threads,
put
it
stitch
--.
.---
Tviiaa
::
"
-d
and
ibarth. as fomr
-%
~;ZZL*I
1
-:
j*--
'
.-
UL-
M
-
'.'.
.'-.
-.
ELI
~
-
-~
?3o
you make
is
5 stitches,
of these
in
minate the
extending over
second over 5, the third over 7, the fourth over
the four next decreasing in a similar
g and the fifth over
manner. The leaves in Chine gold and green, on either side
of the stalk, also begin with a stitch over 3 threads of the
stuff, followed by 8, each increasing in length by one thread
on the side of the stalk, but all equal on the other, the last
extending over 12 threads of the suff. After these 9, the subsequent 8 must decrease in the same manner by one thread
3 threads, the
The
zig-zag border
it
worked entirely in
Chine gold and red.
are
Fig. 861.
Materials
Chine
Turkish embroidery.
d'or
a broder
Colours
For the
and dark blue and gold and green.
For the Coton a broder Noir grand-teint
:
(*)
and the
powdering of flowers
and also the border
are worked like the
3io.
(*)
preceding pattern in
tWO-sided
Gobelin
See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and sizes
list
of colours of the
cottons.
Embroidery of
which
is
this
53
necessary to count the threads for the little flowers and stalks,
but it is as well to do so for the border, that you may be sure
to get the zig-zags perfectly regular.
The
worked
alternately in
pour
la
green.
a
Chine'
D.M.G
fin
The
broder and
if
The
Or
stem
the embroidery
is
must be repeated
to be the
at the back.
we should recommend
Applique work
(fig.
Coton
same on both
is left
for
to the taste
the
zig-zags
effective.
862).
the
as to
of various shapes
and
form
stuff
needle-
made embroidery.
Applique work may be done on linen, silk, velvet, plush
and leather. The stuff out of which the pattern is cut has, in
most cases, to be backed first with very fine tissue paper.
This is done in the following manner with starch paste,
which dries quicker than any other. Spread the paste on the
paper with a brush, carefully removing all the little lumps; it
should only be just liquid enough to make the stuff and the
paper adhere perfectly together and above all must never
stuff. When the paper has
been evenly spread with the paste, lay your stuff upon it and
smooth and press it down with a clean cloth, stroking it out
carefully in the line of the thread to prevent its becoming in
the least dragged or puckered, or any air remaining between
it and the paper.
You
532
Fig. 86
You
then
whatever
it
transfer the
happen
whole pattern on
to the foundation,
on
to
the paper-lined stuff, carefully cutting out the latter with a very
sharp pair of scissors so as to avoid unravelling the threads
533
5, fig.
manner
side
and
tion.
236,
that
fit
them
In larger pieces of
work
especially,
a fine
may
round cord, or by
flat stitches.
*4
You
ing
it
either
a
little
at
Fig. 863.
so as
stitches, open-
invisible
to
slip
the
needle
Morocco embroidery.
Materials According
Colour
and
Rouge-Cardinal 346
fils
D.M.C,
(*).
In either case
it
to hide
See
ind the
at
list
numbers and
sizes
535
Morocco embroidery
work named
after the
Fig. 864.
Morocco embroidery.
In
fig.
fig. 863.
in the
same manner
over the whole surface of the work, unless the lines of the
rattern require you to depart from this rule; as, for instance,
in
certain
parts
of
fig.
536
MISCKI.I.ANKOUS FANCY
WORK
manner,
863
such,
in
that
joined
is,
mliilllpii
four
together,
fig.
863.
suitable as
finish
Fig. 865.
Morocco embroidery.
to
fig.
863.
Fig. 866.
Morocco embroidery.
Most of the
stuffs,
fig. 863.
embroidery,
provided the right working materials to go with it are chosen
Coton a tricoter or Fil a pointer should only be used for the
coarser stuffs, such as Rodes linen No. i, or Russian linen
and the different kinds of tammy cloth, whereas the other
kinds of D.M G threads and cottons and especially the finer
numbers, are best adapted for embroidery on fine stuffs, such
as Rhodes linen No. 2, and Spanish or Algerian linen.
as a foundation for this kind of
Spanish embroidery
(figs.
Spanish
em-
53 7
and
The buttonhole
fig.
221.
stitches, for
dark or pale, to match the gold thread, are made over two
threads of gold and follow the outlines of the pattern, which
One
and follows
it
throughout
Fig. 867.
Materials
Or
in
D.M.C pour
Colours
fin
(*)
(*; See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
sizes
538
left
is
as
shown
in
the
left
868, representing one quarter of the whole design, where the position of the needle and the way in which
corner of
fig.
the picot
is
Fig. 868.
Where
size,
you can
fill
fig. 867, in
the natural
size.
first.
(*) See at the end of the concluding chapter, the table of numbers and
and the list of colours of the D.M.C threads and cottons.
sizes
53o,
When
in
When
stuff
fig.
868.
Our readers will notice that in fig. 867 the flowers and
arabesques succeed and grow out of each other that whilst
the four quarters are symmetrical, yet at the same time, the
curves in each quarter take a different inclination.
You cannot therefore simply repeat the subject four times
when you have copied the one quarter, given in fig. 868, you
must lay this first quarter on again at the cross + on the left
side when the second quarter is finished, you again turn the
copy to the left and tack it on at the + when you come to the
fourth quarter the lines of the first quarter must exactly meet
;
those of the
last.
We
540
in the
subse-
quent chapter.
Basket
_
|
on linen
stitch
(fig.
___
,,. ,.,.
^^
latter.
narrow tracing,
Fig. 869.
with
or
fine
more or
closely, according
to the
less
taste
of the worker.
You
needle in from
insert the
left
to right,
and pass
it
left to
to left; then
the stuff in an
out on the
left
upward
left
in the
between the
the second.
The
direction
last stitch
This
Fig
"
further on.
needle
skill
of the worker
for
may
be set slant-
ing,
as in
fig.
541
each case, to
(figs.
871, 872).
D.M.C No.
Take
very thick
^^
'
10 or 20, or one
W*
of the coarser
#
Fig. 871.
You may
stitch in the
in
fig.
colour
overcast the
manner
same
indicated
Fig. 872.
able variety.
straight
873).
old
stitch.
The
German
The
little
worked
lace thread, either so that all the stitches enter the stuff, or
35
>42
Roumanian
stitch
875).
(figs.
874,
This consists
worked
width
in the
by
sected
back-
slanting.
Though
graving
is
as to render
it
hard-
we
necessary,
ly
way
Bring
out
the
needle on the
left,
or 6 threads be-
with regard
number
the
to
of
stuff
rial
ted
in
same
distance
advance of the
as before
in
line
and bring
it
put
it
in
again one
MISCELLANEOUS FANCY WORK
$4?>
The
age,
stiff
original,
still
and use.
--
is
Willems
satin,
Rhodes
No.
linen
jl
and
tint
which
is
almost indispensable to a
'^sSf-
j\
its
-^
;
,'
f
I
satis-
Any one
the
foot
of the
Roumanian
are widest
leaves
Fig. 874.
Roumanian stitch.
stitch is
there
used instead.
maybe
or for a grounding
if
you
such as
it
is
(fig.
876)
now manufactured,
The
is
stuff,
simply an
unknown
in
these days, but very popular in the fifteenth and sixteenth cen-
making
coverlets
making
of caps.
It is
the lower,
more
substantial.
544
The
pattern
is
drawn upon
You then
outlines of the
pattern in Old
Fig. 87D.
Materials
Colours
made.
Border
in
work
German knotted
the
all
stitch
with
Roumanian stitch.
5o, or
D.M.C No.
sizes
545
then push the twist quite close to the knotit in between the two layers of stuff, with
and fasten
ted stitch
Fig. 876.
Materials
Cordonnet 6
Fil a pointer
Fill
up
in this
fils
D.M.C on
reels.
D.M.C Nos.
manner
all
and
25,
Fil d'Alsace
Fil a dentelle
D.M.C No.
D.M.C No.
100,
3o. (*)
them
.-ee at
and the
list
of colours of the
cottons.
numbers and
sizes
546
When
in
them by
cutting
away
the
work published
in
Venice
in
562, by Gio-
The
letters lend
any we know,
to
being executed
in
Sou-
U
T\ A/T C
tacne
U.M.L..
The sewing on
done
with very small running stitches and the interlacing with a
tapestry needle, into which the braid is threaded
both
operations are shown in figs. 877 and 880. The embroidery
of the connecting bars, and the small leaves and tendrils that
complete the letter are explained in fig. 881, whilst fig. 882
braid
of the
is
a fine
D.M.G
soft
and
material
is
the best,
embroidering the
small accessories, Coton a broder D.M.C No. 5o (*).
(*)
for
See
and the
list
at the
fig.
of colours of the
of
numbers and
sizes
Fig. 878.
Alphabet
547
54*
Fig. 879.
Alphabet
in
Soutache. Letters
to Z.
549
322 No.
these flowers.
Thread
the
and draw it
and then pass it through from the right side to
the bottom of one of the petals of the flowers,
wrong
at
Fig. 880.
Letter
Fig.
Fig. 881.
of the
alphabet in soutache.
mode of sewing on
the Soutache.
Letter
alphabet
W of the
Letter
soutache.
Mode of placing the
bars and embroidering
the leaves.
in
ALPHABET
IN ITS
A
IN
of the
SoUTACHE
FINISHED
STATE.
it
down,
like
fig.
wider than the Soutache, fold the Soutache over again to the
starting point, and secure it by a stitch, and so on. In order
to give a different character to the flowers, use Soutache of
different widths, fold it over more or less closely and lay it
down
The
natural
of a flower can
be very faithfully
imitated in this manner. Fig. 883 shows the way in which, for
fastened
down, whilst
is
in the
.n
other
little
and stem
stitch
With
the
55o
Fig. 883.
Flowers executed
Colours
in
to 3
35. (*)
(*)
See
and the
list
at the
of colours of the
sizes
55
We need only point out that Rouge-Cardinal 348 is intended for the little knot that connects the stalks of the flowers,
new use.
The kind of gauze which forms the foundation of the original work can be replaced either by Spanish or Rhodes linen
a
No.
2,
by any
stuff,
in
fact,
counted.
to be transferred
Fig. 884.
Materials
By
Chinese subject.
la
broderie
is
ca-
Thus,
'
in
the
model before
and the
numbers and
sizes
552
in
it,
are
it
worked
nament on the
Vert-Pistache 36y, the handles, the orand the triangular figure in the centre
bottle,
flower on the
are in white
the
little
left,
Practical directions.
often so
essential to the ultimate success of a piece of needlework. For
this success will soon be found not to depend on the stitches
the space
the
whilst in the case of applique work more especially, it is indispensable to know exactly what the ingredients are, of which
the paste should be composed and how to make and lay it on
in the
proper manner.
copy
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
554
or pinning
may
the
left
whilst the right hand does the tracing, but even then
or
pin
to
gum
case of interruption, as
it
is difficult
to
it
hand,
is
safer
exactly.
The
tracing
may
or better still,
Indian ink or water-colour paint.
The process of tracing is easy enough, so long as the hand
does not get tired but as this generally comes to pass very soon
if the pattern be a large and complicated one, to
it is best,
stick the sheets to the pane with strong gum or suspend them
on
in
the pane
a pattern of a piece of
lay
it
it,
with
it
of a
if it
be
and
also
charcoal.
The
outlines will
not of course, in any case, be very clearly defined upon the paper
and will have to be gone over and carefully supplemented afterwards with a pencil.
Taking off the pattern with charcoal or graphite is less
injurious to the embroidery than rubbing it off with wax or
metal, as the pressure required in the latter case flattens the
To
Patterns
transfer a pattern direct on to the stuff.
cannot be copied by either of the above methods direct on to
the stuff and can only be used when the stuff on wmich the
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
embroider}'
is
to be executed is transparent
following
is
555
in the case of thick
the simplest
way
stuff itself.
The
of transferring a pattern on to a
all
the stuff.
The
not done
till
smooth glossy
stuffs, is
stuffs.
The modes
of copying,
described,
cannot
be
indiscriminately
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
556
The closer and more complicated the pattern is, the finer
and closer the holes should be. Every line of the outline must
be carefully pricked out.
If the
The
rial,
stuff
When
paper and
the
if
the join
may
When
is
to be
make
to the stuff,
repeated, lay
remove the
on again
it
not be seen.
you have
paper, you proceed
finished
to
off
the
in the pattern
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
yellow and white are sufficient for
colour of the stuff may be.
all
557
On
stances.
The rougher and more hairy the surface, the finer the
brush ought to be, in order that the colour may sink well in
between the fibres.
Before beginning to paint in the pattern, gently blow away
powder from the surface. This process may
be objected to as being an old one which has been superseded
by new inventions; a resinous powder for instance, by the use
of which patterns can be fixed, as soon as they have been pounced, by passing a hot iron over the stuff, a sheet of paper
all
the superfluous
having
been
upon
of
first
laid
it
called
upon
to transfer
them
to stuff.
We
of pricking.
4 to
36
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
558
ever be
made
coal, as
it
is
upon
directly
it
may remain
clear
and distinct
until
the
tracing be
finished.
After dividing
these
into
it
absolutely
are
four,
mark out
necessary
in
the diagonal
order to get
lines;
the corner
fold-over.
It
is
threads to
mark
till
the
mounted
in
following
way
make
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
55o,
stick a pin into it and tighten the knot round it; with a pair of
compasses, divide one of the sides into two equal parts, stick
the pin with the knot round it in at the middle and the same
on the opposite side, putting in a second pin by means of
which you stretch the thread carry other threads across in a
similar way, in the width of the stuff and from corner to corner
and you will have your ground correctly marked out, in such
a manner as to leave no marks when, after pouncing in the
;
pattern,
intended
it is
it is
for.
for this,
you
will
To transpose and repeat patterns by means of lookinghave referred to the necessity that
glasses (fig. 885).
often occurs of adapting patterns to certain given proportions
this can in most cases be done easily enough without the help
of a draughtsman, especially in the case of cross stitch embroideries, by means of two unframed looking-glasses (Penelope
mirrors, as they are called) used in the following manner.
We
If
you want
after repeating
to utilize a piece
it
several times, to
first
instance across
is
to
it
at right angles,
be repeated,
and
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
56o
This
is
all
work
piece of
it
of the
to
that
is
Fig. 885.
where
it
will be
greater modifications
dealing with.
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
work
altogether, deterred
You need
not do either
56l
if
given.
Take a sheet of large-sized quadrille paper which if necesyou can prepare for yourself; trace your pattern upon it,
rule
or
the squares direct upon the drawing
as shown in
sary
fig.
886.
On
on the
first
sheet.
Thus,
to
If,
fifth,
^ or cor
To
sec of
rut
the pattern
time, pre
and
err.
c
corresponding to
re to be
the proport:
ilf
millimetres and
and
there be any
if
:'or
M^mmmm
-istance obtain
3
i
bm
indict: t:
: is
cany
~ '":
_::::t :t
It is
from
:hemin a
similar
mar r.t:
sc
that the
needless
::
mounted
piece of
say
dial
if
wcr:
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
563
To
height
Fig. 8bN.
Pattern
in
Sometimes
it
Soutache. Original
is
necessary to
size.
Fig. 880.
Pattern
in fig.
in
the width.
Fig. 8qo.
Pattern
in fig.
888 compressed
in
the width.
its
height.
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
564
It
may seem
one, as
not
the
and pour
in quantity
it
about the
size of a
pea
When
the
mixture has boiled up several times take it off the fire and go
on stirring it till it gets cold, otherwise lumps will form in it,
which as we specially pointed out in the preceding chapter,
must never be allowed to get in between the stuff and the paper.
This kind of paste makes no spots and does not injure even
the most delicate colours as it contains no acid. In winter it
will keep for several days, but in hot weather it very soon
begins to ferment and should then on no account be used.
Gum
it
is
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
When
the
work
is
finished
it is
it
made
it
until
of hog's
it is
To
bristles,
and not
565
to take
with a
fine
brush
perfectly dry.
new needlework. In
lace,
off until
it
is
quite dry.
We
pletely.
To -wash ordinary
Wind
it
round a bottle the
same width top and bottom and cover it entirely with muslin,
fastened to the lace by a few stitches. Fill the bottle half full
of sand, so that it may not get knocked about too violently
when
lace.
Immerse
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
566
pinch of
water as
it
When
you
will
clear,
and
let
it,
to be the case
when
To wash
which
real lace.
yellow and
if
boil for
it
all
know
by plunging
is
and
salt,
The process
so seldom
is
fragile, particularly
if it
the
is
washed
and
same
is
as the above,
generally
very
it
or greasy,
a bottle in the
To
in
manner already
stiffen lace.
described.
when
much
Take
as
fine
divide
will require,
it
into
Dip the
lace in the
out wringing
it
to
on the
it
liquid, then
it flat
To iron
lace.
Guipure or
left
it
for a
it
be machine-made and if
any sort, pin it out.
it
be Irish
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
567
Before you begin to iron, hold the lace tight in your left
hand by the footing and with the right hand pull out all the
picots, along the edge of the lace, to an equal length, then lay
it
upon
and iron
moderately hot iron, passing the iron backwards and
out
flat
with a
forwards over
it
it
until
it
be quite dry.
to be,
again.
it
out crossways
left to right,
To pin out
satisfactory
The
wood should
circumference of the
outside
be padded
The
to pin
pins
down
steel
pins are of no
(less
much
it
damp
cloth as
you
are
Lay
the lace
in a straight line,
down
If you find the pinning out troublesome and cannot get it all
done before the lace dries, damp the picots with a sponge as
you proceed.
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
568
drum
wind
it
To wash coloured
same.
in as
In
many changes
until the
let
cottons
to rinse
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
it
original freshness
it
56a.
and
should be dipped
Materials.
would
It
it
if
you want
in
weak
was
to give
it
it
to
its
a yellowish tinge,
tea or coffee.
paratively easy to
must
we were
it
our work and which will help every one to choose their own
materials without having them actually before them. The
strokes that are affixed to each number indicate the exact size
of the thread, so that to find out the number you want to buy
to
harmonious
effect.
complete table of colours must of necessity include certain more or less staring shades, which though they may not
be to every one's taste cannot on that account be left out.
We
fast dyes.
and repeated washing. There are only very few which are really fast, or grandthat is to say, which will resist the action of chemical agents, amongst
teint,
Table oi the
These
C=*^
FIL
sizes of the
D-M-C
Cottons
articles will
DMC
FIL A
D ALSACE
DENTELLE
(Lace Thread)
FIL
if-
POUR MACHINES
-:
SOIE DE
-;;::
-::
COTON
CROCHET 4
Cotton Silk)
FILS
H
II
-.4
M
'.9
70
...
80
90
90
100
100
110
190
190
ISO
..
f.
ISO
140
150
160
130
COTON A BRODER
(Embroidery Cotton)
-::
Hi
aoo
4
400'
500
CORDONHET
-v
6 FILS
8
10
12
A BRODER
14
16
jtres
15
B FB POUR LA BRODERIE *
* = ;-
"^
SO
::.:
22
::=.d:nsft
CHIME D'OR *
red
gold)
30
^^K^HBHMH
-
sj
GHSE TURQUE *
QiT-liH Turkish gM csrt)
12
30
15
35
90
40
25
45
(Gold corf)
(Washing eol e
25
10
30
50
40
55
50
60
60
65
70
70
80
75
90
SO
90-
100
ISO
100
150
120
'~
All
150
---z
l--.z
irticlesj
:ution
COTON SPECIAL
^k
ts
^~
= =
50
>
60
5 j
COTON A BR0DERSURF1N
COTON A MARQUER
(Marking Cotton)
.r
loo
-S
130
130
8
10
12
16
-aids)
20
No*
24
30
l
iJ
35
40
POUTER
FIL A
(Knotting Threadj
45
50
60
r
:
~_-^.
~~
70
11
~~-
2 -
80
2^
90
100
120
150
200
u
13
COTON A TRICOTER
'Knitting
Cottm)
COTON A REPRISER
Darning Cotton)
l
10
12
14
16
18
30
25
30
SOUTACHE O-B-C
35
(Narrow Braid)
40
50
60
80
COTON
FEUTRER
(Faftrag C*ttn)
-
90
100
~>bers in
-e,
black
-=
5
Alphabetical
list
DMC
Couleurs
Tres-fonce
Fonce
Moyen
Clair
Tres-clalr
Goloiui
Vary urk
Dark
M.dlinn
Light
V.ry light
...3305
...3306
516
482
338
476...
..
3300
.
..
...3301
...311
.
333
506
.682.
517...
483
339
..
..
..
.
478...
477...
..
336...
...342
505.
Bleu-Marin
...
...3302
312
343
507
683
518
484
340
479
...3303
.
486...
487...
488
526...
674
527
675
586
587
434
435
662
303
324
302
485
...341...
480
3304
334
345
509
344
508
668
489
..
Bleu-lYnncllu
3309
...3308
....3307
..
490
709...
525
585
Bi
111
-Acajou
529
588
589
436
437.
300
402
433...
.....660
354
416
430
615
454
438
403
..
..
.664
357
419
325
..
..
..
...619...
456
440
458
.442
407
463
Brun-Rouille
...3310
650.
...331
...
329
3314
651
383
Gris d'Argent
Gris-Rleu
590
610
408
645
Gris-Brun
...413
Gris-Coutil
Gris-Deuil
387...
...655...
601
635
636
460
520
640
Plomb
409
646
317
388
656
704
707
...600...
Gris-Ficelle
Gris de
653
593...
613...
411
64
620
420
625
378
630
425
...410
647
648
318
705
708
379
1...
..
415..
390
659
604....
639
524
644
717...
623
423
628...
.....380
428
427
595
597
Couleurs
Tres-fonce
Fonce
Moyen
Clair
Colour!
Very dark
Dark
Medium
Light
To
...649
643
716
718
622
422
627
631
391
..412...
.
603
638
462
637...
426
392
596
Gris-Tilleul
Gris verdatre
706...,
621
421
594...
..614
.
658
46
654.
..386.
385...
611
Gris-Cendre
Gris neutre
Gris-Noisette
652
384
719
592
624
424
629
382
63*
429
331
The
is
Tres-clair
Very
light.
urgently requested
colours
to
whose numbers
contained in the
D-M-C
colour-card, in any of
etc. are to
be had.
Couleurs
Tres-fonce
Fonce
Moyen
Clair
Colours
Very dark
Dark
Medium
Light
307
445
711
Jaune-Mals
J aune d'Ocre
576
575
363
364
Jaune-vieil-Or
678
679
577
676
443
308
667
680
Lilas gris
313
398
Noir grand-teint
310
Noir-Jais
Noir vert
681
Rose-Eglantine
570
Tres-clair
Very
light
...446
...712
579
578
...677
...444
365
366
...314
328
399
572
573
473
571
574
....3326
Rose
vif
...565...
567
568
Rouge-Aurore
360
496
346
361
332
Rouge-Cardinal
Rouge-Cerise
..
.
306
497
347
362
3316...
..3315.
569
....
449
304
305
348
...3317
..447
....3318
...:33I9
352
688
353
450
Rouge-Ecarlate
Rouge-Framboise
Rouge-Geranium
Rouge-Grenat
Rouse-Groseille
..
684
..
.349
358
605
..
686
685
...350
351
335....'
326
607
...359...
606
I....3327
...3328
....3329
Rouge-Turc
Rouge- Vermilion
545...
492
670
546
580.
581
491
Vert-Bronze
Vert-Canard
Vert-Corbeau
Vert dore
669
..
547
..501.
582
713
584
557
559
693
504
...556
...690
555...
...689
.500.
673
549
671
474
Vert-de-gris
Vert-Emeraude
493
...
691
502
Vert-Madeira
...561
Vert metallique
465
468
535
Vert-Olive
Vert-Perroquet
Vert-Pistache
Vert-Pre
1
II
||
1
51
3320.
451
Violet-Evfique
Violet-Lie-de-Vin
..370.
...375..
Violet-Mauve
Violet-Prune
..
540
530
550
394
',',<..*
Very
fiSfi
564
...
472
539
514
698
369
703
...320
701
....3324
...315
541
531...
396
374
377
544
534
554
397
Tres-clair
373
316
...371
542
532
533
Tres-fonce
Couleurs
.112
695
367
700
699
Violet-Amethyste
562
...470
469
536
694
3
rittrV
Fonce
Moyen
Clair
Dark
Medium
Light
Vary
light
H
B
y name.
D74
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
may
mode
of execution, materials
TH. de DILLMONT,
DORNACH
(Alsace).
and so
forth
5
31
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PREFACE.
Page
PLAIN SEWING
Stitches
Seams
Gathering
flaps
io
Button-holes
Sewing on buttons
12
Binding
slits
Sewing on piping
Fixing whale-bones
i3
Herring-boning
MENDING
14
1
Linen darning
16
17
Damask darning
18
Fine-drawing
20
Patching
20
23
Hem-stitching
24
Open-work
27
patterns
39
Cut open-work
40
42
5i
Net embroidery
5i
Net patterns
52
Net darning
62
Damask
63
stitches
WHITE EMBROIDERY
75
Stitches
77
79
80
Eyelet holes
Six ways of
making
dots
81
Venetian embroidery
82
83
31
TABLE OF CONTENTS
576
Page
io5
io5
satin stitch
Oriental stitch
106
108
Persian stitch
109
stitch patterns
10
Chinese embroidery
Raised embroidery
flat
Turkish embroidery
Implements and materials for gold embroiderv
Stitches used n gold embroidery
i5
g
20
127
128
Tapestry stitches
Tapestry patterns
29
38
143
KNITTING
52
171
172
Casting on
173
Stitches
78
Stocking knitting
82
Scalloped edge
i83
Heels
Toes
189
Mending
knitting
84
190
Pique patterns
g5
Patent knitting
201
Turkish
202
stitch
Knitting patterns
2o3
CROCHET WORK
221
223
Stitches
Method
22 3
for
in crochet
2 38
23g
240
Tunisian crochet
241
Hairpin crochet
243
245
249
Crochet counterpanes
Crochet stars
284
'
3oo
Crochet collar
304
Crochet chair-back
3 16
8
111
TABLE OF CONTENTS
^77
Page
TATTING
325
326
Knots
328
33
MACRAME
342
Macrame
Macrame
344
345
shuttles
36o
patterns
36
NETTING
3g5
3g5
Stitches
397
400
410
414
423
434
Netted insertion
IRISH
438
LACE
4 3q
Materials
439
440
442
Insertion stitches
445
45o
Lace stitches
Needle-made picots
467
468
Stitches
or passings
473
its
manufacture
474
481
Patterns or grounds
481
Armenian
5o3
Laces
in
lace
knotted stitch
5o5
Reticella-lace
5o8
Venetian-lace
5io
Brussels-lace
5i5
trimmings
519
Tambour work
Smyrna stitch
52
523
Malta stitch
Triangular Turkish
517
5
525
stitch
526
Turkish embroidery
53o
Applique'-work
53
occo embroidery
535
TABLE OF CONTENTS
578
Page
Spanish embroidery
536
540
541
Pattern for
Roumanian
stitch
544
545
546
Chinese subject
PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS
Tracing and drawing the designs
55
553
553
Materials
569
$= By
st
1Bl
ALBUM DE BRODERIES
AU POINT DE CROIX
(Album of
cross-stitch
by
TH.
embroidery)
DILLMONT
de
on the embroidery
Quarto
artistic
itself.
a
a aaaaaaa a w,^' a aaaaaaa a
a aa
t
aaaaa
a
<o
aaaaaaaaa
a
Ha
jaaa
aaa
aaa
aaa")
ik
n
a^
aaa a aaaa
a
a a
sJ
a aaa _^fflaaa ^ a
a aaa aaaaaa ^ a
aaaa raaaaa. ^ aaa
aSKa raaaaa a aaa
a aaa x aaa # aaa
s
a aaa < hhhvLhhh
aaa w~=^ aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
3K _ aaa
^3 Aaaaaaaaa
ex
S
a ,-7.'--7.vv,-7^ .a ^ =
a aa
a
aaaaa
aaa
aaa
^ aaa sywxa
v^^aaa
aaa
7K
?7v
aa
^sf~
cs
rs^m
:
.,
'
'
"aa a
To
^e
Aad by applying
to the
and Embroidery
shops.
(Alsace
Co.,
3MC>8<pMC>^MC>8<p^
>8<pMC>8<pMc>^MC^
)MC>8<pMC>iKpMC>^MC^^
N
MC>8^MC><pMa>8<p^
J>MC>8<ftMc>^MC>&^
>8<PMC>8<pMC>^M<^
:>MC>^MC>^MC>8<pM
>i^MC>8<MC>8<$MC>8^
3MC>^MC><pMC>KpMQ>8<^M
>$KpMC>^MC>8<MC>8<pM
JMC>8<MC>8<MC>8<p^
>8<j>MCp^MC>8<pMC>8<^
MC>8<pMC>8<pMC>^M(^^
>8<pMC>^MC>8<pMC>8<^^
)MC>&<pMC>#<MC>8<pM
>8<pMC>8<MC>8<6MC^^
>Mc>8<MC>{KpMC>^
>8<pMC>8<6MC>8<MC^
3MC>8<pMC>8<pMC>^
JMc>8<MC>8<$MC>8^
>^MC>8<pMC>&<pMC>8<^
DMC>8<I>Mc>8<pMC>8<^
DM(p^M<p8<pMC>^MC>8^
>8<6MC>8<pMC>8<p^
>8<pMC>^KpMq>8<pMC>^
DMC>^MC>^DMC>6<pMC>6<pM
DMcp<pMc>IKpMq^^
>8<&M>g<pM$>8<pM^
DMC>#<pMC>8<pMC>8<^^
>8<pMC>iKpMC><pM^^
DMC><pMc>6<pMC>^^
DMC><bMc>^DMC>^
>KpMC>8<$MG>8<MC^
DMC>g<pMC>IKp^
>8<&MC>^MC>8<pM<^^
DMcJ><pMC>8^M(^^MC>e<pM
>8<pMC><$MC>#<p^
u
.
a NK9100
K$Mc>8<bMcp^Mc>8<pMq
mm
.D54 E 1890
stack
Dillmont. Therese d/Encyclopedia of need
a
"
"
\t>KpMg><$Mc>8<^^
<DMc>fKpMq>g<pMC>^
iiiiiiiiiniiiinn
^>(KpMcp^Mcp^MC>^
DMC>8<DMC>g<pMq>^
>KpMC>8<bMC>^
sMC>8<LDMC>^MC^
\c><6Mc>8<pMc>^
>0)Mc]>8<MC>8<pMC>^
l
q><pMC>^MC>8<$^
<DMC>fKpMC>8<^
"
'
<DMC>8<MC>8<pMC>^
C>8<^MC>g<pMC><$MC>8<p
DMC>^MC>^MC>8<J>McJ>g<^
J>8<MC>^KpMC>^
'
"
^DMC>8<pMq>8<pMC^
A
c>^DMc>6<|)Mq>^Mq><^
*
CpMC>^MC>g<pMC^^
KpMO>^MC>8<6MC^^
s^MC>^MC>^Mq>8<p^
,
:dmc>{kpmc>&<mc^
^DMC>8<Mc>^KpMq>8<^
K
A
q>8<pMC>8<pMC>^
-<pMq>8<pMc>8<^^
'
\DMq>B<pMC><pMC>^Mq>^
E2K ,C>8<pMC>8<pMC^^
, .
AQ>^MC>KDMC>^MC>^^
<PMC>KPMC>KDMC>KD/V\C >
"
CpMc>^Mq>8<pMC>8<i
MCp^MO>8<$MC>8^^
<^Mq>g<bMq>g<^Mq>6<p
'
c>^Mq>IKpMC>fc^^
AC -
'<DMC><pMa>#<bMC>^M
MC>*kpMq>#<pMC>^MC^^
#<PMQ>8<DM>^MC>^
J>8<bMc>8<pMc>KpMc>^:
^MO>8<pMC>8<pMG>8<bMC
>MC>8<DMCp
>8<pMC>8<pMc;
p8^MCp^MC>8<pMC><
-<^MC>KDMC,
PMC>8<PMC>8<I)MQ>#<DMC
Mc>Kdmc>Kdmc>KdMc>Kdmc>kdmc;
A
^8<pMc>&<pMc;
'DMC>KpMC>g<bMC>
MC>{^McpHKl
5>8<$MC>8<$MC>#<p.
^MC>^MC>8<DMC>8<D^ AC
MC>KDMC>KDMC>8<DMC>fKDMC>KDMc;
"<PMC>8<DMd:
#$Mc>KpMc; ^<DMC>KPMC>KPMC>^<DAV
c>^Mq>8<pMcp^Mq>lK
WC>8<J)MQ>
''
<DMC^#<|)MC>KpMC>8<$MC
MCp^MC>IKpMC>^DM
^^Mcp8<$MCp^MC>^
DMC>8<DMC> U
^CpMC>6<pMC>.
-
:bMcp>8<pMq>8<ftMc>^